{"rows":20,"os":"0","page":"1","total":"149","procnotices":[{"id":"OP00463607","notice_type":"Invitation for Bids","noticedate":"19-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-10-23T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"11:00","project_ctry_name":"Eswatini","project_id":"P508960","project_name":"Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation in Eswatini","bid_reference_no":"SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB","bid_description":"Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto Reclosers (Plant)","procurement_group":"CW","procurement_method_code":"RFB","procurement_method_name":"Request for Bids","contact_address":"P.O. 258 , Eluvatsini House, Mhlambanyatsi Road\nH100, Mbabane\nEswatini","contact_ctry_name":"Eswatini","contact_email":"thobeka.gama@eec.co.sz","contact_name":"Thobeka Gama","contact_organization":"Eswatini Electricity Company","contact_phone_no":"26878332239","submission_date":"2026-08-19T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

Request for Bids

Plant


Design, Supply, and Installation

Two-envelope with Rated Criteria

 

 

 

                                         RFB No: SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 March 2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

Request for Bids

Eswatini Electricity Company

 

Procurement of

Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto reclosers (Plant)

For the

Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation in Eswatini

Project ID No: P508960

Employer: Eswatini Electricity Company

Project: Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation - Eswatini

Contract title: Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto reclosers (Plant)

Country: Kingdom of Eswatini

Loan No. /Credit No. / Grant No.: 7700-SZ

RFB No: SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB

Issued on: 19 August 2026

 

 

Standard Procurement Document

 

Table of Contents

 

PART 1 – Bidding Procedures. 3

Section I - Instructions to Bidders. 5

Section II - Bid Data Sheet 39

Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (After prequalification) 49

Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (Without prequalification) 59

Section IV - Bidding Forms. 77

Section V - Eligible Countries. 151

Section VI - Fraud and Corruption. 153

PART 2 - Employer’s Requirements. 157

Section VII - Employer’s Requirements. 159

PART 3 – Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms. 189

Section VIII - General Conditions of Contract 191

Section IX - Particular Conditions of Contract 291

Section X - Contract Forms. 297

 

 

 

PART 1 – Bidding Procedures

 

 

Section I - Instructions to Bidders

 

Contents

A.        General 8

1.      Scope of Bid. 8

2.      Source of Funds. 9

3.      Fraud and Corruption. 9

4.      Eligible Bidders. 9

5.      Eligible Plant and Installation Services. 12

B.        Contents of Bidding Document 12

6.      Sections of  Bidding Document 12

7.      Clarification of Bidding Document, Site Visit, Pre-Bid Meeting. 13

8.      Amendment of Bidding Document 15

C.        Preparation of Bids. 15

9.      Cost of Bidding. 15

10.    Language of Bid. 15

11.    Documents Comprising the Bid. 15

12.    Letters of Bid and Price Schedules. 17

13.    Alternative Bids. 17

14.    Documents Establishing the Eligibility of the Plant and Installation Services. 17

15.    Documents Establishing the Eligibility and Qualifications of the Bidder 17

16.    Documents Establishing the Conformity of the Plant and  Installation Services. 18

17.    Bid Prices and Discounts. 18

18.    Currencies of Bid and Payment 21

19.    Period of Validity of Bids. 21

20.    Bid Security. 22

21.    Format and Signing of Bid. 24

D.        Submission of Bids. 24

22.    Submission, Sealing and Marking of Bids. 24

23.    Deadline for Submission of Bids. 25

24.    Late Bids. 25

25.    Withdrawal, Substitution, and Modification of Bids. 25

E.        Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids. 26

26.    Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids. 26

F.         Evaluation of Bids- General Provisions. 27

27.    Confidentiality. 27

28.    Clarification of Bids. 28

29.    Deviations, Reservations, and Omissions. 28

G.        Evaluation of Technical Part of Bids. 29

30.    Determination of Responsiveness of Technical Part 29

31.    Eligibility and Qualifications of the Bidder 29

32.    Detailed Evaluation of Technical Part 30

H.        Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts. 30

33.    Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts. 30

I.         Evaluation of Financial Part of Bids. 32

34.    Adjustments for Non-material Noconformities. 32

35.    Correction of Arithmetic Errors. 32

36.    Evaluation Process, Financial Part 32

37.    Abnormally Low Bids. 33

38.    Unbalanced or Front Loaded Bids. 33

J.         Evaluation of Combined Technical and Financial Parts, Most Advantageous Bid and Notification of Intention to Award. 34

39.    Evaluation of combined Technical and Financial Parts, Most Advantageous Bid. 34

40.    Employer’s right to Accept Any Bid and to Reject Any or All Bids. 34

41.    Standstill Period. 35

42.    Notification of Intention to Award. 35

K.        Award of Contract 35

43.    Award Criteria. 35

44.    Notification of Award. 35

45.    Debriefing by the Employer 36

46.    Signing of Contract 37

47.    Performance Security. 37

48.    Procurement Related Complaint 38

 

 

 

Section I - Instructions to Bidders

 

  1. General

 

  1. Scope of Bid
    1. In connection with the Specific Procurement Notice - Request for Bids (RFB), specified in the Bid Data Sheet (BDS), the Employer, as specified in the BDS, issues this bidding document for the Design, Supply and Installation of Plant as specified in Section VII, Employer’s Requirements. The name, identification, and number of lots (contracts) of this RFB are specified in the BDS.
    2. Throughout this bidding document:
  2. the term “in writing” means communicated in written form (e.g., by mail, e-mail, fax, including if specified in the BDS, distributed or received through the electronic-procurement system used by the Employer) with proof of receipt;
  3. if the context so requires, “singular” means “plural” and vice versa;
  4. “Day” means calendar day, unless otherwise specified as “Business Day.” A Business Day is any day that is an official working day of the Borrower. It excludes the Borrower’s official public holidays;
  5.  “ES” means environmental and social (including Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), and Sexual Harassment (SH));
  6. “Sexual Exploitation and Abuse” “(SEA)” means the following:

Sexual Exploitation is defined as any actual or attempted abuse of position of vulnerability, differential power or trust, for sexual purposes, including, but not limited to, profiting monetarily, socially or politically from the sexual exploitation of another.  

Sexual Abuse is defined as the actual or threatened physical intrusion of a sexual nature, whether by force or under unequal or coercive conditions.

  1. “Sexual Harassment” “(SH)” is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature by the Contractor’s Personnel with other Contractor’s or Employer’s Personnel.
  2. “Contractor’s Personnel” is as defined in GCC Sub-Clause 1; and
  3. “Employer’s Personnel” is as defined in GCC Sub-Clause 1.

A non-exhaustive list of (i) behaviors which constitute SEA and (ii) behaviors which constitute SH is attached to the Code of Conduct form in Section IV.

 

 

 

  1. Source of Funds
    1. The Borrower or Recipient (hereinafter called “Borrower”) indicated in the BDS has applied for or received financing (hereinafter called “funds”) from the World Bank (hereinafter called “the Bank”) in an amount specified in BDS, toward the project named in BDS.  The Borrower intends to apply a portion of the funds to eligible payments under the contract(s) for which this bidding document is issued.
    2. Payment by the Bank will be made only at the request of the Borrower and upon approval by the Bank in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan (or other financing) Agreement. The Loan (or other financing) Agreement prohibits a withdrawal from the loan account for the purpose of any payment to persons or entities, or for any import of goods, equipment, plant, or materials, if such payment or import is prohibited by a decision of the United Nations Security Council taken under Chapter VII of the Charter of the United Nations. No party other than the Borrower shall derive any rights from the Loan (or other financing) Agreement or have any claim to the proceeds of the Loan (or other financing).

 

 

 

  1. Fraud and Corruption
    1. The Bank requires compliance with the Bank’s Anti-Corruption Guidelines and its prevailing sanctions policies and procedures as set forth in the WBG’s Sanctions Framework, as set forth in Section VI.
    2. In further pursuance of this policy, bidders shall permit and shall cause their agents (where declared or not), subcontractors, subconsultants, service providers, suppliers, and personnel, to permit the Bank to inspect all accounts, records and other documents relating to any initial selection process, prequalification process, bid submission, proposal submission and contract performance (in the case of award), and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Bank.

 

  1. Eligible Bidders
    1. A Bidder may be a firm that is a private entity, a state-owned enterprise or institution subject to ITB 4.6, or any combination of such entities in the form of a joint venture (JV) under an existing agreement or with the intent to enter into such an agreement supported by a letter of intent.  In the case of a joint venture, all members shall be jointly and severally liable for the execution of the entire Contract in accordance with the Contract terms. The JV shall nominate a Representative who shall have the authority to conduct all business for and on behalf of any and all the members of the JV during the Bidding process and, in the event the JV is awarded the Contract, during contract execution. Unless specified in the BDS, there is no limit on the number of members in a JV.
    2. A Bidder shall not have a conflict of interest. Any Bidder found to have a conflict of interest shall be disqualified. A Bidder may be considered to have a conflict of interest for the purpose of this Bidding process, if the Bidder:
  2. directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with another Bidder; or
  3. receives or has received any direct or indirect subsidy from another Bidder; or
  4. has the same legal representative as another Bidder; or
  5. has a relationship with another Bidder, directly or through common third parties, that puts it in a position to influence the Bid of another Bidder, or influence the decisions of the Employer regarding this Bidding process; or
  6. or any of its affiliates participated as a consultant in the preparation of the design or technical specifications of the Plant and Installation Services that are the subject of the Bid; or
  7. or any of its affiliates has been hired (or is proposed to be hired) by the Employer or Borrower as Project Manager for the Contract implementation; or
  8. would be providing goods, works, or non-consulting services resulting from or directly related to consulting services for the preparation or implementation of the project specified in the BDS ITB 2.1 that it provided or were provided by any affiliate that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with that firm; or
  9. has a close business or family relationship with a professional staff of the Borrower (or of the project implementing agency, or of a recipient of a part of the loan) who: (i) are directly or indirectly involved in the preparation of the bidding document or specifications of the Contract, and/or the Bid evaluation process of such Contract; or (ii) would be involved in the implementation or supervision of such contract unless the conflict stemming from such relationship has been resolved in a manner acceptable to the Bank throughout the Bidding process and execution of the Contract.
    1. A firm that is a Bidder (either individually or as a JV member) shall not participate as a Bidder or as JV member in more than one Bid except for permitted alternative Bids. Such participation shall result in the disqualification of all Bids in which the firm is involved. However, this does not limit the participation of a Bidder as subcontractor in another Bid or of a firm as a subcontractor in more than one Bid.
    2. A Bidder may have the nationality of any country, subject to the restrictions pursuant to ITB 4.8. A Bidder shall be deemed to have the nationality of a country if the Bidder is constituted, incorporated or registered in and operates in conformity with the provisions of the laws of that country, as evidenced by its articles of incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association) and its registration documents, as the case may be. This criterion also shall apply to the determination of the nationality of proposed subcontractors or subconsultants for any part of the Contract including related Services.
    3. A Bidder that has been sanctioned by the Bank, pursuant to the Bank’s Anti-Corruption Guidelines, in accordance with its prevailing sanctions policies and procedures as set forth in the WBG’s Sanctions Framework as described in Section VI paragraph 2.2 d., shall be ineligible to be prequalified for, initially selected for, bid for, propose for, or be awarded a Bank-financed contract or benefit from a Bank-financed contract, financially or otherwise, during such period of time as the Bank shall have determined. The list of debarred firms and individuals is available at the electronic address specified in the BDS.
    4. Bidders that are state-owned enterprises or institutions in the Employer’s Country may be eligible to compete and be awarded a Contract(s) only if they can establish, in a manner acceptable to the Bank, that they (i) are legally and financially autonomous (ii) operate under commercial law, and (iii) are not under supervision of the Employer.
    5. A Bidder shall not be under suspension from Bidding by the Employer as the result of the operation of a Bid-Securing Declaration or Proposal-Securing Declaration.
    6. Firms and individuals may be ineligible if so indicated in Section V and (a)as a matter of law or official regulations, the Borrower’s country prohibits commercial relations with that country, provided that the Bank is satisfied that such exclusion does not preclude effective competition for the supply of goods or the contracting of works or services required; or (b)by an act of compliance with a decision of the United Nations Security Council taken under Chapter VII of the Charter of the United Nations, the Borrower’s country prohibits any import of goods or contracting of works or services from that country, or any payments to any country, person, or entity in that country. Where the procurement is implemented across jurisdictional boundaries (and more than one country is a Borrower, and is involved in the procurement), then exclusion of a firm or individual on the basis of ITB 4.8 (a) above by any country may be applied to that procurement across other countries involved, if the Bank and the Borrowers involved in the procurement agree.
    7. A Bidder shall provide such documentary evidence of eligibility satisfactory to the Employer, as the Employer shall reasonably request.    
    8. A firm that is under a sanction of debarment by the Borrower from being awarded a contract is eligible to participate in this procurement, unless the Bank, at the Borrower’s request, is satisfied that the debarment; (a) relates to fraud or corruption, and (b) followed a judicial or administrative proceeding that afforded the firm adequate due process.
    9. This bidding is open only to prequalified Bidders unless specified in the BDS.

 

  1. Eligible Plant and Installation Services
    1. The Plant and Installation Services to be supplied under the Contract and financed by the Bank may have their origin in any country in accordance with Section V, Eligible Countries.
    2. For purposes of ITB 5.1 above, “origin” means the place where the Plant, or component parts thereof are mined, grown, produced or manufactured, and from which the services are provided.  Plant components are produced when, through manufacturing, processing, or substantial or major assembling of components, a commercially recognized product results that is substantially different in its basic characteristics or in purpose or utility from its components.

 

  1. Contents of Bidding Document

 

  1. Sections of  Bidding Document
    1. The bidding document consists of Parts 1, 2, and 3, which include all the sections indicated below, and should be read in conjunction with any Addenda issued in accordance with ITB 8.

PART 1. Bidding Procedures

  • Section I - Instructions to Bidders (ITB)
  • Section II - Bid Data Sheet (BDS)
  • Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
  • Section IV - Bidding Forms
  • Section V - Eligible Countries
  • Section VI - Fraud and Corruption

PART 2. Employer’s Requirements

  • Section VII -Employer’s Requirements

PART 3. Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms

  • Section VIII - General Conditions of Contract (GCC)
  • Section IX -Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC)
  • Section X -Contract Forms
    1. The Specific Procurement Notice-Request for Bids (RFB) issued by the Employer, or the Notice of Request for Bids (RFB) issued by the Employer to the prequalified Bidders are not part of the bidding document.
    2. Unless obtained directly from the Employer, the Employer is not responsible for the completeness of the document, responses to requests for clarification, the Minutes of the pre-Bid meeting (if any), or Addenda to the bidding document in accordance with ITB 8. In case of any contradiction, documents obtained directly from the Employer shall prevail.
    3. The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms, and specifications in the bidding document and to furnish with its Bid all information or documentation as is required by the bidding document.

 

  1. Clarification of Bidding Document, Site Visit, Pre-Bid Meeting
    1. A Bidder requiring any clarification of the bidding document shall contact the Employer in writing at the Employer’s address indicated in the BDS or raise his enquiries during the pre-Bid meeting if provided for in accordance with ITB 7.4. The Employer will respond in writing to any request for clarification, provided that such request is received prior to the deadline for submission of Bids within a period specified in the BDS.  The Employer shall forward copies of its response to all Bidders who have acquired the bidding document in accordance with ITB 6.3, including a description of the inquiry but without identifying its source. If so specified in the BDS, the Employer shall also promptly publish its response at the web page identified in the BDS. Should the clarification result in changes to the essential elements of the bidding document, the Employer shall amend the bidding document following the procedure under ITB 8 and ITB 23.2.
    2. The Bidder is advised to visit and examine the site where the Plant is to be installed and its surroundings and obtain for itself on its own responsibility all information that may be necessary for preparing the Bid and entering into a Contract for the provision of Plant and Installation Services. The costs of visiting the site shall be at the Bidder’s own expense.
    3. The Bidder and any of its personnel or agents will be granted permission by the Employer to enter upon its premises and lands for the purpose of such visit, but only upon the express condition that the Bidder, its personnel, and agents will release and indemnify the Employer and its personnel and agents from and against all liability in respect thereof, and will be responsible for death or personal injury, loss of or damage to property, and any other loss, damage, costs, and expenses incurred as a result of the inspection.
    4. If so specified in the BDS, the Bidder’s designated representative is invited to attend a pre-Bid meeting and/or a site visit. The purpose of the meeting will be to clarify issues and to answer questions on any matter that may be raised at that stage.
    5. The Bidder is requested to submit any questions in writing, to reach the Employer not later than one week before the meeting.
    6. Minutes of the pre-Bid meeting, including the text of the questions raised without identifying the source, and the responses given, together with any responses prepared after the meeting, will be transmitted promptly to all Bidders who have acquired the bidding document in accordance with ITB 6.3.  If so specified in the BDS, the Employer shall also promptly publish the Minutes of the pre-Bid meeting at the web page identified in the BDS. Any modification to the bidding document that may become necessary as a result of the pre-Bid meeting shall be made by the Employer exclusively through the issue of an Addendum pursuant to ITB 8 and not through the minutes of the pre-Bid meeting. Nonattendance at the pre-Bid meeting will not be a cause for disqualification of a Bidder.

 

  1. Amendment of Bidding Document
    1. At any time prior to the deadline for submission of Bids, the Employer may amend the bidding document by issuing addenda.
    2. Any addendum issued shall be part of the bidding document and shall be communicated in writing to all who have obtained the bidding document from the Employer in accordance with ITB 6.3. The Employer shall also promptly publish the addendum on the Employer’s web page in accordance with ITB 7.1.
    3. To give prospective Bidders reasonable time in which to take an addendum into account in preparing their Bids, the Employer may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of bids, pursuant to ITB 23.2.

 

  1. Preparation of Bids

 

  1. Cost of Bidding
    1. The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of its Bid, and the Employer shall not be responsible or liable for those costs, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the Bidding process.

 

  1. Language of Bid
    1. The Bid, as well as all correspondence and documents relating to the Bid exchanged by the Bidder and the Employer, shall be written in the language specified in the BDS. Supporting documents and printed literature that are part of the Bid may be in another language provided they are accompanied by an accurate translation of the relevant passages in the language specified in the BDS, in which case, for purposes of interpretation of the Bid, such translation shall govern.

 

  1. Documents Comprising the Bid
    1. The Bid shall comprise two Parts, namely the Technical Part and the Financial Part. These two Parts shall be submitted simultaneously in two separate sealed envelopes (two-envelope Bidding process). One envelope shall contain only information relating to the Technical Part and the other, only information relating to the Financial Part. These two envelopes shall be enclosed in a separate sealed outer envelope marked “Original Bid”
    2. The Technical Part shall comprise the following:
  2. Letter of Bid - Technical Part, prepared in accordance with ITB12;
  3. Bid Security or Bid Securing Declaration, in accordance with ITB 20;
  4. Alternative Bid - Technical Part: if permissible in accordance with ITB 13, the Technical Part of any Alternative Bid;
  5. Authorization: written confirmation authorizing the signatory of the Bid to commit the Bidder, in accordance with ITB 21.3;
  6. Eligibility of Plant and Installation Services: documentary evidence established in accordance with ITB 14.1 that the Plant and Installation Services offered by the Bidder in its Bid or in any alternative Bid, if permitted, are eligible;
  7. Bidder’s Eligibility and Qualifications: documentary evidence in accordance with ITB 15.1 establishing the Bidder’s eligibility and qualifications ;
  8. Conformity: documentary evidence in accordance with ITB 16 that the Plant and Installation Services offered by the Bidder conform to the bidding document;
  9. Subcontractors: list of subcontractors in accordance with ITB 16.2; and
  10. any other document required in the BDS.
    1. The Financial Part shall contain the following:
      1. Letter of Bid – Financial Part: prepared in accordance with ITB 12 and ITB 14;
      2. Price Schedules completed in accordance with ITB 12 and ITB 17;
      3. Alternative Bid - Financial Part: if permissible in accordance with ITB 13, the Financial Part of any Alternative Bid; and
      4. any other document required in the BDS.
    2. The Technical Part shall not include any information related to the Bid price. Where material financial information related to the Bid price is contained in the Technical Part the Bid shall be declared non-responsive.
    3. In addition to the requirements under ITB 11.2, Bids submitted by a JV shall include in the Technical Part a copy of the Joint Venture Agreement entered into by all members. Alternatively, a letter of intent to execute a Joint Venture Agreement in the event of a successful Bid shall be signed by all members and submitted with the Bid, together with a copy of the proposed Agreement.
    4. The Bidder shall furnish in the Letter of Bid - Financial Part information on commissions and gratuities, if any, paid or to be paid to agents or any other party relating to this Bid
  1. Letters of Bid and Price Schedules
    1. The Letter of Bid - Technical Part and the Letter of Bid- Financial Part including the Price Schedules shall be prepared, using the relevant forms furnished in Section IV, Bidding Forms.  The forms must be completed as instructed in each form without any alterations to the text, and no substitutes shall be accepted except as provided under ITB 21.3. All blank spaces shall be filled in with the information requested.

 

  1. Alternative Bids
    1. Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, alternative Bids shall not be considered.
    2. When alternatives to the Time Schedule are explicitly invited, a statement to that effect will be included in the BDS, and the method of evaluating different time schedules will be described in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
    3. Except as provided under ITB 13.4 below, Bidders wishing to offer technical alternatives to the Employer’s requirements as described in the bidding document must also provide: (i) a price at which they are prepared to offer a Plant meeting the Employer’s requirements; and (ii) all information necessary for a complete evaluation of the alternatives by the Employer, including drawings, design calculations, technical specifications, breakdown of prices, and proposed installation methodology and other relevant details.  Only the technical alternatives, if any, of the Bidder with the Most Advantageous Bid conforming to the basic technical requirements shall be considered by the Employer.
    4. When Bidders are invited in the BDS to submit alternative technical solutions for specified parts of the facilities, such parts will be identified in the BDS, as will the method for their evaluation, and described in Section VII, Employer’s Requirements.

 

  1. Documents Establishing the Eligibility of the Plant and Installation Services
    1. To establish the eligibility of the Plant and Installation Services in accordance with ITB 5, Bidders shall complete the country of origin declarations in the Price Schedule Forms, included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.

 

  1. Documents Establishing the Eligibility and Qualifications of the Bidder
    1. To establish Bidder’s eligibility in accordance with ITB 4, Bidders shall complete the Letter of Bid- Technical Part, included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.
    2. To establish its qualifications to perform the Contract in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, the Bidder shall provide the information requested in the corresponding information sheets included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.
    3. Any change in the structure or formation of a Bidder after being prequalified and invited to Bid, if applicable, (including, in the case of a JV, any change in the structure or formation of any member and also including any change in any specialized subcontractor whose qualifications were considered to prequalify the Applicant) shall be subject to the written approval of the Employer prior to the deadline for submission of Bids. Such approval shall be denied if (i) a Bidder proposes to associate with a disqualified Bidder or in case of a disqualified joint venture, any of its members; (ii) as a consequence of the change, the Bidder no longer substantially meets the qualification criteria; or (iii) in the opinion of the Employer, the change may result in a substantial reduction in competition. Any such change should be submitted to the Employer not later than fourteen (14) days after the date of the notice for RFB sent to the prequalified Bidders

 

  1. Documents Establishing the Conformity of the Plant and  Installation Services
    1. The Bidder shall furnish the information stipulated in Section IV, Bidding Forms in sufficient detail to demonstrate substantial responsiveness of the Bidders’ proposal to the work requirements and the completion time. 
    2. For major items of Plant and Installation Services as listed by the Employer in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, which the Bidder intends to purchase or subcontract, the Bidder shall give details of the name and nationality of the proposed Subcontractors, including manufacturers, for each of those items. In addition, the Bidder shall include in its Bid information establishing compliance with the requirements specified by the Employer for these items.  Quoted rates and prices will be deemed to apply to whichever Subcontractor is appointed, and no adjustment of the rates and prices will be permitted.
    3. The Bidder shall be responsible for ensuring that any Subcontractor proposed complies with the requirements of ITB 4, and that any Plant, or services to be provided by the Subcontractor comply with the requirements of ITB 5 and ITB 16.1.

 

  1. Bid Prices and Discounts
    1. Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, Bidders shall quote for the entire Plant and Installation Services on a “single responsibility” basis. The total Bid price shall include all the Contractor’s obligations mentioned in or to be reasonably inferred from the bidding document in respect of the design, manufacture, including procurement and subcontracting (if any), delivery, construction, installation and completion of the Plant.  This includes all requirements under the Contractor’s responsibilities for testing, pre-commissioning and commissioning of the Plant and, where so required by the bidding document, the acquisition of all permits, approvals and licenses, etc.; the operation, maintenance and training services and such other items and services as specified in the bidding document, all in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions. Items against which no price is entered by the Bidder will not be paid for by the Employer when executed and shall be deemed to be covered by the prices for other items.
    2. Bidders are required to quote the price for the commercial, contractual and technical obligations outlined in the bidding document.
    3. Bidders shall give a breakdown of the prices in the manner and detail called for in the Price Schedules included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.
    4. Depending on the scope of the Contract, the Price Schedules may comprise up to the six (6) schedules listed below.  Separate numbered Schedules included in Section IV, Bidding Forms, from those numbered 1 to 4 below, shall be used for each of the elements of the Plant and Installation Services. The total amount from each Schedule corresponding to an element of the Plant and Installation Services shall be summarized in the schedule titled Grand Summary, (Schedule 5), giving the total Bid price(s) to be entered in the Letter of Bid. Bidders shall note that the plant and equipment included in Schedule Nos. 1 and 2 below exclude materials used for civil, building and other construction works.  All such materials shall be included and priced under Schedule No. 4, Installation Services. The Schedules comprise:

Schedule No. 1:    Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from Abroad

Schedule No. 2:    Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from within the Employer’s Country

Schedule No. 3:    Design Services

Schedule No. 4:    Installation Services

Schedule No. 5:    Grand Summary (Schedule Nos.1 to 4)

Schedule No. 6:    Recommended Spare Parts

    1. In the Schedules, Bidders shall give the required details and a breakdown of their prices as follows:
      1. Plant to be supplied from abroad (Schedule No. 1):

          The price of the Plant shall be quoted on CIP-named place of destination basis as specified in the BDS.

      1. Plant manufactured within the Employer’s Country (Schedule No. 2):

(i)    The price of the Plant shall be quoted on an EXW Incoterm basis (such as “ex-works,” “ex-factory,” “ex-warehouse” or “off-the-shelf,” as applicable), including all customs duties, sales and other taxes already paid or payable on the components and raw materials used in the manufacture or assembly of the Plant;

(ii)   Sales tax and all other taxes payable in the Employer’s Country on the Plant if the contract is awarded to the Bidder;

      1. Design Services (Schedule No. 3);
      2. Installation Services shall be quoted separately (Schedule No. 4) and shall include rates or prices for local transportation to named place of final destination as specified in the BDS, insurance and other services incidental to delivery of the Plant, all labor, contractor’s equipment, temporary works, materials, consumables and all matters and things of whatsoever nature, including operations and maintenance services, the provision of operations and maintenance manuals, training, etc., where identified in the bidding document, as necessary for the proper execution of the installation and other services, including all taxes, duties, levies and charges payable in the Employer’s Country as of twenty-eight (28) days prior to the deadline for submission of Bids;

(e)     Recommended spare parts shall be quoted separately (Schedule 6) as specified in either subparagraph (a) or (b) above in accordance with the origin of the spare parts.

    1. The terms EXW, CIP, and other similar terms shall be governed by the rules prescribed in the current edition of Incoterms, published by the International Chamber of Commerce, as specified in the BDS.
    2. The prices shall be either fixed or adjustable as specified in the BDS.
    3. In the case of Fixed Price, prices quoted by the Bidder shall be fixed during the Bidder’s performance of the contract and not subject to variation on any account.  A Bid submitted with an adjustable price quotation will be treated as non-responsive and rejected.
    4. In the case of Adjustable Price, prices quoted by the Bidder shall be subject to adjustment during performance of the contract to reflect changes in the cost elements such as labor, material, transport and contractor’s equipment in accordance with the procedures specified in the corresponding Appendix to the Contract Agreement. A Bid submitted with a fixed price quotation will not be rejected, but the price adjustment will be treated as zero.  Bidders are required to indicate the source of labor and material indices in the corresponding Form in Section IV, Bidding Forms.
    5. If so indicated in ITB 1.1, Bids are being invited for individual lots (contracts) or for any combination of lots (packages).  Bidders wishing to offer any price reduction (discount) for the award of more than one Contract shall specify in their Letter of Bid the price reductions applicable to each package, or alternatively, to individual Contracts within the package, and the manner in which the price reductions will apply. However, discounts on condition of award of more than one contract will not be used for Bid evaluation purpose.
    6.  Bidders wishing to offer any unconditional discount shall specify in their Letter of Bid the offered discounts and the manner in which price discounts will apply.

 

  1. Currencies of Bid and Payment
    1. The currency(ies) of the Bid and the currency(ies) of payments shall be the same.  The Bidder shall quote in the currency of the Employer’s country the portion of the Bid price that corresponds to expenditures incurred in the currency of the Employer’s Country, unless otherwise specified in the BDS.
    2. The Bidder may express the Bid price in any currency. If the Bidder wishes to be paid in a combination of amounts in different currencies, it may quote its price accordingly but shall use no more than three foreign currencies in addition to the currency of the Employer’s Country.

 

  1. Period of Validity of Bids
    1. Bids shall remain valid until the date specified in the BDS or any extended date if amended by the Employer in accordance with ITB 8. A Bid that is not valid until the date specified in the BDS, or any extended date if amended by the Employer in accordance with ITB 8, shall be rejected by the Employer as nonresponsive.
    2. In exceptional circumstances, prior to the date of expiration of the Bid validity, the Employer may request Bidders to extend the period of validity of their Bids. The request and the responses shall be made in writing. If a Bid Security is requested in accordance with ITB 20, the Bidder granting the request shall also extend the Bid Security for twenty-eight (28) days beyond the deadline of the extended validity period. A Bidder may refuse the request without forfeiting its Bid Security. A Bidder granting the request shall not be required or permitted to modify its Bid, except as provided in ITB 19.3.
    3. If the award is delayed by a period exceeding fifty-six (56) days beyond the expiry of the initial Bid validity specified in accordance with ITB 19.1, the Contract price shall be determined as follows:
  2. in the case of fixed price contracts, the Contract price shall be the Bid price adjusted by the factor or factors specified in the BDS;
  3. in the case of adjustable price contracts, no adjustment shall be made; or
  4. in any case, Bid evaluation shall be based on the Bid price without taking into consideration the applicable correction from those indicated above.

 

  1. Bid Security
    1. The Bidder shall furnish as part of the Technical Part of its Bid, either a Bid-Securing Declaration or a Bid Security as specified in the BDS, in original form and, in the case of a Bid Security, in the amount and currency specified in the BDS.
    2. A Bid-Securing Declaration shall use the form included in Section IV Bidding Forms.
    3. If a Bid Security is specified pursuant to ITB 20.1, the Bid security shall be a demand guarantee in any of the following forms at the Bidder’s option:
  2. an unconditional guarantee issued by a bank or non-bank financial institution (such as an insurance, bonding or surety company);
  3. an irrevocable letter of credit;
  4. a cashier’s or certified check; or
  5. another security indicated in the BDS,

          from a reputable source from an eligible country. If an unconditional guarantee is issued by a non-bank financial institution located outside the Employer’s Country the issuing non-bank financial institution shall have a correspondent financial institution located in the Employer’s Country to make it enforceable unless the Employer has agreed in writing, prior to Bid submission, that a correspondent financial institution is not required. In the case of a bank guarantee, the Bid Security shall be submitted either using the Bid Security Form included in Section IV, Bidding Forms, or in another substantially similar format approved by the Employer prior to Bid submission. The Bid Security shall be valid for twenty-eight (28) days beyond the original date of expiry of the Bid validity, or beyond any extended date if requested under ITB 19.2.

    1. If a Bid Security or a Bid-Securing Declaration is specified pursuant to ITB 20.1, any Bid not accompanied by a substantially responsive Bid Security or Bid-Securing Declaration shall be rejected by the Employer as nonresponsive.
    2. If a Bid Security is specified pursuant to ITB 20.1, the Bid Security of unsuccessful Bidders shall be returned as promptly as possible upon the successful Bidder’s furnishing of the Performance Security pursuant to ITB 47.
    3. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder shall be returned as promptly as possible once the successful Bidder has signed the Contract and furnished the required Performance Security.
    4. The Bid Security may be forfeited:
  2. if a Bidder withdraws its Bid prior to the expiry date of the Bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Letter of Bid or any extended date provided by the Bidder; or
  3. if the successful Bidder fails to:
  1. sign the Contract in accordance with ITB 46; or
  2. furnish a Performance Security in accordance with ITB 47.
    1. The Bid Security or the Bid-Securing Declaration of a JV shall be in the name of the JV that submits the Bid. If the JV has not been legally constituted into a legally enforceable JV at the time of bidding, the Bid Security or the Bid Securing Declaration shall be in the names of all future members as named in the letter of intent referred to in ITB 4.1 and ITB 11.5.
    2. If a Bid Security is not required in the BDS: and
  1. if a Bidder withdraws its Bid prior to the expiry date of the Bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Letter of Bid, or any extended date provided by the Bidder; or
  2. if the successful Bidder fails to:
  1. sign the Contract in accordance with ITB 46; or
  2. furnish a Performance Security in accordance with ITB 47;

the Borrower may, if provided for in the BDS, declare the Bidder disqualified to be awarded a contract by the Employer for a period of time as stated in the BDS.

 

  1. Format and Signing of Bid
    1. The Bidder shall prepare the Bid, in accordance with this Instruction, ITB 11 and ITB 22.
    2. Bidders shall mark as “Confidential” information in their Bids which is confidential to their business. This may include proprietary information, trade secrets or commercial or financially sensitive information.
    3. The original and all copies of the Bid shall be typed or written in indelible ink and shall be signed by a person duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Bidder.  This authorization shall consist of a written confirmation as specified in the BDS and shall be attached to the Bid.  The name and position held by each person signing the authorization must be typed or printed below the signature.  All pages of the Bid where entries or amendments have been made shall be signed or initialed by the person signing the Bid.
    4. In the case that the Bidder is a JV, the Bid shall be signed by an authorized representative of the JV on behalf of the JV, and so as to be legally binding on all the members as evidenced by a power of attorney signed by their legally authorized representatives.
    5. Any interlineations, erasures, or overwriting shall be valid only if they are signed or initialed by the person signing the Bid.

 

  1. Submission of Bids

 

  1. Submission, Sealing and Marking of Bids
    1. The Bidder shall deliver the Bid in two separate, sealed envelopes (the Technical Part and the Financial Part.). These two envelopes shall be enclosed in a separate sealed outer envelope marked “Original Bid”. In addition, the Bidder shall submit copies of the Bid in the number specified in the BDS. Copies of the Technical Part shall be placed in a separate sealed envelope marked “Copies: Technical Part”. Copies of the Financial Part shall be placed in a separate sealed envelope marked “Copies: Financial Part”. The Bidder shall place both of these envelopes in a separate, sealed outer envelope marked “Bid Copies”. In the event of any discrepancy between the original and the copies, the original shall prevail.
    2. If alternative Bids are permitted in accordance with ITB 13, the alternative Bids shall be submitted as follows: the original of the alternative Bid Technical Part shall be placed in a sealed envelope marked “Alternative Bid – Technical Part” and the Financial Part shall be placed in a sealed envelope marked “Alternative Bid – Financial Part” and these two separate sealed envelopes then enclosed within a sealed outer envelope marked “Alternative Bid – Original”, the copies of the alternative Bid will be placed in separate sealed envelopes marked “Alternative Bid – Copies Of Technical Part”, and “Alternative Bid – Copies Of Financial Part” and enclosed in a separate sealed outer envelope marked “Alternative Bid - Copies”.
    3. The envelopes marked “Original Bid” and “Bid Copies” (and, if appropriate, a third envelope marked “Alternative Bid”) shall be enclosed in a separate sealed outer envelope for submission to the Employer.
    4. The inner and outer envelopes shall:
  2. bear the name and address of the Bidder;
  3. be addressed to the Employer in accordance with ITB 23.1;
  4. bear the specific identification of this Bidding process indicated in accordance with ITB 1.1; and
  5. bear a warning not to open before the time and date for Bid opening.
    1. If all envelopes are not sealed and marked as required, the Employer will assume no responsibility for the misplacement or premature opening of the Bid.

 

  1. Deadline for Submission of Bids
    1. Bids must be received by the Employer at the address and no later than the date and time indicated in the BDS. When so specified in the BDS, Bidders shall have the option of submitting their Bids electronically. Bidders submitting Bids electronically shall follow the electronic Bid submission procedures specified in the BDS.
    2. The Employer may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of Bids by amending the bidding document in accordance with ITB 8, in which case all rights and obligations of the Employer and Bidders previously subject to the deadline shall thereafter be subject to the deadline as extended.

 

  1. Late Bids
    1. The Employer shall not consider any Bid that arrives after the deadline for submission of Bids, in accordance with ITB 23.  Any Bid received by the Employer after the deadline for submission of Bids shall be declared late, rejected, and returned unopened to the Bidder.

 

  1. Withdrawal, Substitution, and Modification of Bids
    1. A Bidder may withdraw, substitute, or modify its bid after it has been submitted by sending a written notice, duly signed by an authorized representative, and shall include a copy of the authorization in accordance with ITB 21.3, (except that withdrawal notices do not require copies). The corresponding substitution or modification of the Bid must accompany the respective written notice.  All notices must be:
  2. prepared and submitted in accordance with ITB 21 and ITB 22 (except that withdrawals notices do not require copies), and in addition, the respective envelopes shall be clearly marked “Withdrawal,” “Substitution,” “Modification”; and
  3. received by the Employer prior to the deadline prescribed for submission of Bids, in accordance with ITB 23.
    1. Bids requested to be withdrawn in accordance with ITB 25.1 shall be returned unopened to the Bidders.
    2. No Bid may be withdrawn, substituted, or modified in the interval between the deadline for submission of Bids and the date of expiry of the Bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Letter of Bid or any extended date thereof. 

 

  1. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids

 

  1. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids
    1. Except as in the cases specified in ITB 24 and ITB 25.2, the Employer shall publicly open and read out all Bids received by the deadline at the date, time and place specified in the BDS in the presence of Bidders’ designated representatives and anyone who choose to attend. Any specific electronic Bid opening procedures required if electronic Bidding is permitted in accordance with ITB 23.1, shall be as specified in the BDS.
    2. First, the written notice of withdrawal in the envelopes marked “Withdrawal” shall be opened and read out and the envelope with the corresponding Bid shall not be opened but returned to the Bidder.  No bid withdrawal shall be permitted unless the corresponding withdrawal notice contains a valid authorization to request the withdrawal and is read out at Bid opening.
    3. Next, envelopes marked “Substitution” shall be opened and read out and exchanged with the corresponding Bid being substituted, and the substituted Bid shall not be opened, but returned to the Bidder. No Bid substitution shall be permitted unless the corresponding substitution notice contains a valid authorization to request the substitution and is read out at Bid opening.
    4. Next, envelopes marked “Modification” shall be opened and read out with the corresponding Bid. No Bid modification shall be permitted unless the corresponding modification notice contains a valid authorization to request the modification and is read out at Bid opening.
    5. Next, all other envelopes marked “Technical Part” shall be opened one at a time. All envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” shall remain sealed and kept by the Employer in safe custody until they are opened at a later public opening, following the evaluation of the Technical Part parts of the Bids. On opening the envelopes marked “Technical Part” the Employer shall read out: the name of the Bidder, the presence or the absence of a Bid Security, or Bid-Securing Declaration, if required, and whether there is a modification; and Alternative Bid - Technical Part; and any other details as the Employer may consider appropriate. 
    6. Only Technical Parts of Bids and Alternative Bid - Technical Parts that are read out at Bid opening shall be considered further for evaluation. The Letter of Bid- Technical Part and the separate sealed envelope marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” are to be initialed by representatives of the Employer attending Bid opening in the manner specified in the BDS.
    7. The Employer shall neither discuss the merits of any Bid nor reject any Bid (except for late Bids, in accordance with ITB 24.1).
    8. The Employer shall prepare a record of the Bid opening that shall include, as a minimum:
      1. the name of the Bidder and whether there is a withdrawal, substitution, or modification;
      2. the receipt of  envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part”;
      3. if applicable, any alternative Bid-Technical Part; and
      4. the presence or absence of a Bid Security or a Bid-Securing Declaration. 
    9. The Bidders’ representatives who are present shall be requested to sign the record.  The omission of a Bidder’s signature on the record shall not invalidate the contents and effect of the record.  A copy of the record shall be distributed to all Bidders.

 

  1. Evaluation of Bids- General Provisions

 

  1. Confidentiality
    1. Information relating to the evaluation of the Technical Part shall not be disclosed to Bidders or any other persons not officially concerned with the Bidding process until the notification of evaluation of the Technical Part in accordance with ITB 33. Information relating to the evaluation of Financial Part, the evaluation of combined Technical Part and Financial Part, and recommendation of contract award shall not be disclosed to Bidders or any other persons not officially concerned with the RFB process until the Notification of Intention to Award the Contract is transmitted to Bidders in accordance with ITB 42..
    2. Any effort by a Bidder to influence the Employer in the evaluation of the bids or Contract award decisions may result in the rejection of its Bid.
    3. Notwithstanding ITB 27.2, from the time of Bid opening to the time of Contract Award, if any Bidder wishes to contact the Employer on any matter related to the Bidding process, it should do so in writing.

 

  1. Clarification of Bids

 

    1. To assist in the examination, evaluation, and comparison of the Bids, and qualification of the Bidders, the Employer may, at its discretion, ask any Bidder for a clarification of its Bid.  Any clarification submitted by a Bidder that is not in response to a request by the Employer shall not be considered.  The Employer’s request for clarification and the response shall be in writing.  No change in the prices or substance of the Bid shall be sought, offered, or permitted, except to confirm the correction of arithmetic errors discovered by the Employer in the evaluation of the Bids, in accordance with ITB 35.
    2. If a Bidder does not provide clarifications of its Bid by the date and time set in the Employer’s request for clarification, its Bid may be rejected.

 

  1. Deviations, Reservations, and Omissions
    1. During the evaluation of Bids, the following definitions apply:

(a)     “Deviation” is a departure from the requirements specified in the bidding document;

(b)     “Reservation” is the setting of limiting conditions or withholding from complete acceptance of the requirements specified in the bidding document; and

          (c) “Omission” is the failure to submit part or all of the information or documentation required in the bidding document.

    1. Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer may waive any nonmaterial nonconformities in the Bid.
    2. Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer may request that the Bidder submit the necessary information or documentation, within a reasonable period of time, to rectify nonmaterial nonconformities in the Bid related to documentation requirements. Requesting information or documentation on such nonconformities shall not be related to any aspect of the price of the Bid. Failure of the Bidder to comply with the request may result in the rejection of its Bid.

 

  1. Evaluation of Technical Part of Bids

 

  1. Determination of Responsiveness of Technical Part
    1. The Employer’s determination of the Technical Part’s responsiveness shall be based on the contents of the Bid, as specified in ITB 11.
    2. Preliminary examination of the Technical Part shall be carried out to identify proposals that are incomplete, invalid or substantially nonresponsive to the requirements of the Bidding documents. A substantially responsive Bid is one that materially confirms to the requirements of the Bidding document without material deviation, reservation, or omission. A material deviation, reservation, or omission is one that,
    1. if accepted, would:
        1. affect in any substantial way the scope, quality, or performance of the Works specified in the Contract; or
        2. limit in any substantial way, inconsistent with the Bidding document, the Employer’s rights or the Bidder’s  obligations under the proposed Contract; or
    2. if rectified, would unfairly affect the competitive position of other Bidders presenting substantially responsive Bids.
    1. If the Technical Part is not substantially responsive to the requirements of the Bidding document, it shall be rejected by the Employer and may not subsequently be made responsive by correction of the material deviation, reservation, or omission.

 

  1. Eligibility and Qualifications of the Bidder
    1. The Employer shall determine to its satisfaction whether the Bidders that have been assessed to have submitted substantially responsive Bids are eligible, and either continue to meet (if prequalification applies) or meet (if prequalification has not been carried out), the qualifying criteria specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
    2. The determination shall be based upon an examination of the documentary evidence of the Bidder’s eligibility and qualifications submitted by the Bidder, pursuant to ITB 15. The determination shall not take into consideration the qualifications of other firms such as the Bidder’s subsidiaries, parent entities, affiliates, subcontractors (other than Specialized Subcontractors if permitted in the bidding document), or any other firm.
    3. Prior to Contract award, the Employer will verify that the successful Bidder (including each member of a JV) is not disqualified by the Bank due to noncompliance with contractual SEA/SH prevention and response obligations. The Employer will conduct the same verification for each subcontractor proposed by the successful Bidder. If any proposed subcontractor does not meet the requirement, the Employer will require the Bidder to propose a replacement subcontractor.
    4. Only substantially responsive bids submitted by eligible and qualified bidders shall proceed to the detailed technical evaluation specified in ITB 32.

 

  1. Detailed Evaluation of Technical Part
    1. The Employer’s evaluation of Technical Part will be carried out as specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
    2. The scores and weightings to be given to Rated Criteria (including technical and non-price factors and sub factors) are specified in the BDS.

 

  1. Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts

 

  1. Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts
    1. Following the completion of the evaluation of the Technical Parts of the Bids, the Employer shall notify in writing those Bidders whose Bids were considered substantially non-responsive to the bidding document or failed to meet the eligibility and qualification requirements, advising them of the following information:
  2. the grounds on which their Technical Part of Bid failed to meet the requirements of the bidding document;
  3. their envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” will be returned to them unopened after the completion of the selection process and the signing of the Contract; and
  4. notify them of the date, time and location of the public opening of the envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part”.
    1. The Employer shall, simultaneously, notify in writing those Bidders whose Technical Part have been evaluated as substantially responsive to the bidding document and met the eligibility and qualification requirements, advising them of the following information:
  1. their Bid has been evaluated as substantially responsive to the bidding document and met the eligibility and qualification requirements;
  2. their envelope marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” will be opened at the public opening of the Financial Parts; and
  3. notify them of the date, time and location of the second public opening of the envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” as specified in the BDS.
    1. The opening date shall be not less than ten (10) Business Days from the date of notification of the results of the technical evaluation, specified in ITB 33.1 and 33.2. However, if the Employer receives a complaint on the results of the technical evaluation within the ten (10) Business Days, the opening date shall be subject to ITB 48.1. The Financial Part of the Bid shall be opened publicly in the presence of Bidders’ designated representatives and anyone who chooses to attend.
    2. At this public opening, the Financial Parts will be opened by the Employer in the presence of Bidders, or their designated representatives and anyone else who chooses to attend. Bidders who met the eligibility and qualification requirements and whose bids were evaluated as substantially responsive will have their envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” opened at the second public opening. Each of these envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” shall be inspected to confirm that they have remained sealed and unopened. These envelopes shall then be opened by the Employer. The Employer shall read out the names of each Bidder, the technical score and the total Bid prices, per lot (contract) if applicable, including any discounts and Alternative Bid - Financial Part, and any other details as the Employer may consider appropriate.
    3. Only envelopes of Financial Part of Bids, Financial Parts of Alternative Bids and discounts that are opened and read out at Bid opening shall be considered further for evaluation. The Letter of Bid – Financial Part and the Priced Activity Schedules are to be initialed by a representative of the Employer attending the Bid opening in the manner specified in the BDS.
    4. The Employer shall neither discuss the merits of any Bid nor reject any envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” at this public opening.
    5. The Employer shall prepare a record of the Financial Part of the Bid opening that shall include, as a minimum: (a) the name of the Bidder whose Financial Part was opened; (b) the Bid price, per lot (contract) if applicable, including any discounts; and (c) if applicable, any Alternative Bid – Financial Part.
    6. The Bidders whose envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” have been opened or their representatives who are present shall be requested to sign the record. The omission of a Bidder’s signature on the record shall not invalidate the contents and effect of the record. A copy of the record shall be distributed to all Bidders.

 

  1. Evaluation of Financial Part of Bids

 

  1. Adjustments for Non-material Noconformities
    1. Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer shall rectify quantifiable nonmaterial nonconformities related to the Bid Price. To this effect, the Bid Price shall be adjusted, for comparison purposes only, to reflect the price of a missing or non-conforming item or component by adding the average price of the item or component quoted by substantially responsive Bidders.  If the price of the item or component cannot be derived from the price of other substantially responsive Bidders, the Employer shall use its best estimate.

 

  1. Correction of Arithmetic Errors
    1. In evaluating the Financial Part of each Bid, the Employer shall correct arithmetical errors on the following basis:
  2. where there are errors between the total of the amounts given under the column for the price breakdown and the amount given under the Total Price, the former shall prevail and the latter will be corrected accordingly;
  3. where there are errors between the total of the amounts of Schedule Nos. 1 to 4 and the amount given in Schedule No. 5 (Grand Summary) the former shall prevail and the latter will be corrected accordingly;
  4. if there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the amount in words shall prevail, unless the amount expressed in words is related to an arithmetic error, in which case the amount in figures shall prevail subject to (a) and (b) above.
    1. Bidders shall be requested to accept correction of arithmetical errors. Failure to accept the correction in accordance with ITB 35.1, shall result in the rejection of the Bid.

 

  1. Evaluation Process, Financial Part
    1. To evaluate the Financial Part, the Employer shall consider the following:
  2. the Bid price, excluding provisional sums and the provision, if any, for contingencies in the Price Schedules;
  3. price adjustment for correction of arithmetic errors in accordance with ITB 35.1;
  4. price adjustment due to discounts offered in accordance with ITB 17.11;
  5. price adjustment due to quantifiable nonmaterial nonconformities in accordance with ITB 34.1;
  6. converting the amount resulting from applying (a) to (c) above, if relevant, to a single currency in accordance with ITB 36.2; and  
  7. the evaluation factors indicated in the BDS and detailed in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
    1. For evaluation and comparison purposes, the currency(ies) of the Bid shall be converted into a single currency as specified in the BDS.
    2. No margin of domestic preference shall apply.
    3. If price adjustment is allowed in accordance with ITB 17.7, the estimated effect of the price adjustment provisions of the Conditions of Contract, applied over the period of execution of the Contract, shall not be taken into account in Bid evaluation.
    4. If this bidding document allows Bidders to quote separate prices for different lots (contracts), each lot will be evaluated separately to determine the Most Advantageous Bid using the methodology specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria. Discounts that are conditional on the award of more than one lotor slice shall not be considered for Bid evaluation.

 

  1. Abnormally Low Bids
    1. An Abnormally Low Bid is one where the Bid price, in combination with other elements of the Bid, appears so low that it raises material concerns as to the capability of the Bidder to perform the Contract for the offered Bid Price.
    2. In the event of identification of a potentially Abnormally Low Bid, the Employer shall seek written clarifications from the Bidder, including detailed price analyses of its Bid price in correlation to the subject matter of the contract, scope, proposed methodology, schedule, allocation of risks and responsibilities and any other requirements of the bidding document.
    3. After evaluation of the price analyses, in the event that the Employer determines that the Bidder has failed to demonstrate its capability to deliver the contract for the offered tender price, the Employer shall reject the Bid.

 

  1. Unbalanced or Front Loaded Bids
    1. If the Bid that is evaluated as the lowest evaluated cost is, in the Employer’s opinion, seriously unbalanced or front loaded the Employer may require the Bidder to provide written clarifications. Clarifications may include detailed price analyses to demonstrate the consistency of the Bid prices with the scope of works, proposed methodology, schedule and any other requirements of the bidding document.
    2. After the evaluation of the information and detailed price analyses presented by the Bidder, the Employer may:
      1. accept the Bid; or
      2. if appropriate, require that the total amount of the Performance Security be increased, at the expense of the Bidder, to a level not exceeding twenty percent (20%) of the Contract Price; or
      3. reject the Bid.

 

  1. Evaluation of Combined Technical and Financial Parts, Most Advantageous Bid and Notification of Intention to Award

 

  1. Evaluation of combined Technical and Financial Parts, Most Advantageous Bid
    1. The Employer’s evaluation of responsive Bids will take into account technical factors, in addition to cost factors in accordance with Section III Evaluation and Qualification Criteria. The weight to be assigned for the Technical factors and cost is  specified in the BDS. The Employer will rank the Bids based on the evaluated Bid score (B).
    2. The Employer shall determine the Most Advantageous Bid. The Most Advantageous Bid is the Bid of the Bidder that meets the Qualification Criteria and whose Bid has been determined to be substantially responsive to the Bidding document and is the Bid with the highest combined technical and financial score
    3. The capabilities of the manufacturers and subcontractors proposed in its Bid to be used by the Bidder with the Most Advantageous Bid for identified major items of supply or services will also be evaluated for acceptability in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.  Their participation should be confirmed with a letter of intent between the parties, as needed.  Should a manufacturer or subcontractor be determined to be unacceptable, the Bid will not be rejected, but the Bidder will be required to substitute an acceptable manufacturer or subcontractor without any change to the Bid price. Prior to signing the Contract, the corresponding Appendix to the Contract Agreement shall be completed, listing the approved manufacturers or subcontractors for each item concerned.

 

  1. Employer’s right to Accept Any Bid and to Reject Any or All Bids
    1. The Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any Bid, and to annul the Bidding process and reject all Bids at any time prior to Contract Award, without thereby incurring any liability to Bidders. In case of annulment, all Bids submitted and specifically, Bid securities shall be promptly returned to the Bidders.

 

  1. Standstill Period
    1. The Contract shall not be awarded earlier than the expiry of the Standstill Period. The Standstill Period shall be ten (10) Business Days unless extended in accordance with ITB 45. The Standstill Period commences the day after the date the Employer has transmitted to each Bidder the Notification of Intention to Award the Contract. Where only one Bid is submitted, or if this contract is in response to an emergency situation recognized by the Bank, the Standstill Period shall not apply.

 

  1. Notification of Intention to Award
    1. The Employer shall send to each Bidder the Notification of Intention to Award the Contract to the successful Bidder. The Notification of Intention to Award shall contain, at a minimum, the following information:
  2. the name and address of the Bidder submitting the successful Bid;
  3. the Contract price of the successful Bid;
  4. the total combined score of the successful Bid;
  5. the names of all Bidders who submitted Bids, and their Bid prices as readout, and as evaluated and technical score;
  6. a statement of the reason(s) the Bid (of the unsuccessful Bidder to whom the notification is addressed) was unsuccessful;
  7. the expiry date of the Standstill Period; and
  8. instructions on how to request a debriefing and/or submit a complaint during the standstill period.

 

  1. Award of Contract

 

  1. Award Criteria
    1. Subject to ITB 40, the Employer shall award the Contract to the successful Bidder. This is the Bidder whose Bid has been determined to be the Most Advantageous Bid.

 

  1. Notification of Award
    1. Prior to the date of expiry  of the bid validity, and upon expiry of the Standstill Period, specified in ITB 41.1 or any extension thereof, and upon satisfactorily addressing any complaint that has been filed within the Standstill Period, the Employer shall notify the successful Bidder, in writing, that its Bid has been accepted. The notification of award (hereinafter and in the Contract Forms called the “Letter of Acceptance”) shall specify the sum that the Employer will pay the Contractor in consideration of the execution of the contract (hereinafter and in the Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms called “the Contract Price”).
    2. Within ten (10) Business Days after the date of transmission of the Letter of Acceptance, the Employer shall publish the Contract Award Notice which shall contain, at a minimum, the following information:
  2. name and address of the Employer;
  3. name and reference number of the contract being awarded, and the selection method used;
  4. names of all Bidders that submitted Bids, and their Bid prices as read out at Bid opening, and as evaluated;
  5. names of all Bidders whose Bids were rejected either as nonresponsive or as not meeting qualification criteria, or were not evaluated, with the reasons therefor;
  6. the name of the successful Bidder, the final total contract price, the contract duration and a summary of its scope; and
  7. successful Bidder’s Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form.
    1. The Contract Award Notice shall be published on the Employer’s website with free access if available, or in at least one newspaper of national circulation in the Employer’s Country, or in the official gazette.
    2. Until a formal contract is prepared and executed, the Letter of Acceptance shall constitute a binding Contract

 

  1. Debriefing by the Employer
    1. On receipt of the Employer’s Notification of Intention to Award referred to in ITB 42, an unsuccessful Bidder has three (3) Business Days to make a written request to the Employer for a debriefing. The Employer shall provide a debriefing to all unsuccessful Bidders whose request is received within this deadline.
    2. Where a request for debriefing is received within the deadline, the Employer shall provide a debriefing within five (5) Business Days, unless the Employer decides, for justifiable reasons, to provide the debriefing outside this timeframe. In that case, the standstill period shall automatically be extended until five (5) Business Days after such debriefing is provided.  If more than one debriefing is so delayed, the standstill period shall not end earlier than five (5) Business Days after the last debriefing takes place. The Employer shall promptly inform, by the quickest means available, all Bidders of the extended standstill period.
    3. Where a request for debriefing is received by the Employer later than the three (3)-Business Day deadline, the Employer should provide the debriefing as soon as practicable, and normally no later than fifteen (15) Business Days from the date of publication of Public Notice of Award of contract. Requests for debriefing received outside the three (3)-day deadline shall not lead to extension of the standstill period. 
    4. Debriefings of unsuccessful Bidders may be done in writing or verbally. The Bidder shall bear their own costs of attending such a debriefing meeting.

 

  1. Signing of Contract
    1. The Employer shall send to the successful Bidder the Letter of Acceptance including the Contract Agreement, and a request to submit the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form providing additional information on its beneficial ownership. The Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form shall be submitted within eight (8) Business Days of receiving this request.
    2. The successful Bidder shall sign, date and return to the Employer, the Contract Agreement within twenty-eight (28) days of its receipt.
    3. Notwithstanding ITB 46.2 above, in case signing of the Contract Agreement is prevented by any export restrictions attributable to the Employer, to the country of the Employer, or to the use of the Plant and Installation Services to be supplied, where such export restrictions arise from trade regulations from a country supplying those Plant and Installation Services, the Bidder shall not be bound by its Bid, always provided, however, that the Bidder can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Employer and of the Bank that signing of the Contact Agreement has not been prevented by any lack of diligence on the part of the Bidder in completing any formalities, including applying for permits, authorizations and licenses necessary for the export of the Plant and Installation Services under the terms of the Contract.

 

  1. Performance Security
    1. Within twenty-eight (28) days of the receipt of the Letter of Acceptance from the Employer, the successful Bidder shall furnish the Performance Security in accordance with the General Conditions GCC 13.3, subject to ITB 38, using for that purpose the Performance Security Form included in Section X, Contract Forms, or another form acceptable to the Employer.  If the Performance Security furnished by the successful Bidder is in the form of a bond, it shall be issued by a bonding or insurance company that has been determined by the successful Bidder to be acceptable to the Employer.  A foreign institution providing a bond shall have a correspondent financial institution located in the Employer’s Country, unless the Employer has agreed in writing that a correspondent financial institution is not required.
    2. Failure of the successful Bidder to submit the above-mentioned Performance Security or sign the Contract shall constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the Bid Security.  In that event the Employer may award the Contract to the Bidder offering the next Most Advantageous Bid.

 

  1. Procurement Related Complaint
    1. The procedures for making a Procurement-related Complaint are as specified in the BDS.

 

 

 

Section II - Bid Data Sheet

The following specific data for the Facilities to be procured shall complement, supplement, or amend the provisions in the Instructions to Bidders (ITB). Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in ITB.

A.  General

ITB 1.1

The reference number of the Request for Bids (RFB) is: SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB

The Employer is: Eswatini Electricity Company (EEC).

The name of the RFB is: Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto reclosers (Plant)

The number and identification of lots (contracts) comprising this RFB is: one (1)

ITB 1.2 (a)

N/A

ITB 2.1

The Borrower is: Government of Kingdom of Eswatini

Loan or Financing Agreement amount: US$90 million

The name of the Project is: Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation (ASCENT) Eswatini

ITB 4.1

Maximum number of members in the JV shall be: Three (3)

ITB 4.5

A list of debarred firms and individuals is available on the Bank’s external website: http://www.worldbank.org/debarr.

ITB 4.11

This Bidding Process is not subject to prequalification.

B.  Bidding Document

ITB 7.1

For Clarification of Bid purposes only, the Employer’s address is:

Attention: Mr. Bongani Chauke, Procurement Manager

Address: Po Box 258, Head Office, Eluvatsini House,

Floor/Room number: Ground Floor                                                              

City: Mbabane 

Country: Kingdom of Eswatini (Swaziland)

Telephone: +268 2409 4065

Electronic mail address: bongani.chauke@eec.co.sz  and thobeka.gama@eec.co.sz

Requests for clarification should be received by the Employer no later than: 12 October 2026.

Web page: www.eec.co.sz

ITB 7.4

A pre-bid meeting shall take place at the following date, time and place:

Date:  10 September 2026

Time: 10h00 SAST

Place: Virtual

Join: https://teams.microsoft.com/meet/350969007718107?p=iaBABpQyLOD1SvWqoV

Meeting ID: 350 969 007 718 107

Passcode: vZ7TW3mc

A non-compulsory site visit conducted by the Employer shall be on 17nth and 18nth September 2026

Telephone: +268 2409 4062 

E-mail: thobeka.gama@eec.co.sz copied to bongani.chauke@eec.co.sz

Contact person/conference coordinator: Ms. Thobeka Gama, Procurement Specialist

ITB 7.6

The Employer shall not publish the Minutes of the pre-Bid meeting on the web page. However, the minutes of the pre-Bid meeting will be circulated to all bidders who have purchased the bidding document.

C.  Preparation of Bids

ITB 10.1

The language of the Bid is: English

All correspondence exchange shall be in English language.

Language for translation of supporting documents and printed literature is English.

ITB 11.2 (i)

The Bidder shall submit the following additional documents in the Technical Part of its Bid:

Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES)

The Bidder shall submit its Code of Conduct that will apply to Contractor’s Personnel (as defined in Sub-Clause 1.1.17 of the General Conditions of Contract), to ensure compliance with the Contractor’s Environmental and Social (ES) obligations under the Contract. The Bidder shall use for this purpose the Code of Conduct form provided in Section IV.  No substantial modifications shall be made to this form, except that the Bidder may introduce additional requirements, including as necessary to take into account specific Contract issues/risks.

A satisfactory code of conduct will contain obligations on all Contractor’s Personnel project staff (including sub-contractors and day workers) that are suitable to address the following issues, as a minimum.  Additional obligations may be added to respond to particular concerns of the region, the location and the project sector or to specific project requirements.  The code of conduct shall contain a statement that the term “child” / “children” means any person(s) under the age of 18 years.

The issues to be addressed include:

1.   Compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations.

2.   Compliance with applicable health and safety requirements to protect the local community, the Employer’s Personnel, and the Contractor’s Personnel

3.   Interactions with the local community(ies), members of the local community (ies), and any affected person(s) (for example to convey an attitude of respect, including to their culture and traditions)

4.   Sexual harassment

5.   Sexual exploitation and abuse

6.   Protection of children (including prohibitions against sexual activity or abuse, or otherwise unacceptable behavior towards children, limiting interactions with children, and ensuring their safety in project areas)

7.   Sanitation requirements

8.   Non retaliation against workers who report violations of the Code, if that report is made in good faith.

Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (MSIP) to manage the (ES) risks

The Bidder shall submit Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (MSIPs) to manage the following key Environmental and Social (ES) risks:

  • Gender Based Violence Action plan
  • Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) prevention and response action plan
  • Traffic Management Plan to ensure safety of local communities from construction traffic
  • Waste management plan

ITB 11.3(d)

The Bidder shall submit the following additional documents in the Financial Part of its Bid: N/A

ITB 13.1

Alternative Bids shall not be considered.

ITB 13.2

Alternatives to the Time Schedule shall not be permitted.

ITB 13.4

Alternative technical solutions shall not be permitted for the Plant and Installation Services.

ITB 17.1

Bidders shall quote for the following components or services on a single responsibility basis:

  • Design, supply, installation, configuration and commissioning of all 13 x 11kV auto reclosers

and

The supply of the following components or services will be provided under the responsibility of the Employer:

  • Wooden structures and steel crossarms for each installation.
  • 11kV/230 16kVA single phase transformer for auxiliary supply with corresponding surge protection, LV MCB in pole mounted box.
  • Bypass 11kV gang switch
  • Earthing material for all 13 sites
    • Clamps
    • Earth spikes
    • Camo conductor
    • Lugs for camo conductor
    • Earthing wire
    • Conductive cement

ITB 17.5 (a) and (d)

Place of destination: Matsapha Central Services Organization (CSO) – EEC Main Stores, Matsapha.

Final destination (Project Site): Various projects sites across the country with 150 km radius from the Matsapha Central Services Organization (CSO) – EEC Main Stores, Matsapha.

ITB 17.6

The Incoterms edition is: CIP-INCOTERMS 2020

ITB 17.7

The prices quoted by the Bidder shall not be subject to adjustment during the performance of the Contract.

ITB 18.1

The currency of bid and payment for Bidder from the Common Monetary Area (CMA) Countries shall be Employer’s Country Lilangeni (SZL).

Bidder from outside the Common Monetary Area (CMA) Countries is not required to quote in the currency of the Employer’s Country Lilangeni (SZL), the portion of the Bid price that corresponds to expenditures incurred in the Employer’s Country currencies.

ITB 19.1

The Bid shall be valid until: 23 January 2027

ITB 19.3 (a)

The Bid price shall be adjusted by the following factor(s): Not Applicable.

ITB 20.1

A Bid Security shall be required.

A Bid-Securing Declaration shall not be required.

If a Bid Security shall be required, the amount and currency of the Bid Security shall be  E50,000.00

ITB 20.3 (d)

Other types of acceptable securities: NONE

ITB 20.9

Not applicable

ITB 21.3

The written confirmation of authorization to sign on behalf of the Bidder shall consist of “Power of Attorney” (either notarized or attested by the appropriate authority in the Bidder’s home country) along with a copy of relevant Board Resolution.

Note: The Power of Attorney shall indicate that the person signing the Bid has the authority to sign the Bid and the Bid is binding upon the Bidder during the full period of its validity. In case of a Joint venture Bid, the Power of Attorney shall be signed by the appropriate official of each of the JV partner.

D.  Submission and Opening of Bids

ITB 22.1

In addition to the original Bid, the number of copies is: Two (2).

Notes:

  1. Electronic copies of the bid shall also be submitted in Flash Drive in the technical proposal envelope.
  2. The price schedule in MS-Excel format shall be submitted, in a separate flash drive in the financial proposal envelope.  

ITB 23.1

For Bid submission purpose only, the Procuring Agency’s address is:

Eswatini Electricity Company

Attention: Mr. Bongani Chauke

Street Address: Eluvatsini House, Mhlambanyatsi Road  

Floor/ Room number: Reception      

City: Mbabane

Country: Kingdom of Eswatini       

The deadline for Bid submission is:

Date: 23 October 2026

Time:11h00 SAST

Bidders shall not have the option of submitting their Bids electronically.

E. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids

ITB 26.1

The Bid opening shall take place at:

EEC Head Office

Street Address: Eluvatsini House, Mhlambanyatsi Road  

Floor/ Room number: Reception, Cubicle 1

City: Mbabane

Country: Kingdom of Eswatini

Date:  23 October 2026

Time: 11.15 AM SAST

The electronic Bid opening procedures shall be: N/A

ITB 26.6

The Letter of Bid - Technical Part and the sealed envelope marked “Second Envelope - Financial Part” shall be initialed by at least three (3) representatives of the Employer conducting Bid opening.

G.  Evaluation of Technical Part of Bids

ITB 32.2

The weight to be given for Rated Criteria (including technical and non-price factors) is: 0.5(50 %)

The technical factors and sub-factors, which for purposes of this document carry the same meaning as Rated Criteria, and the corresponding scores in % are:

No.

Rated Criterion

Weight

Subfactors and weight

1

Specific Experience of bidder, capability and suitability of subcontractors

15

  • Relevant similar project experience [5]
  • Bidder capability, resources and delivery record [4]
  • Subcontractor suitability, experience and assigned scope [4]
  • Local/regional support and service capability [2]

2

Technical compliance and plant design solution

25

  • Compliance with and level of exceeding employer’s technical requirements [10]
  • Soundness of plant design basis and process solution efficiency [5]
  • Equipment selection, quality and standards compliance and superiority [5]
  • System integration, reliability, maintainability and operability exceeding generic standards [5]

3

Approach, Methodology, method statement and implementation plan

20

  • Execution approach, procurement and logistics plan [5]
  • Detailed method statement and installation sequence [5]
  • Implementation plan, interfaces and outage management [4]
  • Quality control, inspection, testing and commissioning strategy [3]
  • Risk management, safety, environmental and social controls [3]

4

Key personnel and project organization

20

  • Project manager qualifications, experience and availability [3]
  • Key technical personnel qualifications and relevant experience [7]
  • Project organization structure and reporting lines [3]
  • Clarity of roles, responsibilities and resource allocation [3]
  • Local/regional support and specialist backup [4]

5

Programme, schedule and delivery plan

5

  • Completeness and realism of programme [2]
  • Critical path, milestones and interface alignment [2]
  • Resource loading, float and recovery measures [1]

6

Cybersecurity risk management and innovation

5

  • Cybersecurity risk assessment and mitigation controls [2]
  • Protection of automation, control, communications and remote access systems [1]
  • Alignment with recognized industrial cybersecurity practices [1]
  • Innovation that improves safety, reliability or maintainability [1]

7

Training, documentation, warranties and lifecycle support

10

  • Training plan, content and knowledge transfer [3]
  • Operation and maintenance documentation [2]
  • Spare parts strategy and lifecycle support [3]
  • Warranty, after-sales service and defects liability support [2]

Total

100

 

Minimum Acceptable Score for Technical Proposal 

70

 

 

Note:

  1. Bidders who attain a score less than 70 shall not be considered for financial evaluation.
  2. Rated Criteria, including technical and non-price factors, will be assessed for bids that meet the minimum qualification requirements and pass the pass/fail evaluation stage. This assessment focuses not on meeting minimum standards, but on the extent to which bids exceed them by adding value to the contract and introducing innovations that enhance contract performance outcomes.

H. Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts

ITB 33.5

The Letter of Bid – Financial Part and Schedules shall be initialed by three (3) representatives of the Employer conducting Bid opening.   

Each Financial Part of Bid shall be initialed by 3 representatives of the employer conducting the financial opening. Any modification to the total price shall be recorded and initialed by 3 Representatives of the Employer.

I.  Evaluation of Financial Part of Bids

36.1(f)

The adjustments shall be determined using the following criteria, from amongst those set out in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria:

  1. Deviation in Time for Completion: No
  2. Life cycle costs: the projected operating and maintenance costs during the life of the Facilities: No
  3. Functional Guarantees of the Facilities: No
  4. Work, services, facilities, etc., to be provided by the Employer: No

ITB 36.2

 

 

The currency that shall be used for Bid evaluation and comparison purposes to convert at the selling exchange rate all Bid prices expressed in various currencies into a single currency is: Lilangeni (SZL)

The source of exchange rate shall be: Central Bank of Eswatini

The date for the exchange rate shall be:  23 October 2026

J. Evaluation of Combined Technical and Financial Parts and Most Advantageous Bid

ITB 39.1

The weight to be given for cost is: 0.5 (50%)

K. Award of Contract

ITB 48.1

The procedures for making a Procurement-related Complaint are detailed in the “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (Annex III).” If a Consultant wishes to make a Procurement-related Complaint, the Consultant shall submit its complaint following these procedures, In Writing (by the quickest means available, such as by email or fax), to:

For the attention: Mr. Mphumuzi Maziya

Title/position: Managing Director

Client: Eswatini Electricity Company

Email address: mphumuzi.maziya@eec.co.sz copied bongani.chauke@eec.co.sz

A copy of the complaint can be sent for the Bank’s information and monitoring to: pprocurementcomplaints@worldbank.org

In summary, a Procurement-related Complaint may challenge any of the following:

  1. the terms of this Request for Proposal;
  2. the Client’s decision to award the contract.

 

 

Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (Without prequalification)

This section contains all the criteria that the Employer shall use to evaluate Bids and qualify Bidders. No other factors, methods or criteria shall be used other than specified in this Bidding document. The Bidder shall provide all the information requested in the forms included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.

Wherever a Bidder is required to state a monetary amount, Bidders should indicate the USD equivalent using the rate of exchange determined as follows:

Exchange rates shall be taken from the publicly available source identified in the ITB 36.2. Any error in determining the exchange rates in the Bid may be corrected by the Employer.

Table of Contents

 

1.         Qualification. 61

2.         Evaluation of Technical Part 62

3.         Evaluation of Financial Part 64

4.         Combined Evaluation. 66

5.         Multiple Contracts. 66

 

 

 

 

  1. Qualification

1.1       Qualification Requirements

The Bidder’s qualification shall be assessed in accordance with the Qualification table included in this section.

1.2       Contractor’s Representative and other Key Personnel

            The Bidder must demonstrate that it will have suitably qualified Contractor’s Representative and other suitably qualified (and in adequate numbers) key personnel, as described in the Employer’s Requirements.

The Bidder shall provide details of the Contractor’s Representative and other key personnel, and such other key personnel that the Bidder considers appropriate, together with their academic qualifications and work experience. The Bidder shall complete the relevant Forms in Section IV, Bid Forms.

1.3       Equipment

            The Bidder must demonstrate that it will have access to the key equipment required to perform the contract.

The Bidder shall provide further details of proposed items of equipment using the relevant Form in Section IV.

1.4       Subcontractors/Manufacturers

Subcontractors/manufacturers for major items of supply or services identified in the Initial Selection document must meet or continue to meet the minimum criteria specified therein for each item.

Subcontractors for the following additional major items of supply or services must meet the following minimum criteria, herein listed for that item:

Item No.

Description of Item

Minimum Criteria to be met

1

Telecommunication equipment

5 years’ experience in supplying and installing telecommunication equipment

2

Overhead line construction

5 years’ experience in distribution infrastructure construction

3

11kV Auto reclosers

10 years’ experience in the manufacturing of auto reclosers

4

Protection and SCADA

10 Years experience in protection and automation of electrical transmission or distribution systems

 

Failure to comply with this requirement will result in rejection of the subcontractor.

In the case of a Bidder who offers to supply and/or install Plant and equipment under the contract that the Bidder did not manufacture or otherwise produce and/or install, the Bidder shall provide the manufacturer’s authorization, using the form provided in Section IV, showing that the Bidder has been duly authorized by the manufacturer or producer of the related Plant and equipment or component to supply and/or install that item in the Employer’s country. The Bidder is responsible for ensuring that the manufacturer or producer complies with the requirements of ITB 4 and ITB 5 and meets the minimum criteria listed above for that item.

  1. Evaluation of Technical Part

The total technical points assigned to each Bid in the Evaluated Bid  Formula will be determined by adding and weighting the scores assigned by an evaluation committee to technical factors of the Bid  in accordance with the criteria set forth below.

 

No.

Rated Criterion

Weight

Key Assessment Considerations

1

Specific Experience of bidder, capability and suitability of subcontractors

15%

  • Demonstrated experience of the bidder in successfully completing similar assignment
  • Relevance of previous projects in terms of plant type, capacity, complexity, technology, operating environment and contract scope.
  • Evidence of successful delivery within agreed time, cost, quality, safety and performance requirements.
  • Suitability, capability and experience of proposed subcontractors for their assigned scope of work.
  • Clarity of subcontractor roles, responsibilities, interfaces and reporting arrangements.
  • Evidence that subcontractors have the required technical qualifications, resources, certifications, equipment and specialist expertise.
  • Prior working relationship between the main bidder and proposed subcontractors, including evidence of successful collaboration on similar projects.
  • Availability of local or regional support, service capability, spare parts access and specialist backup during implementation and defects liability period.

2

Technical compliance and plant design solution

25%

  • Compliance with employer’s requirements;
  • process design basis; performance guarantees; equipment selection; system integration; reliability, maintainability and operability; interfaces with existing infrastructure;
  • compliance with applicable standards.

3

Approach, Methodology, method statement and implementation plan

20%

  • Clarity and completeness of execution approach procurement and logistics plan
  • installation sequence; construction methodology detailed method statement; implementation plan; quality control;
  • inspection and test plans
  • commissioning strategy;
  • outage/interface management;
  • Completeness of project risk management
  • safety, environmental & social risk controls.

4

Key personnel and project organization

20%

  • Qualifications,
  • relevant experience and availability of proposed personnel
  • strength of project management structure
  • clarity of roles and responsibilities
  •  experience in similar plant design, supply and installation contracts
  • Loca/regional support and specialist backup.

5

Programme, schedule and delivery plan

5%

  • Completeness of the programme
  • critical path identification
  • engineering, procurement, manufacturing, delivery, installation, testing and commissioning timelines
  • resource loading; milestone alignment; float and recovery measures.

6

Cybersecurity risk management and innovation

5%

  • Assessment and management of cyber risks affecting plant automation, control, communications, remote access, vendor access, software, firmware, data integrity and operational continuity;
  • alignment with recognized industrial control system cybersecurity practices;
  • practical innovations that reduce cyber risk without compromising plant safety, reliability or maintainability.
  • Compliance with cybersecurity requirements

7

Training, documentation, warranties and lifecycle support

10%

  • Completeness of training plan and content; operation and maintenance documentation;
  • spare parts strategy and warranty support; after-sales service; regional maintenance capability; defects liability support.

Total

 

100%

 

 

 

TECHINICAL PART SCORING METHOLOGY

Evaluators will apply the following scoring guidance consistently to each rated criterion. Scores will be based on the extent to which the bidder’s submission demonstrates compliance, completeness, relevance, credibility of evidence, and practical suitability for the required scope of work.

Score

Rating

General Scoring Guidance

0

Non-responsive / No evidence

The submission does not address the criterion, provides no relevant evidence, or contains information that is materially non-compliant with the requirements. The response gives the evaluator no reasonable basis to confirm capability, compliance, or suitability.

1

Poor

The submission addresses the criterion only superficially or partially. Evidence is weak, generic, insufficient, incomplete, or not clearly relevant to the required scope. There are significant gaps, uncertainties, or weaknesses that may create delivery, compliance, performance, safety, operational, or support risks.

2

Acceptable

The submission adequately addresses the criterion and demonstrates basic compliance with the requirements. Evidence is generally relevant and sufficient, although some details may be missing or not fully developed. Any minor weaknesses are manageable and are not expected to materially affect delivery of the required scope.

3

Good

The submission addresses the criterion clearly and comprehensively. Evidence is relevant, credible, and well aligned with the requirements. The response demonstrates sound understanding, suitable capability, and a practical approach marginally exceeding minimum or generic standards. Even if there are very minor omissions or risks that can be readily clarified or managed.

4

Excellent

The submission fully addresses the criterion and exceeds the minimum requirements in a meaningful and relevant way. Evidence is strong, specific, verifiable, and directly applicable to the scope. The response demonstrates superior capability, robust risk controls, clear interfaces, reliable delivery arrangements, and added value without introducing unacceptable risk.

 

The score for each sub- factor (i) within a factor (j) will be combined with the scores of sub- factors in the same factor as a weighted sum to form the Factor Technical Score using the following formula:

 

where:

tji          = the technical score for sub- factor “i” in factor “j”

wji     =  the weight of sub- factor “i” in factor “j”,

k       =  the number of scored sub-factors in factor “j”

and       

The Factor Technical Scores will be combined in a weighted sum to form the total Technical Part Score using the following formula:

 

where:

Sj      =  the Factor Technical Score of factor “j”

Wj     =  the weight of factor “j” as specified in the BDS

n       =  the number of Factors

and    

Note: After the technical evaluation only, only bids that attains a score of 70 % and or above shall be considered for financial evaluation.

 

  1. Evaluation of Financial Part

The following factors and methods will apply:

    1. Time Schedule

Time to complete the Plant and Installation Services from the effective date specified in Article 3 of the Contract Agreement for determining time for completion of pre-commissioning activities is 6 months. No credit will be given for earlier completion.

 

Note: A compliant Bid must offer a contract completion within the time specified above. Bids offering a completion date beyond the maximum designated period shall be rejected as non-responsive.

 

    1. Life Cycle Costs

None

 

    1. Functional Guarantees of the Facilities

The minimum requirements stated in the Specification for functional guarantees required in the Specification are:

 

Functional Guarantee

Minimum (or Maximum, as appropriate) Requirement

1. All 11 kV auto reclosers as stated in the employer’s requirements.

100% operational functionality throughout the Warranty Period & Design Life.

 

The performance figures quoted on forms-FUNC and Technical Data Sheet shall be guaranteed within the tolerances permitted by relevant standards listed under Part-II, Employer’s Requirement, and shall become a part of the successful Bidder's Contract. For the purposes of evaluation, for each percentage point the functional guarantee of the proposed Plant and Installation Services is below the norm specified in the Specification and in the above table, but above the minimum acceptable levels also specified therein, an adjustment of 5% will be added to the Bid price.  If the drop below the norm the Auto reclosers will be rejected.

 

 

    1.  Sustainable Procurement

None

 

    1. Work, services, facilities, etc., to be provided by the Employer

None

 

  1. Combined Evaluation

The Employer will evaluate and compare the Bids that have been determined to be substantially responsive.

An Evaluated Bid Score (B) will be calculated for each responsive Bid using the following formula, which permits a comprehensive assessment of the evaluated cost and the technical merits of each Bid:

 

where

C     =          Evaluated Bid Cost

C low =          the lowest of all Evaluated Bid Costs among responsive Bids

T     =          the total Technical Score awarded to the Bid

Thigh    =          the Technical Score achieved by the Bid  that was scored best among all responsive Bids

X     =          weight for Cost as specified in the BDS

The Bid with the best evaluated Bid Score (B) among responsive Bids shall be the Most Advantageous Bid provided the Bidder is qualified to perform the Contract.

……………………………………………………………………………………

 

 

2. Qualification

Factor

1 Eligibility

Sub-Factor

Criteria

Documentation Required

Requirement

Bidder

Single Entity

Joint Venture(existing or intended)

All members combined

Each Partner

At least one Partner

1.1 Nationality

Nationality in accordance with ITB 4.4.

Must meet requirement

must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

N / A

Form ELI –1.1 and 1.2, with attachments

1.2 Conflict of Interest

No- conflicts of interests as described in ITB 4.2

Must meet requirement

must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

N / A

Letter of Bid

1.3 Bank Ineligibility

Not having been declared ineligible by the Bank as described in 4.5.

Must meet requirement

must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

N / A

Letter of Bid

1.4 State Owned Enterprise or Institution

Compliance with conditions of ITB 4.6

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

N / A

Form ELI  –1.1 and 1.2, with attachments

1.5 Ineligibility based on a United Nations resolution or Borrower’s country law

Not having been excluded as a result of the Borrower’s country laws or official regulations, or by an act of compliance with UN Security Council resolution, in accordance with ITB 4.8and Section V.

Must meet requirement

must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

N / A

Letter of Bid

 



 

Factor

2. Historical Contract Non-Performance

Sub-Factor

Criteria

Documentation  Required

Requirement

Bidder

Single Entity

Joint Venture (existing or intended)

All members combined

Each member

At least one member

2.1 History of non-performing contracts

Non-performance[1]of a contract did not occur within the last 5 years prior to the deadline for application submission, based on all information on fully settled disputes or litigation.  A fully settled dispute or litigation is one that has been resolved in accordance with the Dispute Resolution Mechanism under the respective contract, and where all appeal instances available to the Bidder have been exhausted.

Must meet requirement by itself or as member to past or existing JV

N / A

Must meet requirement[2]

N / A

Form CON - 2

2.2 Suspension

 Not under suspension based on execution of a Bid Securing Declaration or Proposal Securing Declaration pursuant to ITB 4.7 and ITB 20.9

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

Letter of Bid

2.3 Pending Litigation

Bid’s financial position and prospective long term profitability still sound according to criteria established in 3.1 below and assuming that all pending litigation will be resolved against the Bidder

Must meet requirement

 

N / A

Must meet requirement

N / A

Form CON – 2

2.4 Litigation History

No consistent history of court/arbitral  award decisions against the Bidder[3]since 1st January 2021

 

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

N/A

Form CON – 2

2.5 Declaration: Environmental and Social (ES) past performance

Declare any contract that has been suspended or terminated and/or performance security called by an employer for reasons of breach of environmental, or social (including Sexual Exploitation, and Abuse) contractual obligations in the past five years.[4]

Must make the declaration. Where there are Specialized Subcontractor/s, the Specialized Subcontractor/s must also make the declaration.

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

Each must make the declaration. Where there are Specialized Subcontractor/s, the Specialized Subcontractor/s must also make the declaration.

 

 

 

 

N/A

Form CON-3 ES Performance Declaration

2.6 Bank’s SEA and/or SH Disqualification

At the time of Contract Award, not subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations

Must meet requirement

(including each subcontractor proposed by the Bidder)

N/A

Must meet requirement (including each subcontractor proposed by the Bidder)

N/A

Letter of Bid, Form CON-4

 

Factor

3 Financial Situation

Sub-Factor

Criteria

Documentation Required

Requirement

Bidder

Single Entity

Joint Venture (existing or intended)

All members combined

Each member

At least one member

3.1 Financial Capabilities

Submission of audited balance sheets or if not required by the law of the Bidder’s Country, other financial statements acceptable to the Employer, for the last three [3] years to demonstrate the current soundness of the Bidders financial position and its prospective long-term profitability.

Must meet requirement

N / A

Must meet requirement

N / A

Form FIN – 3.1 with attachments

3.2 Average Annual Turnover

 

Minimum average annual construction turnover in supply and installation of electricity distribution infrastructure of US$ 1,720,000.00 (One million, seven hundred and twenty thousand), calculated as total certified payments received for contracts in progress and/or completed within the last three (3) years,

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

Must meet at least 30 % of the requirement

Must meet at least 70 % of the requirement

Form FIN –3.2

3.3 Financial Resources

 

The Bidder must demonstrate access to, or availability of, financial resources such as liquid assets, unencumbered real assets, lines of credit, and other financial means, other than any contractual advance payments to meet:

(i) the following cash-flow requirement:

USD $ 430,000.00 (four hundred and thirty thousand)

and

(ii) the overall cash flow requirements for this contract and its current commitments.

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

Must meet at least 30 % of the requirement

Must meet at least 70 % of the requirement

Form FIN –3.3

        

 

 

Factor

4 Experience

Sub-Factor

Criteria

Documentation Required

 

Requirement

Bidder

 

Single Entity

Joint Venture (existing or intended)

 

All members combined

Each member

At least one member

 

4.1 General Experience

Experience in supply, installation and commissioning of electricity distribution control systems under contracts in the role of main contractor, JV member, subcontractor, or management contractor for at least the last five (5) years starting 1st January 2021

Must meet requirement

 

N / A

Must meet requirement

 

N / A

Form EXP-4.1

 

4.2(a) Specific Experience

(a)Participation as contractor, joint venture member[5], management contractor, or subcontractor, in at least two (2) contracts within the last eight (8) years (from 1 January 2018), each with a value of at least $860,000.00 that have been successfully and substantially[6]completed and that are similar to the proposed Plant and Installation Services.

The similarity of the contracts shall be based on the physical size, complexity, methods, technology or other characteristics as described in Section VII, Employer’s Requirements.

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirements[7]

N / A

Must meet the following requirements for the key activities listed below

  • 2 contracts for Supply, Installation and commissioning of 11 to 33 kV auto-reclosers/circuit breakers in Sub-Sahara countries.

 

Form EXP 4.2(a)

 

 

4.2(b)  Specific Experience

(b) For the above or other contracts executed during the period stipulated in 4.2(a) above, a minimum experience in the following key activities:

  • Design, Supply, Installation, and Commissioning of at least two [2] of 11 to 33 kV auto-reclosers/circuit breakers within the last five [5] years; and
  •  At least one of the contracts shall have the complete scope of installation/integration to SCADA in a Sub-Sahara Africa

Bidders should submit details of previous projects and reference letters from clients in support of the projects they are using to demonstrate their qualifications.

The Employer may make independent inquiries about any or all of the projects referenced by bidders and may visit and examine the projects used by Bidders in support of their qualifications.

Must meet requirements

 

Must meet requirements[8]

N / A

Must meet the requirements

Form EXP-4.2(b)

 

4.2 (c) Specific Experience in managing ES aspects

For the contracts in 4.2 (a) above and/or any other contracts [substantially completed and under implementation] as prime contractor, joint venture member, or Subcontractor between 1st January 2021 and Application submission deadline, experience in managing ES risks and impacts in the following aspects:

  • Health and Safety on project areas and working areas
  • ESHS training of Contractor & local partners and staff; including induction training, health screening, training in correct use of PPEs, Project ESHS risks and hazards;
  • Waste management
  • Emergency Management

Must meet requirements

 

Must meet requirements

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

Form EXP – 4.2 (c)

 

 

 

Section IV - Bidding Forms

Table of Forms

 

Letter of Bid- Technical Part 79

Technical Proposal 82

Site Organization. 83

Method Statement 84

Mobilization Schedule. 85

Construction Schedule. 86

ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (ES-MSIP) 87

Sustainable Procurement Proposal 88

Risk assessment and Proposed Management Plan. 89

Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES) Form.. 90

Plant 94

Contractor’s Equipment 95

Functional Guarantees. 96

Personnel 97

Resume of Proposed Personnel 99

Proposed Subcontractors for Major Items of Plant and Installation Services. 100

Others - Time Schedule. 101

Bidders Qualification without prequalification. 115

Bidder Information Sheet 116

Party to JV Information Sheet 117

Historical Contract Non-Performance, Pending Litigation and Litigation History. 118

Current Contract Commitments / Works in Progress. 124

Financial Situation. 125

Historical Financial Performance. 125

Average Annual Turnover 127

Financial Resources. 128

Experience. 129

General Experience. 129

Specific Experience. 131

Specific Experience in Key Activities. 133

Form of Bid Security. 136

Form of Bid Security – Bank Guarantee. 136

Form of Bid Security- Bid Bond. 138

Form of Bid-Securing Declaration. 139

Manufacturer’s Authorization. 140

Schedule of Rates and Prices. 143

Schedule No. 1.  Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Abroad. 143

Country of Origin Declaration Form.. 144

Schedule No. 2.  Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Within the Employer’s Country. 145

Schedule No. 3.  Design Services. 146

Schedule No. 4.  Installation and Other Services. 147

Schedule No. 5.  Grand Summary. 148

Schedule No. 6.  Recommended Spare Parts. 149

Price Adjustment 150

 

 

Letter of Bid- Technical Part

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE DOCUMENT

The Bidder must prepare this Letter of Bid on stationery with its letterhead clearly showing the Bidder’s complete name and business address.

Note: All italicized text is to help Bidders in preparing this form.       

 

Date of this Bid submission: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid submission]

RFB No.: [insert number of RFB process]

Alternative No.:[insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]

We, the undersigned, hereby submit our Bid, in two parts, namely:

  1. the Technical Part, and
  2. the Financial Part

In submitting our Bid, we make the following declarations:

  1. No reservations: We have examined and have no reservations to the bidding document, including Addenda issued in accordance with Instructions to Bidders (ITB 8);
  2. Eligibility: We meet the eligibility requirements and have no conflict of interest in accordance with ITB 4;
  3. Bid-Securing Declaration: We have not been suspended nor declared ineligible by the Employer based on execution of a Bid-Securing Declaration or Proposal-Securing Declaration in the Employer’s country in accordance with ITB 4.7;
  4. Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual Harassment (SH): [select the appropriate option from (i) to (v) below and delete the others].

We [where JV, insert: “including any of our JV members”], and any of our subcontractors:

  1. [have not been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations.]
  2. [are subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations.]
  3. [had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. An arbitral award on the disqualification case has been made in our favor.]
  4. [had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations for a period of two years. We have subsequently provided and demonstrated that we have adequate capacity and commitment to comply with SEA and SH prevention and response obligations.]
  5. [had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations for a period of two years. We have attached documents demonstrating that we have adequate capacity and commitment to comply with SEA and SH prevention and response obligations.]
  1. Conformity: We offer to provide design, supply and installation services in conformity with the bidding document of the following: [insert a brief description of the Plant, Design, Supply and Installation Services]                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      ;
  2. Bid Validity: Our Bid shall be valid until [insert day, month and year in accordance with ITB 19.1], and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time on or before this date;
  3. Performance Security: If our Bid is accepted, we commit to obtain a Performance Security in accordance with the bidding document;
  4. One Bid Per Bidder: We are not submitting any other Bid(s) as an individual Bidder, and we are not participating in any other Bid(s) as a Joint Venture member, and meet the requirements of ITB 4.3, other than alternative Bids submitted in accordance with ITB 13;
  5. Suspension and Debarment: We, along with any of our subcontractors, suppliers, consultants, manufacturers, or service providers for any part of the contract, are not subject to, and not controlled by any entity or individual that is subject to, a temporary suspension or a debarment imposed by the World Bank Group or a debarment imposed by the World Bank Group in accordance with the Agreement for Mutual Enforcement of Debarment Decisions between the World Bank and other development banks. Further, we are not ineligible under the Employer’s country laws or official regulations or pursuant to a decision of the United Nations Security Council;
  6. State-owned enterprise or institution: [select the appropriate option and delete the other] [We are not a state-owned enterprise or institution] / [We are a state-owned enterprise or institution but meet the requirements of ITB 4.6];
  7. Binding Contract: We understand that this Bid, together with your written acceptance thereof included in your Letter of Acceptance, shall constitute a binding contract between us, until a formal contract is prepared and executed;
  8. Not Bound to Accept: We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest evaluated cost Bid, the Most Advantageous Bid or any other Bid that you may receive; and
  9. Fraud and Corruption: We hereby certify that we have taken steps to ensure that no person acting for us or on our behalf engages in any type of Fraud and Corruption.

;

Name of the Bidder: *[insert complete name of the Bidder]

Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder: **[insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]

Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]

Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above]

Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]

*: In the case of the Bid submitted by joint venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder

**: Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder to be attached with the Bid

 

 

 

 

Technical Proposal

 

 

 

 

Site Organization

 

 

 

Method Statement

[Note to the Bidder: (i) As required in BDS 11.2 (i), also include method statement, management strategies, implementation plans and innovations; (ii) if there are assessed supply chain risks, the method statement must include proposed supply chain risks management plans.]

In addition, the Bidder/Contractor shall establish, implement and maintain a Method Statement for its specific Occupational Health & Safety (OHS) risks on site and describe mitigation measures to keep high risks under control. Method Statement is a type of health and safety document that Contractor shall use for high-risk work. It describes the steps (method) that workers must take to carry out a particular job safely. Primarily, they are for the benefit of those who will physically be carrying out the work, usually those working in the construction sector.

The document shall identify the potential hazards that may arise during a particular task and outline the necessary precautions that must be put in place and taken by workers. The statement must be as simple as possible to avoid any misinterpretations that could result in injury. Workers involved in the work shall read it, understand what is expected of them and follow the measures that are in place to keep them safe. Method Statement shall be approved by the Employer.

The Bidder/Contractor shall describe the method of work to keeping under control high risks and establish a permit to work system and issue a permit to work (PTW) for specific work. PTW shall be issued, but is not limited to, working at height, working in confined spaces, lone work, asbestos, hot work and the use of dangerous plant. Method Statements shall contain the following items but not limited to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mobilization Schedule

[Insert Technical Proposal for Mobilization Schedule]

 

 

 

 

Construction Schedule

The Bidder should chalk out proper mobilisation schedule and construction schedule along with the CPM/ PERT charts for execution of the Contract as a whole. Since no extension of time is anticipated unless exclusively warranted under critical circumstances, work programme for all key activities that may have bearing on project implementation should be clearly shown within the overall project schedule. For example, time required for import of equipment and construction materials together with time schedule within the overall schedule for preconstruction activities like surveys and investigations and preparation of construction drawings.

 

 

 

ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (ES-MSIP)

The Bidder shall submit comprehensive and concise Environmental and Social Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (ES-MSIP) as required by ITB 11.1 (j) of the Bid Data Sheet. These strategies and plans shall describe in detail the actions, materials, equipment, management processes etc. that will be implemented by the Contractor, and its subcontractors.

In developing these strategies and plans, the Bidder shall have regard to the ES provisions of the contract including those as may be more fully described in the Employer’s Requirements in Section VII.

 

 

 

Sustainable Procurement Proposal

Note to Bidder: In addition to submitting the required ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans, the Bidder shall provide its proposal to demonstrate how additional sustainable procurement requirements, if any, specified in Section VII- Employer’s Requirements would be addressed. The Bidder shall also provide its proposal, if any, for exceeding the sustainable procurement requirements.

 

 

 

Risk assessment and Proposed Management Plan

The Bidder should submit a risk register identifying the hazards anticipated during the implementation of the contract.

For the key hazards ranked by impact, the risk register shall include a description of the hazard, an assessment of the potential impact on health and safety, environment, cost, program or other, and the proposed mitigation strategy for each hazard.

 

 

 

 

Note to the Bidder:

The minimum content of the Code of Conduct form as set out by the Employer shall not be substantially modified. However, the Bidder may add requirements as appropriate, including to take into account Contract-specific issues/risks. 

The Bidder shall initial and submit the Code of Conduct form as part of its bid.

 

Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES) Form

Note to the Employer:

The following minimum requirements shall not be modified. The Employer may add additional requirements to address identified issues, informed by relevant environmental and social assessment.

The types of issues identified could include risks associated with: labour influx, spread of communicable diseases, and Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), Sexual Harassment (SH) etc.

Delete this Box prior to issuance of the bidding documents.

 

 

 

 

We are the Contractor, [enter name of Contractor].  We have signed a contract with [enter name of Employer] for [enter description of the Facilities]. The Plant for the Facilities will be installed at [enter the Site]. Our contract requires us to implement measures to address environmental and social risks, related to the Installation Services i.e. services ancillary to the supply of the Plant for the Facilities, such as inland transportation, site preparation works/ associated civil works, installation, testing, precommissioning, commissioning, operations and maintenance etc. as the case may require.

This Code of Conduct is part of our measures to deal with environmental and social risks related to the Installation Services. 

All personnel that we utilize in the execution of the Contract, including staff, labor and other employees of us and of each Subcontractor, and any other personnel assisting us in the execution of the Contract, are referred to as Contractor’s Personnel.

This Code of Conduct identifies the behavior that we require from the Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of Installation Services at the Site (or other places in the country where the Site is located).

Our workplace is an environment where unsafe, offensive, abusive or violent behavior will not be tolerated and where all persons should feel comfortable raising issues or concerns without fear of retaliation.

REQUIRED CONDUCT

Contractor’s  Personnel employed for the execution of Installation Services at the Site (or other places in the country where the Site is located) shall:

  1. carry out his/her duties competently and diligently;
  2. comply with this Code of Conduct and all applicable laws, regulations and other requirements, including requirements to protect the health, safety and well-being of other Contractor’s Personnel and any other person;
  3. maintain a safe working environment including by:
    1. ensuring that workplaces, machinery, equipment and processes under each person’s control are safe and without risk to health;
    2. wearing required personal protective equipment;   
    3. using appropriate measures relating to chemical, physical and biological substances and agents; and
    4. following applicable emergency operating procedures.
  4. report work situations that he/she believes are not safe or healthy and remove himself/herself from a work situation which he/she reasonably believes presents an imminent and serious danger to his/her life or health;
  5. treat other people with respect, and not discriminate against specific groups such as women, people with disabilities, migrant workers or children;
  6. not engage in any form of sexual harassment including unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature with other Contractor’s or Employer’s Personnel;
  7. not engage in Sexual Exploitation, which means any actual or attempted abuse of position of vulnerability, differential power or trust, for sexual purposes, including, but not limited to, profiting monetarily, socially or politically from the sexual exploitation of another;
  8. not engage in in Sexual Abuse,  which means the actual or threatened physical intrusion of a sexual nature, whether by force or under unequal or coercive conditions;
  9. not engage in any form of sexual activity with individuals under the age of 18, except in case of pre-existing marriage;
  10. complete relevant training courses that will be provided related to the environmental and social aspects of the Contract, including on health and safety matters, and Sexual Exploitation and Abuse, and Sexual Harassment (SH);
  11.  report violations of this Code of Conduct; and
  12. not retaliate against any person who reports violations of this Code of Conduct, whether to us or the Employer, or who makes use of the grievance mechanism for Contractor’s Personnel or the project’s Grievance Redress Mechanism.

RAISING CONCERNS

If any person observes behavior that he/she believes may represent a violation of this Code of Conduct, or that otherwise concerns him/her, he/she should raise the issue promptly. This can be done in either of the following ways:

  1. Contact [enter name of the Contractor’s Social Expert with relevant experience in handling sexual exploitation, sexual abuse and sexual harassment cases, or if such person is not required under the Contract, another individual designated by the Contractor to handle these matters] in writing at this address [   ] or by telephone at [   ] or in person at [   ]; or
  2. Call [  ]  to reach the Contractor’s hotline (if any) and leave a message.

 

The person’s identity will be kept confidential, unless reporting of allegations is mandated by the country law. Anonymous complaints or allegations may also be submitted and will be given all due and appropriate consideration. We take seriously all reports of possible misconduct and will investigate and take appropriate action. We will provide warm referrals to service providers that may help support the person who experienced the alleged incident, as appropriate.

There will be no retaliation against any person who raises a concern in good faith about any behavior prohibited by this Code of Conduct.  Such retaliation would be a violation of this Code of Conduct. 

CONSEQUENCES OF VIOLATING THE CODE OF CONDUCT

Any violation of this Code of Conduct by the Contractor’s Personnel may result in serious consequences, up to and including termination and possible referral to legal authorities.

FOR CONTRACTOR’s PERSONNEL:

I have received a copy of this Code of Conduct written in a language that I comprehend.  I understand that if I have any questions about this Code of Conduct, I can contact [enter name of Contractor’s contact person(s) with relevant experience] requesting an explanation. 

Name of Contractor’s Personnel: [insert name]                                             Signature: __________________________________________________________

Date: (day month year): _______________________________________________

Countersignature of authorized representative of the Contractor:

Signature: ________________________________________________________

Date: (day month year): ______________________________________________

ATTACHMENT 1: Behaviors constituting SEA and behaviors constituting SH

 

 

 

ATTACHMENT 1 TO THE CODE OF CONDUCT FORM

 

BEHAVIORS CONSTITUTING SEXUAL EXPLOITATION AND ABUSE (SEA) AND BEHAVIORS CONSTITUTING SEXUAL HARASSMENT (SH)

 

The following non-exhaustive list is intended to illustrate types of prohibited behaviors.

  1. Examples of sexual exploitation and abuse include, but are not limited to:

 

  1. Examples of sexual harassment in a work context

 

 

 

Plant

 

Contractor’s Equipment

Form EQU

The Bidder shall provide adequate information to demonstrate clearly that it has the capability to meet the requirements for the key Contractor’s equipment listed in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria. A separate Form shall be prepared for each item of equipment listed, or for alternative equipment proposed by the Bidder.

 

Item of equipment

 

Equipment information

Name of manufacturer

 

Model and power rating

 

Capacity

 

Year of manufacture

Current status

Current location

 

 

Details of current commitments

 

 

 

Source

Indicate source of the equipment

     o Owned        o Rented      o Leased         o Specially manufactured

 

Omit the following information for equipment owned by the Bidder.

 

Owner

Name of owner

 

Address of owner

 

 

 

 

Telephone

Contact name and title

 

Fax

Telex

Agreements

Details of rental / lease / manufacture agreements specific to the project

 

 

 

 

 

Functional Guarantees

Form FUNC

 

The Bidder shall copy in the left column of the table below, the identification of each functional guarantee required in the Specification and stated by the Employer in para. 1.2 (c) of Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, and in the right column, provide the corresponding value for each functional guarantee of the proposed plant and equipment.

 

Required Functional Guarantee

Value of Functional Guarantee of the Proposed Plant and Equipment

1.

 

2.

 

3.

 

…

 

 

 

Personnel

Form PER -1

Contractor’s Representative and other Key Personnel

Schedule

Bidders should provide the names of suitably qualified personnel to meet the specified requirements stated in Section VII. The data on their experience should be supplied using the Form below for each candidate.

*As listed in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.

Contractor’ Representative and Key Personnel

  1. 1.

Title of position: Contractor’s Representative

 

Name of candidate:

 

Duration of appointment:

[insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged]

 

Time commitment: for this position:

[insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position]

 

Expected time schedule for this position:

[insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart]

  1. 2.

Title of position: [Environmental Specialist]

 

Name of candidate:

 

Duration of appointment:

[insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged]

 

Time commitment: for this position:

[insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position]

 

Expected time schedule for this position:

[insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart]

  1. 3.

Title of position: [Health and Safety Specialist]

 

Name of candidate:

 

Duration of appointment:

[insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged]

 

Time commitment: for this position:

[insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position]

 

Expected time schedule for this position:

[insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart]

  1. 4.

Title of position: [Social Specialist]

 

Name of candidate: 

 

Duration of appointment:

[insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged]

 

Time commitment: for this position:

[insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position]

 

Expected time schedule for this position:

[insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart]

  1.  

Title of position: Sexual Exploitation, Abuse and Harassment Expert

 [Where a Project SEA risks are assessed to be substantial or high, key personnel shall include an expert/s with relevant experience in addressing sexual exploitation, sexual abuse and sexual harassment  cases]

 

Name of candidate

 

Duration of appointment:

[insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged]

 

Time commitment: for this position:

[insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position]

 

Expected time schedule for this position:

[insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart]

7.

Title of position: [insert title]

 

 

 

Form PER-2

 

Resume of Proposed Personnel 

Name of Bidder

 

 

Position

 

Personnel information

Name

 

Date of birth

 

Professional qualifications

 

Present employment

Name of employer

 

 

Address of employer

 

 

Telephone

 

Contact (manager / personnel officer)

 

Fax

 

E-mail

 

Job title

 

Years with present employer

 

Summarize professional experience over the last 20 years, in reverse chronological order. Indicate particular technical and managerial experience relevant to the project.

From

To

Company / Project / Position / Relevant technical and management experience

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed Subcontractors for Major Items of Plant and Installation Services

 

A list of major items of Plant and Installation Services is provided below.

 

The following Subcontractors and/or manufacturers are proposed for carrying out the item of the facilities indicated.  Bidders are free to propose more than one for each item

 

 

Major Items of Plant and Installation Services

Proposed Subcontractors/Manufacturers

Nationality

11kV auto reclosers supply

 

 

Telecommunications equipment (data radios and antennas)

 

 

Overhead line construction

 

 

Protection and SCADA

 

 

 

 

Others - Time Schedule

(to be used by Bidder when alternative Time for Completion is invited in ITB 13.2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bidders Qualification without prequalification

To establish its qualifications to perform the contract in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria the Bidder shall provide the information requested in the corresponding Information Sheets included hereunder.

 

Form ELI 1.1

Bidder Information Sheet

Date:  ______________________

RFB No.: ___________________

Page ________ of _______ pages

 

1.  Bidder’s Legal Name

 

2.  In case of JV, legal name of each party:

 

3.  Bidder’s actual or intended Country of Registration:

4.  Bidder’s Year of Registration:

5.  Bidder’s Legal Address in Country of Registration:

 

6.  Bidder’s Authorized Representative Information

     Name:

     Address:

     Telephone/Fax numbers:

     Email Address:

 

7. Attached are copies of original documents of

    Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association), and/or documents of registration of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.4

    In case of JV, letter of intent to form JV or JV agreement, in accordance with ITB 4.1

    In case of state-owned enterprise or institution, in accordance with ITB 4.6, documents establishing:

  • Legal and financial autonomy
  • Operation under commercial law
  • Establishing that the Bidder is not under the supervision of the Employer

8. Included are the organizational chart, a list of Board of Directors, and the beneficial ownership. The successful Bidder shall provide additional information on beneficial ownership, using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form.

 

 

Form ELI 1.2

Party to JV Information Sheet

Date: ______________________

RFB No.: ___________________

Page ________ of_ ______ pages

 

1.  Bidder’s Legal Name:

 

2.  JV’s Party legal name:

3.  JV’s Party Country of Registration:

4. JV’s Party Year of Registration:

 

5.  JV’s Party Legal Address in Country of Registration:

 

6.  JV’s Party Authorized Representative Information

Name:

Address:

Telephone/Fax numbers:

Email Address:

 

7. Attached are copies of original documents of

    Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association), and/or registration documents of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.4.

   In case of a state-owned enterprise or institution, documents establishing legal and financial autonomy, operation in accordance with commercial law, and that they are not under the supervision of the Employer, in accordance with ITB 4.6.

8. Included are the organizational chart, a list of Board of Directors, and the beneficial ownership. The successful Bidder shall provide additional information on beneficial ownership for each JV member using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form.

 

 

 

Form CON – 2

Historical Contract Non-Performance, Pending Litigation and Litigation History

Bidder’s Legal Name:  _______________________                                              Date:  _____________________

JV Member Legal Name:  _______________________            ___________________

RFB No.:  __________________

Page _______ of _______ pages

 

Non-Performed Contracts in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

    Contract non-performance did not occur since 1st January [insert year] specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.1.

    Contract(s) not performed since 1st January [insert year] specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.1

Year

Non- performed portion of contract

Contract Identification

 

Total Contract Amount (current value, currency, exchange rate and US$ equivalent)

[insert year]

[insert amount and percentage]

Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification]

Name of Employer: [insert full name]

Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]

Reason(s) for nonperformance: [indicate main reason(s)]

[insert amount]

Pending Litigation, in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

   No pending litigation in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.3.

   Pending litigation in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.3 as indicated below.

 

 

 

Year of dispute

Amount in dispute (currency)

Contract Identification

Total Contract Amount (currency), USD Equivalent (exchange rate)

 

 

Contract Identification: _________

Name of Employer: ____________

Address of Employer: __________

Matter in dispute: ______________

Party who initiated the dispute: ____

Status of dispute: ___________

 

 

 

Contract Identification:

Name of Employer:

Address of Employer:

Matter in dispute:

Party who initiated the dispute:

Status of dispute:

 

Litigation History in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

        No Litigation History in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.4.

        Litigation History in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.4 as indicated below.

Year of award

Outcome as percentage of Net Worth

Contract Identification

Total Contract Amount (currency), USD Equivalent (exchange rate)

[insert year]

[insert percentage]

Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name, number, and any other identification]

Name of Employer: [insert full name]

Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]

Matter in dispute: [indicate main issues in dispute]

Party who initiated the dispute: [indicate “Employer” or “Contractor”]

Reason(s) for Litigation and award decision [indicate main reason(s)]

[insert amount]

      

 

 

 

Form CON – 3

Environmental and Social Performance Declaration

[The following table shall be filled in for the Bidder, each member of a Joint Venture and each Specialized Subcontractor]

Bidder’s Name: [insert full name]
Date: [insert day, month, year]
Joint Venture Member’s or Specialized Subcontractor’s Name: [insert full name]
RFB No. and title: [insert RFB number and title]
Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages

Environmental and Social Performance Declaration

in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

  No suspension or termination of contract: An employer has not suspended or terminated a contract and/or called the performance security for a contract for reasons related to Environmental or Social (ES) performance since the date specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.5.

  Declaration of suspension or termination of contract:  The following contract(s) has/have been suspended or terminated and/or Performance Security called by an employer(s) for reasons related to Environmental or Social (ES) performance since the date specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.5. Details are described below:

Year

Suspended or terminated portion of contract

Contract Identification

 

Total Contract Amount (current value, currency, exchange rate and US$ equivalent)

[insert year]

[insert amount and percentage]

Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification]

Name of Employer: [insert full name]

Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]

Reason(s) for suspension or termination: [indicate main reason(s) e.g., gender-based violence; sexual exploitation or sexual abuse breaches]

[insert amount]

[insert year]

[insert amount and percentage]

Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification]

Name of Employer: [insert full name]

Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]

Reason(s) for suspension or termination: [indicate main reason(s)]

[insert amount]

…

…

[list all applicable contracts]

…

Performance Security called by an employer(s) for reasons related to ES performance

Year

Contract Identification

 

Total Contract Amount (current value, currency, exchange rate and US$ equivalent)

[insert year]

Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification]

Name of Employer: [insert full name]

Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]

Reason(s) for calling of performance security: [indicate main reason(s) e.g., for gender-based violence; sexual exploitation, or sexual abuse breaches]

[insert amount]

 

 

 

 

 

 

Form CON – 4

Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual Harassment Performance Declaration

[The following table shall be filled in by the Bidder, each member of a Joint Venture and each subcontractor proposed by the Bidder]

Bidder’s Name: [insert full name]
Date: [insert day, month, year]
Joint Venture Member’s or Subcontractor’s Name: [insert full name]
RFB No. and title: [insert RFB number and title]
Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages

SEA and/or SH Declaration

in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

We:

¨ (a) have not been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations

¨  (b) are subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations

¨ (c) had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. An arbitral award on the disqualification case has been made in our favor.

[If (c) above is applicable, attach evidence of an arbitral award reversing the findings on the issues underlying the disqualification.]

 

 

 

 

 

Form CCC

Current Contract Commitments / Works in Progress

Bidders and each member to a JV should provide information on their current commitments on all contracts that have been awarded, or for which a letter of intent or acceptance has been received, or for contracts approaching completion, but for which an unqualified, full completion certificate has yet to be issued.

 

Name of contract

Employer, contact address/tel/fax

Value of outstanding work (current US$ equivalent)

Estimated completion date

Average monthly invoicing over last six months
(US$/month)

1.

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

 

 

 

 

5.

 

 

 

 

 

etc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Form FIN – 3.1

Financial Situation

Historical Financial Performance

Bidder’s Legal Name: _______________________                                               Date:  _____________________

JV Member Legal Name: _______________________                                 RFB   No.:  __________________

Page _______ of _______ pages

To be completed by the Bidder and, if JV, by each member

Financial information in US$ equivalent

Historic information for previous ______ (__) years

 (US$ equivalent in 000s)

 

2022/23

2023/24

2024/25

Avg.

Avg. Ratio

Information from Balance Sheet

Total Assets (TA)

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities (TL)

 

 

 

 

Net Worth (NW)

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets (CA)

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities (CL)

 

 

 

 

Information from Income Statement

Total Revenue (TR)

 

 

 

 

 

Profits Before Taxes (PBT)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attached are copies of financial statements (balance sheets, including all related notes, and income statements) for the years required above complying with the following conditions:

  1. Must reflect the financial situation of the Bidder or member to a JV, and not sister or parent companies
  2. Historic financial statements must be audited by a certified accountant
  3. Historic financial statements must be complete, including all notes to the financial statements
  4. Historic financial statements must correspond to accounting periods already completed and audited (no statements for partial periods shall be requested or accepted)

 

 

 

 

Form FIN – 3.2

Average Annual Turnover

Bidder’s Legal Name:  ___________________________                                      Date:  _____________________

JV Member Legal Name: ____________________________                           RFB No.:  __________________  

                                                                                      Page _______ of _______ pages

 

Annual turnover data 

Year

Amount and Currency

US$ equivalent

2022/23

 _________________________________________

____________________

2023/24

 _________________________________________

____________________

2024/25

 _________________________________________

____________________

*Average Annual Turnover

 _________________________________________

____________________

 

*Average annual turnover calculated as total certified payments received for work in progress or completed, divided by the number of years specified in Section III, Evaluation Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.3.2.

 

 

Form FIN3.3

Financial Resources

Specify proposed sources of financing, such as liquid assets, unencumbered real assets, lines of credit, and other financial means, net of current commitments, available to meet the total cash flow demands of the subject contract or contracts as indicated in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

Source of financing

Amount (US$ equivalent)

1.

 

 

2.

 

 

3.

 

 

4.

 

 

 

 

Form EXP 4.1

Experience

General Experience

Bidder’s Legal Name:  ____________________________                                  Date:  _____________________

JV Member Legal Name:  ____________________________                          RFB No.:  __________________

                                                                                      Page _______ of _______ pages

 

Starting Month / Year

Ending Month / Year

 

 Years*

Contract Identification

 

Role of Bidder

 

______

 

______

 

Contract name:

Brief Description of the  contract performed by the Bidder:

Name of Employer:

Address:

 

_________

 

 

______

 

______

 

Contract name:

Brief Description of the  contract  performed by the Bidder:

Name of Employer:

Address:

 

_________

 

 

______

 

______

 

Contract name:

Brief Description of the   contract performed by the Bidder:

Name of Employer:

Address:

 

_________

 

 

______

 

______

 

Contract name:

Brief Description of the  contract performed by the Bidder:

Name of Employer:

Address:

 

_________

 

 

______

 

______

 

Contract name:

Brief Description of the   contract  performed by the Bidder:

Name of Employer:

Address:

 

_________

 

 

______

 

______

 

Contract name:

Brief Description of the   contract   performed by the Bidder:

Name of Employer:

Address:

 

_________

 

 

*List calendar year for years with contracts with at least nine (9) months activity per year starting with the earliest year

Form EXP –4.2(a)

Specific Experience

Bidder’s Legal Name:  ___________________________                                      Date:  _____________________

JV Member Legal Name: _________________________                                 RFB No.:  __________________  

                                                                                      Page _______ of _______ pages

 

Similar Contract Number:  ___ of ___ required.

 

Information

Contract Identification

 

_______________________________________

Award date

Completion date

 

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

 

 

 

Role in Contract

Prime Contractor

Member in
JV

 

Management Contractor

Subcontractor

 

Total contract amount

US$__________

If member in a JV or subcontractor, specify participation of total contract amount

 

______%

 

 

___________

 

US$_______

 

Employer’s Name:

 

_______________________________________

Address:

 

Telephone/fax number:

E-mail:

 

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

       

 

 

 

Form EXP –4.2(a) (cont.)

Specific Experience (cont.)

Bidder’s Legal Name:  ___________________________                    Page _______ of _______ pages

JV Member Legal Name:  ___________________________

 

Similar Contract No. __[insert specific number] of [total number of contracts] ___ required

Information

Description of the similarity in accordance with Sub-Factor 4.2a) of Section III:

 

Amount

_________________________________

Physical size

_________________________________

Complexity

_________________________________

Methods/Technology

_________________________________

Physical Production Rate

 

_________________________________

 

 

 

 

Form EXP –4.2(b)

Specific Experience in Key Activities

Bidder’s Legal Name:  ___________________________                                      Date:  _____________________

JV Member Legal Name: _________________________                                 RFB No.:  __________________  

Subcontractor’s Legal Name: ______________          Page _______ of _______ pages

 

 

Information

Contract Identification

_______________________________________

Award date

Completion date

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

Role in Contract

Prime Contractor

Management Contractor

 

Subcontractor

 

Total contract amount

US$________

If member in a JV or subcontractor, specify participation of total contract amount

 

__________%

 

_____________

 

US$________

Employer’s Name:

_______________________________________

Address:

 

Telephone/fax number:

E-mail:

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

 

 

Form EXP –4.2 (b)(cont.)

Specific Experience in Key Activities (cont.)

Bidder’s Legal Name:  ___________________________                    Page _______ of _______ pages

JV Member Legal Name:  ___________________________

Subcontractor’s Legal Name: __________________________

 

 

Information

Description of the key activities in accordance with Sub-Factor 4.2b) of Section III:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Form EXP –4.2(c)

Specific Experience in Managing ES aspects and any additional sustainable procurement aspects

 

Bidder’s Legal Name:  ___________________________                                      Date:  _____________________

JV Member Legal Name: _________________________                                 RFB No.:  __________________  

Subcontractor’s Legal Name: ______________          Page _______ of _______ pages

        1. Key Requirement no 1 in accordance with 4.2 (c): __

____________________

Contract Identification

 

Award date

 

Completion date

 

Role in Contract

 

Prime Contractor

Member in
JV

Management Contractor

Subcontractor

Total Contract Amount

                                                          US$ ____________

Details of relevant experience

 

        1. Key Requirement no 2 in accordance with 4.2 (c): ______________________
        2. Key Requirement no 3 in accordance with 4.2 (c): ______________________

 

 

 

 

Form of Bid Security

Form of Bid Security – Bank Guarantee

 

[The bank shall fill in this Bank Guarantee Form in accordance with the instructions indicated.]

 

[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]

Beneficiary:  [Employer to insert its name and address]

RFB No.:[Employer to insert reference number for the Request for Bids]

Alternative No.: [Insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]

Date:[Insert date of issue]

BID GUARANTEE No.:[Insert guarantee reference number]

Guarantor:  [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]

We have been informed that ______ [insert name of the Bidder, which in the case of a joint venture shall be the name of the joint venture (whether legally constituted or prospective) or the names of all members thereof](hereinafter called "the Applicant") has submitted or will submit to the Beneficiary its Bid (hereinafter called "the Bid") for the execution of ________________ under RFB No. ____________

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the Beneficiary’s conditions, Bids must be supported by a Bid guarantee.

At the request of the Applicant, we, as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of ___________ (____________) upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand, supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating that either the Bidder:

(a)     has withdrawn its Bid prior to the Bid validity expiry date set forth in the Applicant’s Letter of Bid, or any extended date provided by the Applicant; or

(b)    having been notified of the acceptance of its Bid by the Beneficiary prior to the expiry date of the Bid validity or any extension thereto provided by the Applicant, (i) has failed to execute the Contract Agreement, or (ii) has failed to furnish the Performance Security, in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders (“ITB”) of the Beneficiary’s bidding document.

This guarantee will expire: (a) if the Applicant is the successful Bidder, upon our receipt of copies of the contract agreement signed by the Applicant and the Performance Security issued to the Beneficiary in relation to such contract agreement; or (b) if the Applicantis not the successful Bidder, upon the earlier of (i) our receipt of a copy of the Beneficiary’s notification to the Applicant of the results of the Bidding process; or (ii)twenty-eight days after the expiry date of the Bid validity.

Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at the office indicated above on or before that date.

This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC Publication No. 758.

 

_____________________________

[Signature(s)]

Note:  All italicized text is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.

 

 

Manufacturer’s Authorization

 

Date: __________________

RFB No.: _________________

To:  ________________________

WHEREAS

 

We ___________________, who are official manufacturers of____________________, having factories at _____________________, do hereby authorize ______________________ to submit a Bid the purpose of which is to provide the following goods, manufactured by us _______________________, and to subsequently negotiate and sign the Contract.

 

We hereby extend our full guarantee and warranty in accordance with Clause 27 of the General Conditions, with respect to the goods offered by the above firm.

 

Signed: _______________________________________

 

 

Name: ______________________________________       

 

Title:______________________________________

 

Duly authorized to sign this Authorization on behalf of: ______________________________________

 

Dated on ____________ day of __________________, _______

 

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE DOCUMENT

The Bidder must prepare this Letter of Bid on stationery with its letterhead clearly showing the Bidder’s complete name and business address.

Note: All italicized text is to help Bidders in preparing this form.


Letter of Bid - Financial Part

 

Date of this Bid submission: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid submission]

Request for Bid No.: [insert identification]

Alternative No.: [insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]

 

To: [insert complete name of Employer]

 

We, the undersigned, hereby submit the second part of our Bid, the Bid Price and Bill of Quantities. This accompanies the Letter of Bid- Technical Part.

In submitting our Bid, we make the following additional declarations:

  1. Bid Validity: Our Bid shall be valid until [insert day, month and year in accordance with ITB 19.1], and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time on or before this date;
  2. Total Price: The total price of our Bid, excluding any discounts offered in item (f) below is: [Insert one of the options below as appropriate]

[Option 1, in case of one lot:]  Total price is: [insert the total price of the Bid in words and figures, indicating the various amounts and the respective currencies];

Or

[Option 2, in case of multiple lots:] (a) Total price of each lot [insert the total price of each lot in words and figures, indicating the various amounts and the respective currencies]; and (b) Total price of all lots (sum of all lots) [insert the total price of all lots in words and figures, indicating the various amounts and the respective currencies];

  1. Discounts: The discounts offered and the methodology for their application are:

(i) The discounts offered are: [Specify in detail each discount offered]

(ii) The exact method of calculations to determine the net price after application of discounts is shown below: [Specify in detail the method that shall be used to apply the discounts];

  1. Commissions, gratuities and fees: We have paid, or will pay the following commissions, gratuities, or fees with respect to the Bidding process or execution of the Contract: [insert complete name of each Recipient, its full address, the reason for which each commission or gratuity was paid and the amount and currency of each such commission or gratuity].

   

Name of Recipient

Address

Reason

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(If none has been paid or is to be paid, indicate “none.”)

 

Name of the Bidder:*[insert complete name of  the Bidder]

Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder: ** [insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]

Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]

Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above]

Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]

 

*: In the case of the Bid submitted by a Joint Venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder.

**: Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder. The power of attorney shall be attached with the Bid Schedules

 

 

 

Schedule of Rates and Prices

Price schedule to be accessed from the following link:

11kV Auto Reclosers

Schedule No. 1.  Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Abroad

 

 

Country of Origin Declaration Form

 

 

Schedule No. 2.  Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Within the Employer’s Country

 

 

 

1 Specify currency in accordance with specifications in Bid Data Sheet under ITB 18.1

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule No. 3.  Design Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule No. 4.  Installation and Other Services

 

 

 

Schedule No. 5.  Grand Summary

 

 

 

 

 

Price Adjustment

 

If price adjustment applies in accordance with ITB 17.9, the Bidder shall indicate the sources of indices and source of exchange rate (if applicable) and the base date indices in its Bid.

Item

Source of Indices

Base date Indices

Source of exchnage rate (if applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section V - Eligible Countries

 

Eligibility for the Provision of Goods, Works and Non-Consulting Services in
Bank-Financed Procurement

 

In reference to ITB 4.8 and 5.1, for the information of the Bidders, at the present time firms, goods and services from the following countries are excluded from this Bidding process: None

Under ITB 4.8 (a) and 5.1: None


 

 

Section VI - Fraud and Corruption

(this Section shall not be changed)

 

  1. Purpose
    1. The Bank’s Anti-Corruption Guidelines and this annex apply with respect to procurement under Bank Investment Project Financing operations.
  2. Requirements
  1. The Bank requires that Borrowers (including beneficiaries of Bank financing); bidders (applicants/proposers), consultants, contractors and suppliers; any sub-contractors, sub-consultants, service providers or suppliers; any agents (whether declared or not); and any of their personnel, observe the highest standard of ethics during the procurement process, selection and contract execution of Bank-financed contracts, and refrain from Fraud and Corruption.
  2. To this end, the Bank:
  1. Defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth below as follows:
  1. “corrupt practice” is the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting, directly or indirectly, of anything of value to influence improperly the actions of another party;
  2. “fraudulent practice” is any act or omission, including misrepresentation, that knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain financial or other benefit or to avoid an obligation;
  3. “collusive practice” is an arrangement between two or more parties designed to achieve an improper purpose, including to influence improperly the actions of another party;
  4. “coercive practice” is impairing or harming, or threatening to impair or harm, directly or indirectly, any party or the property of the party to influence improperly the actions of a party;
  5. “obstructive practice” is:
  1. deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering, or concealing of evidence material to the investigation or making false statements to investigators in order to materially impede a Bank investigation into allegations of a corrupt, fraudulent, coercive, or collusive practice; and/or threatening, harassing, or intimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the investigation; or
  2. acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the Bank’s inspection and audit rights provided for under paragraph 2.2 e. below.
  1. Rejects a proposal for award if the Bank determines that the firm or individual recommended for award, any of its personnel, or its agents, or its sub-consultants, sub-contractors, service providers, suppliers and/ or their employees, has, directly or indirectly, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices in competing for the contract in question;
  2. In addition to the legal remedies set out in the relevant Legal Agreement, may take other appropriate actions, including declaring misprocurement, if the Bank determines at any time that representatives of the Borrower or of a recipient of any part of the proceeds of the loan engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices during the procurement process, selection and/or execution of the contract in question,  without the Borrower having taken timely and appropriate action satisfactory to the Bank to address such practices when they occur, including by failing to inform the Bank in a timely manner at the time  they knew of the practices;
  3. Pursuant to the Bank’s Anti- Corruption Guidelines and in accordance with the Bank’s prevailing sanctions policies and procedures, may sanction a firm or individual, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, including by publicly declaring such firm or individual ineligible (i) to be awarded or otherwise benefit from a Bank-financed contract, financially or in any other manner;[9] (ii) to be a nominated[10] sub-contractor, consultant, manufacturer or supplier, or service provider of an otherwise eligible firm being awarded a Bank-financed contract; and (iii) to receive the proceeds of any loan made by the Bank or otherwise to participate further in the preparation or implementation of any Bank-financed project;
  4. Requires that a clause be included in bidding/request for proposals documents and in contracts financed by a Bank loan, requiring (i) bidders (applicants/proposers), consultants, contractors, and suppliers, and their sub-contractors, sub-consultants, service providers, suppliers, agents, personnel, permit the Bank to inspect[11] all accounts, records and other documents relating to the procurement process, selection and/or contract execution, and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Bank.

 

PART 2 - Employer’s Requirements

 

Section VII - Employer’s Requirements

 

Contents

Scope of Supply of Plant and Installation Services by the Contractor. 160

Specification. 161

Forms and Procedures. 168

Form of Completion Certificate. 169

Change Order Procedure and Forms. 171

Change Order Procedure. 172

Annex 1.  Request for Change Proposal 173

Annex 2.  Estimate for Change Proposal 175

Annex 3.  Acceptance of Estimate. 177

Annex 4.  Change Proposal 178

Annex 5.  Change Order 181

Annex 7.  Application for Change Proposal 184

Drawings. 186

Supplementary Information. 187

 

 

 

 

Scope of Supply of Plant and Installation Services by the Contractor

The scope covers the design, supply, equipment installation and commissioning of the 13 pole mounted 11kV auto-reclosers as per the configuration shown in the figure below. The scope highlighted below is a guide to the bidder and any tasks necessary to deliver the project as per the bidder’s design should be included in the scope to be submitted.

 

 

    1. Design

 

The following is to be done by the supplier.

  1. Prepare design report and drawings for the structure to replace existing auto-reclosers with fully remotely operated breakers. The same design to be also used in the proposed new sites. (One Standard Structure – To be used in all 13 structures).
  2. Design and install an earthing system where the earth resistance should be less than 5 ohms.
  3. Drawings to be approved by EEC prior to installation.
  4. Specify interface between pole mount Control Unit and Breaker
  5. Capture coordinates of the different points where the remotely controlled auto-reclosers will be installed and check for UHF signal availability in all the sites.
  6. Do frequency planning for UHF Data radios to be used for communication between SCADA – NCC and Control Unit.

Note: In certain instances, use the nearest substation with UMUX Interface.

    1. Procurement:

The following will have to be procured for the project.

Externally (Provided by supplier):

  1. 13 Remotely controlled auto recloser breakers, accessories, software and licencing. The general circuit breaker specification is included under ‘Specifications.’ This includes the Control Units and Switchgear.
  2. Data radios with UHF antennas (Depending on frequency planning) , accessories, software and licencing.
  3. Depending on interface between radios, control unit and breaker – supplier to provide interface cables and accessories.
  4. Single phase Power cables and accessories.
  5. 11kV Lightning arrestors
  6. labels – danger signs
  7. 11kV Isolating links
  8. Overhead line material and accessories

 

Internal (To be supplied by EEC).

  1. Procure D10 poles (10) limited to 4 structures per site with the relevant cross–arm depending on design.
  2. Earthing equipment for all 13 sites (camo conductor, spikes, clamps, lugs for camo conductor, conductive cement). Ensure earth resistance for site is less than 5 Ohms – depending on design.
  3. 13 of 16kVA single phase transformers, combi units, LV MCB, pole mounted boxes.
  4. ACSR overhead conductor Hare and Mink
    1. Installation and Commissioning

Construction (Supplier):     

  1. Dismantling of existing 13 structures where applicable.
  2. Erect the up the pole structure per site in all the identified 13 structures.
  3. Install, test and commission Auto recloser and mount control unit.
  4. String ACSR and install corresponding dropout fuses.
  5. Ensure all equipment in structure is properly earthed and take earth resistance for record keeping. (Earth resistance to be below 5 Ohms)
  6. Install, test and commission 16kVA transformers and corresponding MV LV equipment
  7. Recover old recloser for disposal / keeping as spare (to be done by EEC).
  8. Installation of bypass gang switch and structure (to be done by EEC).

 

Protection (bidder):

  1. Configure the breaker and prepare it for interface with the SCADA System.
  2. Ensure all analogue and digital points are ready for the SCADA department.
  3. Commission the breaker with the SCADA department.

 

Telecommunications (Supplier):

  1. Install Data radio with all accessories (Antenna, feeder cable, and interface to Control Unit) and ensure connectivity to NCC.
  2. Configure the Data radio.
  3. Commission link to NCC.
  4. Ensure all the radio equipment is properly earthed.

 

SCADA (Supplier):

  1. Build all the breakers in the main SCADA System together with EEC personnel.
  2. Mount Control Unit and configure it for remote operation to NCC.
  3. Ensure proper earthing of all SCADA equipment and provide power backup for Control Unit.
  4. Test and Commission the auto recloser to NCC with EEC personnel.
  5. Prepare final documentation for all the SCADA related equipment.
  6. Update the network diagram as per procedure for all new projects (to be done by EEC).
    1. Training

Provide formal training on the equipment as well. This should be specified in the quotation for the project. The training should be done before project implementation (State the period for training on the breaker, control unit and any other training that might be required for the project). Training should cover 25 technicians from the different sections internally (SCADA, Protection, Switchgear, Distribution, Telecoms).

  1. METHODOLOGY

The bidders are expected to provide a methodology showing how the design, construction, installation and commissioning exercise will be carried out. Include block diagrams where appropriate showing how the entire system integrates. This will indicate the level of understanding of what is expected from the Plant design, supply and installation Contractor.

 

 

 

Specification

This specification covers the requirements for an automatic electrically controlled three phase vacuum recloser for distribution systems. The recloser is intended for radial, loop, and meshed networks.

    1. Quality Assurance

 

3.2.1 Manufacturer qualifications: The chosen manufacturer shall have at least 10 years’ experience in manufacturing vacuum reclosers. The manufacturer of the reclosers shall be completely and solely responsible for the performance of the reclosers as a complete integrated assembly as rated.

3.2.2 Main recloser components such as circuit breaker, vacuum interrupters, current and voltage sensors, control cubicle and software shall be manufactured by the same manufacturer.

3.2.3 The manufacturer shall be able to submit the confirmation of certification or ratings of the reclosers upon request.

3.2.4 The recloser shall be manufactured and type tested according to requirements of applicable industry standards:

            a) IEC 62271-111

            b) IEEE C37.60

3.2.5 The recloser manufacturing process shall be complying with the standard ISO 9001, Quality Management System.

3.2.6 The type test reports should be issued not more than 5 years before the submission date.

3.2.7 The manufacturer shall provide minimum 5-year warranty for all components provided.

3.2.8 The circuit breaker shall be maintenance free over a total life expectancy.

 

3.3   Delivery, storage, and handling

3.3.1 Packing components shall not contain any materials that are hazardous to the environment or personnel. No special methods of disposal shall be required.

3.3.2 All recloser components including circuit breaker, control cubicle, installation frame, pole interface provisions, fasteners shall be delivered in a single package made of recyclable materials.

3.3.3 The package gross weight shall not exceed 300 kg.

3.3.4 It shall be possible to stack at least two original packages during transportation and storage.

3.3.5 The package shall allow stapling and outdoor storage in case indoor storage is unavailable. Unpacked and assembled equipment shall be storable outdoor for not less than 1 year without additional treatment before installation.

3.3.6 All recloser components shall be installed, assembled, and tested in accordance with the requirements of current specification. The recloser shall be delivered fully assembled on the mounting frame and ready for the installation. 

3.3.7 The recloser installation kit shall be designed to reduce the number of lifting operations.

3.4 Technical Specification

3.4.1 General

3.4.1.1 Technical parameters

a)

Rated maximum voltage, kV

12…15

d)

Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage (peak), kV

110

e)

Rated continuous current, A

630

h)

Rated short-circuit breaking current, kA

16

i)

Rated peak withstand current, kA

41.6

j)

Rated short time withstand current, kA

16

k)

Rated duration of short circuit, s

4

l)

Rated frequency, Hz

50

 

3.4.1.2 Power supply characteristics

a)

Supply voltage range shall not be less than, V

85 … 265 AC

110 … 220 DC

b)

Rated power consumption shall not exceed, VA

40

c)

Maximum power consumption shall not exceed, VA

75

d)

Duration of operation without auxiliary supply shall be not less than, hours

48

3.4.2 Recloser control

3.4.2.1 The recloser operation shall be controlled by electronic control modules.

3.4.2.2 The recloser control shall provide the following functions: measurement, protection, monitoring, and remote communication.

3.4.2.3 The recloser control air circulation and dehydration shall be organized to avoid using any humidity control devices or heaters.

3.4.2.4 The external and internal doors shall be able to be securely fixed in the open position.

3.4.2.5 It shall be possible to connect the laptop with configuration software by means of serial interface (USB, RS232).

3.4.2.6 Ethernet (RJ45), Optical Ethernet (SC) SCADA and wireless local engineering access interfaces (Bluetooth, Wi-Fi) shall be available for ordering optionally.

3.4.2.7 The recloser control shall be equipped with a prewired provision for power supply outlet installation. Socket shall be MCB protected.

3.4.2.8 The recloser control shall be equipped with a removable provision for communication equipment installation. It shall be located at the top of the controller and provide at least 326x180x108mm space for communication equipment. Stationary provision is not accepted.

3.4.2.9 The recloser control shall be equipped with the control panel module. The module shall provide local control and indication functions by LED, display, and buttons.

3.4.2.10 The local control panel module shall be equipped with USB A interface.

3.4.2.11 The control panel box shall have a provision for a padlock.

3.4.3 Rechargeable Battery

3.4.3.1 The recloser shall be supplied with rechargeable battery to provide the recloser control with auxiliary power when the main auxiliary power is not present.

3.4.3.2 The battery shall be of a sealed lead acid.

3.4.4.3 The battery shall provide ten full auto reclosing cycles for the recloser without auxiliary power supply.

3.4.4 Protection

The auto-recloser shall have the following protection functionalities but not limited to:

  1. Cold load pickup
  2. Source detector
  3. Combined overcurrent and earth fault auto-reclosing
  4. Directional phase overcurrent
  5. Directional sensitive earth fault
  6. Directional earth fault
  7. Loss of supply
  8. Zone sequence coordination
  9. Voltage and current unbalance
  10. Under-voltage and over voltage auto reclosing

 

3.4.5 Communication

The recloser control shall provide:

3.4.5.1 PMR Telecoms Integration

1 General Integration

  1. Turnkey Connectivity Responsibility: The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the complete end-to-end integration of each Pole-Mounted Recloser (PMR) into the Employer’s existing telecoms network via the DNP3 protocol over a 12.5 kHz licensed radio channel.

 

  1. Scope of Supply: The Contractor shall provide a fully operational, integrated telemetry solution. The Contractor’s scope of supply shall include all hardware, software, licenses, interfaces, and equipment required to establish communication between the PMR and the designated access point, with the sole exception of the physical radio frequency license.

 

2 Equipment and Hardware Requirements

  1. Telemetry Equipment Supply: If an existing Employer-owned Trio QB Access Point has the RF and protocol capacity to absorb the new PMR(s), the Contractor shall supply only the remote-end equipment. This includes, but is not limited to:
  2. Greenfield Access Point Provisions: If the Employer determines that existing Access Points cannot absorb the new PMR(s) due to capacity, bandwidth limitations or geographical line-of-sight constraints, the Contractor shall design and supply a completely new network node. In this scenario, the Contractor’s scope shall expand to include:

 

  1. Radio Frequency and Licensing
  1. Employer Responsibility: The Employer will retain ownership of the radio spectrum (400 – 430MHz). Should the Contractor’s network design or capacity calculations necessitate a new operating frequency, the Employer will undertake and finance the procurement of the new frequency license from the local regulatory authority.
  2. Contractor Responsibility: The Contractor must formally notify the Employer in writing during the engineering design phase if a new frequency or access point is required. The Contractor shall provide all technical data necessary for the Employer to file the regulatory spectrum application.

 

3.4.5.2 SCADA/Telemetry Integration

  1. General
    1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the telemetry configuration and commissioning of the PMR, aligned to the protocol requirements between the SCADA master and the PMR.
    2. The configuration shall align with the standard addressing requirements for each site
    3. The Controller/control panel shall have a Type M plug for 230VAC, to allow laptop use on-site.
  2. Protocols
    1. The protocol of communication shall be DNP3.0 (Subset Level 3) via the telecoms backbone.
    2. IEC 60870-5-101 and IEC 60870-5-104 shall be available options for client-server communication.
    3. The PMR controller shall be configurable for unsolicited communication or reporting to the master.
    4. The controller shall be configured for time synchronization with the master or where possible or practical via a GPS based local clock

 

  1. Interfaces/ Ports

 

The PMR panel/controller shall have the following interfaces/ports

 

Port

Physical Interface

Typical Use

USB

USB Type-B (front panel)

Local engineering

RS-232 Port

DB9

SCADA serial communications (DNP3 Serial, IEC60870-5-101)

Ethernet

RJ45 10/100 Mbps

SCADA over DNP3 TCP, IEC 60870-5-104

RS-485

Optional

Third-party modem or serial communications

 

  1. Cybersecurity

The following are key cybersecurity requirements;

 

 

Environmental and Social (ES) requirements

The project Environmental and Social Safeguards and tentative Contractor – Environment & Social Management Plan templates can be accessed in the following link:

11kV Auto Reclosers

1. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS

The Contractor shall comply with all environmental impact prevention and mitigation measures outlined in the Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) as described herein. Where there is a conflict of requirements, the prevention and mitigation measures listed in the ESMF shall govern.

The Contractor (and sub-contractors) will need to adopt this ESMF and prepare a comprehensive Contractor’s (Construction) Environment and Social Management Plan (CESMP) that will provide the key reference point for compliance.

The Project Applicant, namely the EEC, is responsible for ensuring that the Contractor Team’s execution of the construction phase activities is compliant with the conditions of the ESMF and CESMP. The Contractor must therefore ensure compliance with the ESMF, CESMP, LMP, SEP, SEA/SH Action Plan, GRM Procedure and the OCHSIP at all times during construction activities and maintain environmental and social incidents and GRM registers which keeps a record of all environmental and social incidents as well as community/worker grievances that occur on the site during the installation of the 11kV auto reclosers contracts. These incidents may include:

The Contractor is also responsible for the implementation of corrective actions issued by the Employer within a reasonable or agreed upon period of time.

Within the first 15 days following contract signing, the Contractor shall present an C-ESMP Implementation Plan. The Plan shall be submitted to the Employer for approval prior to the start of the construction works. The Contractor ESMP shall contain, at a minimum but not limited to, the following components:

Any deviations from the approved Contractor’s (Construction) ESMP must be submitted to the Employer for approval.

 

 

 

Compliance with requirements established in General Condition of Contract (GCC)

The Environmental and Social requirements shall be prepared in a manner that does not conflict with the relevant General Conditions of Contract and Particular Conditions of Contract, and in particular:

 

GCC

 Sub-Clause/Clause

Remarks

9.10

Training of Contractor’s Personnel

The Contractor shall ensure that all Contractor personnel receive mandatory training on Environmental and Social (E&S) requirements prior to commencement of works. Training shall include, at a minimum: (i) CESMP obligations; (ii) pollution prevention and waste management; (iii) community health and safety risks; (iv) SEA/SH awareness and Code of Conduct; (v) grievance redress procedures; and (vi) emergency preparedness and response. Refresher training and toolbox talks shall be conducted periodically.

20

Design and Engineering

The Contractor shall ensure that all designs comply with applicable national legislation, Environmental Authorization conditions, and World Bank ESF requirements (particularly ESS4). Designs shall: (i) incorporate climate resilience measures (e.g. flood risk, extreme weather tolerance); (ii) ensure universal access where applicable; (iii) minimize environmental footprint and vegetation clearing; (iv) assess and mitigate risks to the public from operational hazards; and (v) comply with applicable engineering and safety certification standards. All designs shall be reviewed and approved prior to implementation.

 

22.2.4

Rates of wages and conditions of labor

The Contractor shall comply with the Labour Management Procedures (LMP), national labour laws, and ESS2 requirements. This includes: (i) fair wages in line with national minimum standards; (ii) safe and decent working conditions; (iii) prohibition of child labour and forced labour; (iv) non-discrimination and equal opportunity; and (v) provision of written contracts to all workers.

 

22.2.6

Facilities for Staff and Labor

The Contractor shall provide adequate facilities for all personnel, including: (i) safe drinking water; (ii) sanitary and washing facilities segregated where appropriate; (iii) waste management systems; (iv) first aid and medical access; and (v) where accommodation is required, it shall meet GIIP and national standards. Facilities shall be culturally appropriate and accessible, and shall not create environmental or social risks to surrounding communities (ESS2 & ESS4).

 

22.8

Security of the Site

The Contractor shall establish security arrangements consistent with ESS4 and GIIP. Security measures shall be proportionate to the level of risk and shall respect human rights. The Contractor shall: (i) avoid use of excessive force; (ii) train security personnel on Code of Conduct and SEA/SH prevention; (iii) coordinate with local authorities; and (iv) ensure security does not restrict community access unnecessarily. All incidents involving security personnel shall be recorded and reported.

 

22.9

Protection of the Environment

The Contractor shall implement all necessary measures to prevent pollution and environmental degradation in accordance with ESS3 and national legislation. The following limits and controls shall apply:

  1. Hazardous materials must be stored in bunded areas;
  2.  Dust emissions shall be controlled to prevent nuisance beyond site boundaries;
  3.  Noise levels shall comply with national standards and approved working hours;
  4. All waste shall be segregated and disposed of at licensed facilities; and
  5. Fuel and oil spills shall be contained and remediated immediately. The CESMP shall define monitoring measures, thresholds, and corrective actions.

 

22.11

Cultural Heritage Findings

 

The Contractor shall implement a Chance Finds Procedure in accordance with ESS8. In the event of discovery of cultural heritage resources:

  1. All works shall stop immediately in the affected area;
  2. The site shall be secured;
  3.  Relevant authorities shall be notified; and

Works shall only resume upon formal clearance.

  1. Workers shall be trained on recognizing and reporting chance finds.

 

2. Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Requirements

The Contractor shall establish and implement an Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Programme as part of the CESMP to ensure compliance with environmental requirements and to verify the effectiveness of mitigation measures in accordance with ESS1 of the World Bank ESF and applicable national legislation.

Environmental monitoring shall be risk-based, proportionate to the scale and nature of the works, and shall cover all significant environmental aspects associated with construction activities.

a) Monitoring Parameters

The monitoring programme shall include, at a minimum, the following parameters (where applicable):

 

Environmental monitoring is essential to assess impacts such as air, water, soil, and noise pollution arising from construction activities and to ensure mitigation measures are effective.

 

b) Monitoring Frequency and Methods

The Contractor shall:

 

c) Environmental Registers and Records

The Contractor shall maintain up-to-date records, including:

 

d) Reporting Requirements

The Contractor shall:

Maintain records for audit and inspection purposes.

e) Non-Compliance and Corrective Actions

Where monitoring identifies non-compliance:

 

 

f) Roles and Responsibilities

 

 

A Rehabilitation Plan shall also be prepared, which shall include preliminary designs on the temporary and permanent landscaping plan during both the construction and post-construction maintenance period. The landscape plan shall cover all project works which may affect vegetation and natural landform (e.g. borrow pits, disposal sites and temporary and stockpiling areas). Sensitive locations and areas where landscaping works are required both during construction and after the construction shall be identified and incorporated into the design.

3. Environmental and Social Implementation Plans (MSIPs)

The Contractor shall prepare a Construction Environmental and Social Management Plan, implementation plan, referred to, in this document as CESMP implementation plan based on the Project ESMF.

4. Requirements for competence of Environmental and Social Specialist

Contractor shall certify that:

 

5. Applicable ESS Documents for CESMP

Contractor shall use and apply when establishing the Contractor’s (Construction) ESMP the following project documents:

6. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS

The Contractor shall implement all environmental management measures in accordance with:

(a) Environmental Compliance and Permitting

The Contractor shall:

(b) Pollution Prevention and Resource Efficiency & Management (ESS3)

The Contractor shall implement measures to prevent, minimize, and control pollution, including:

 

(c) Soil, Land and Vegetation Management

The Contractor shall:

d) Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources  (ESS6)

The Contractor shall:

 

e) Management of Construction Sites and Camps

The Contractor shall:

 

f) Traffic and Transport Management (ESS4 link)

The Contractor shall:

 

g) Chance Finds Procedure (ESS8 link)

In the event of chance finds (cultural or natural heritage):

 

h) Environmental Training and Awareness

The Contractor shall:

 

i) Emergency Preparedness and Response

The Contractor shall:

 

7. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

Health, Safety plan and Coordination

The Contractor shall be fully responsible for ensuring the safety and health of all workmen and other persons in or around the works site. All activities shall be carried out in compliance with national legislation, OCHSIP, World Bank ESF, (ESS 2 and ESS 4) in accordance with the existing legislation.

 

The Contractor shall prepare, submit, and implement a site-specific Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Management Plan (SHE File) consistent with the OCHSIP, prior to commencement of works. The plan shall, at a minimum, include the following components:

 

This plan must also be compliant with:

 

Plan Scope and Content

The OHS Plan shall:

The Draft OHS Plan submitted at tender stage shall demonstrate the Contractor’s approach and capacity but may exclude detailed site-specific documentation (e.g., MSDS, equipment manuals). The Final OHS Plan, submitted prior to commencement of Works, shall be comprehensive and site-specific.

8. Safety Management Personnel

The Contractor shall appoint a qualified and experienced Safety and Health Coordinator (SHC) who shall:

Have full authority to enforce OHS requirements and to stop any unsafe work;

Be supported by an adequately resourced and competent safety team appropriate to the scale and risk of the Works.

The proposed SHC and safety team shall not be replaced or reduced without prior approval, and any replacement shall have equal or higher qualifications and experience.

 

Evaluation of OHS Plan

The adequacy of the Contractor’s OHS Plan will be evaluated during tender assessment, taking into account:

 

 

9. Social Standards Requirements

The Contractor shall implement all social risk management measures in accordance with the World Bank Environmental and Social Framework (ESF), specifically ESS2 (Labour and Working Conditions), ESS4 (Community Health and Safety), ESS10 (Stakeholder Engagement and Information Disclosure) as well as the project’s Gender Action Plan (GAP).

The Contractor shall develop (in alignment with available project instruments) and comply with all project-specific instruments, including the:

These requirements shall be implemented as part of the Contractor’s CESMP and maintained throughout the duration of the works

 

a) Labour and Working Conditions (ESS2)

The Contractor shall:

b) Community Health and Safety (ESS4)

The Contractor shall:

 

 

d) Stakeholder Engagement and Information Disclosure (ESS10)

The Contractor shall:

e) Grievance Management and Reporting

The Contractor shall:

f) Monitoring and Compliance

The Contractor shall:

 

 

 

Contractor’s Representative and Key Personnel

The Bidder must demonstrate that it will have the personnel for the key positions that meet the following requirements:

Contractor’s Representative and Key Personnel

Item No.

Position/specialization

Relevant academic qualifications

Minimum years of relevant work experience

1

Contractor’s Representative/ Project manager

Bachelors in  (Electrical Engineering)

5

2.

Site Manager/ Construction Manager

Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering;

5

  1.  

Tele-Communication Specialist

Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering;

10

  1.  

Protection Specialist

Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering;

10

  1.  

SCADA Specialist

Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering;

10

6.

Environmental and Social expert

Bachelors/Masters in Environment Management, Sciences

5

7.

Health and Safety officer

Bachelors in Environmental Sciences )/Any other degree with Occupational Health

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forms and Procedures

 

 

 

 

Form of Completion Certificate

                                                                                                   Date:                                                                                                              

                                                                                  Loan/Credit No:                                                                                                              

                                                                                              RFB No:                                                                                                              

To: _________________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,

Pursuant to GCC Clause 24 (Completion of the Facilities) of the General Conditions of the Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated _____________, relating to the ____________________,  we hereby notify you that the following part(s) of the Facilities was (were) complete on the date specified below, and that, in accordance with the terms of the Contract, the Employer hereby takes over the said part(s) of the Facilities, together with the responsibility for care and custody and the risk of loss thereof on the date mentioned below.

1.         Description of the Facilities or part thereof:  ______________________________

2.         Date of Completion:  __________________

However, you are required to complete the outstanding items listed in the attachment hereto as soon as practicable.

 

This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect Liability Period.

 

Very truly yours,

 

                                                                                                                       

Title

(Project Manager)
Form of Operational Acceptance Certificate

 

                                                                                                   Date:                                                                                                              

                                                                                  Loan/Credit No:                                                                                                              

                                                                                              RFB No:                                                                                                              

 

_________________________________________

 

To:  ________________________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,

 

Pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.3 (Operational Acceptance) of the General Conditions of the Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated _______________, relating to the ___________________________________, we hereby notify you that the Functional Guarantees of the following part(s) of the Facilities were satisfactorily attained on the date specified below. 

 

1.         Description of the Facilities or part thereof:  _______________________________

2.         Date of Operational Acceptance:  _______________________

This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect Liability Period.

 

Very truly yours,

                                                                                                                       

Title

(Project Manager)

 

 

Change Order Procedure and Forms

                                                                                                   Date:                                                                                                              

                                                                                  Loan/Credit No:                                                                                                              

                                                                                              RFB No:                                                                                                              

 

 

CONTENTS

 

1.      General

2.      Change Order Log

3.      References for Changes

 

 

 

ANNEXES

 

Annex 1    Request for Change Proposal

Annex 2    Estimate for Change Proposal

Annex 3    Acceptance of Estimate

Annex 4    Change Proposal

Annex 5    Change Order

Annex 6    Pending Agreement Change Order

Annex 7    Application for Change Proposal

 

 

 

Change Order Procedure

1.      General

This section provides samples of procedures and forms for implementing changes in the Facilities during the performance of the Contract in accordance with GCC Clause 39 (Change in the Facilities) of the General Conditions.

2.      Change Order Log

The Contractor shall keep an up-to-date Change Order Log to show the current status of Requests for Change and Changes authorized or pending, as Annex 8.  Entries of the Changes in the Change Order Log shall be made to ensure that the log is up-to-date.  The Contractor shall attach a copy of the current Change Order Log in the monthly progress report to be submitted to the Employer.

3.      References for Changes

(1)    Request for Change as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CR-X-nnn.

(2)    Estimate for Change Proposal as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CN-X-nnn.

(3)    Acceptance of Estimate as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CA-X-nnn.

(4)    Change Proposal as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CP-X-nnn.

(5)    Change Order as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CO-X-nnn.

Note:   (a)    Requests for Change issued from the Employer’s Home Office and the Site representatives of the Employer shall have the following respective references:

 

Home Office         CR-H-nnn

Site                        CR-S-nnn

 

(b)    The above number “nnn” is the same for Request for Change, Estimate for Change Proposal, Acceptance of Estimate, Change Proposal and Change Order.

 

Annex 1.  Request for Change Proposal

(Employer’s Letterhead)

 

To:  ____________________________________                                        Date:                                                                                                            

 

Attention:  ______________________________________

 

Contract Name:  _________________________________

Contract Number:  _______________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

 

With reference to the captioned Contract, you are requested to prepare and submit a Change Proposal for the Change noted below in accordance with the following instructions within _______________ days of the date of this letter____________________.

 

1.      Title of Change:  ________________________

2.      Change Request No. __________________

3.      Originator of Change:    Employer:  _______________________________

Contractor (by Application for Change Proposal No. _______[12]: 

4.      Brief Description of Change:  _________________________________________________

5.      Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change:  _____________

6.      Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the request of Change:

Drawing No./Document No.                  Description

 

7.      Detailed conditions or special requirements on the requested Change:  ________________

8.      General Terms and Conditions:

(a)    Please submit your estimate to us showing what effect the requested Change will have on the Contract Price.

(b)    Your estimate shall include your claim for the additional time, if any, for completion of the requested Change.

(c)    If you have any opinion negative to the adoption of the requested Change in connection with the conformability to the other provisions of the Contract or the safety of the Plant or Facilities, please inform us of your opinion in your proposal of revised provisions.

(d)    Any increase or decrease in the work of the Contractor relating to the services of its personnel shall be calculated.

(e)    You shall not proceed with the execution of the work for the requested Change until we have accepted and confirmed the amount and nature in writing.

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Employer’s Name)

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Signature)

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Name of signatory)

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Title of signatory)

 

 

Annex 2.  Estimate for Change Proposal

(Contractor’s Letterhead)

 

To: ______________________________                                                   Date:                                                                                                            

 

Attention:  _______________________________

 

Contract Name:  _______________________________

Contract Number:  _____________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

With reference to your Request for Change Proposal, we are pleased to notify you of the approximate cost of preparing the below-referenced Change Proposal in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.1 of the General Conditions.  We acknowledge that your agreement to the cost of preparing the Change Proposal, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.2, is required before estimating the cost for change work.

1.      Title of Change:  ________________________

2.      Change Request No./Rev.:  ____________________________

3.      Brief Description of Change:  __________________________

4.      Scheduled Impact of Change:  ___________________________

5.      Cost for Preparation of Change Proposal:  _______________[13]

(a)    Engineering                                                                   (Amount)

(i)     Engineer                        hrs x             rate/hr =                 

(ii)    Draftsperson                  hrs x             rate/hr =                 

Sub-total                        hrs                                               

Total Engineering Cost                                                       

(b)    Other Cost                                                                                   

Total Cost (a) + (b)                                                                               

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Contractor’s Name)

 

                                                                                                                       

(Signature)

 

                                                                                                                       

(Name of signatory)

 

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Title of signatory)

 

 

Annex 3.  Acceptance of Estimate

 

(Employer’s Letterhead)

 

To:  ______________________________                                                  Date:                                                                                                            

Attention:  ________________________________

 

Contract Name:  _____________________________

Contract Number:  ___________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

We hereby accept your Estimate for Change Proposal and agree that you should proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal.

 

1.      Title of Change:  ___________________________

2.      Change Request No./Rev.:  _______________________________

3.      Estimate for Change Proposal No./Rev.:  _______________________________

4.      Acceptance of Estimate No./Rev.:  _______________________________

5.      Brief Description of Change:  _______________________________

 

6.      Other Terms and Conditions:  In the event that we decide not to order the Change accepted, you shall be entitled to compensation for the cost of preparation of Change Proposal described in your Estimate for Change Proposal mentioned in para. 3 above in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.

                                                                                                                       

(Employer’s Name)

                                                                                                                       

(Signature)

                                                                                                                       

(Name and Title of signatory)

 

Annex 4.  Change Proposal

(Contractor’s Letterhead)

 

To:  _______________________________                                                Date:                                                                                                            

 

Attention:  _______________________________

 

Contract Name:  _______________________________

Contract Number:  _______________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

 

In response to your Request for Change Proposal No. _______________________________, we hereby submit our proposal as follows:

1.      Title of Change:  _______________________________

2.      Change Proposal No./Rev.:  _______________________________

3.      Originator of Change:    Employer:  [_______________________________

Contractor:  _______________________________

4.      Brief Description of Change:  _______________________________

5.      Reasons for Change:  _______________________________

6.      Facilities and/or Item No. of Equipment related to the requested Change:  _______________________________

7.      Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change:

Drawing/Document No.                  Description

 

8.      Estimate of increase/decrease to the Contract Price resulting from Change Proposal:[14]

                                                                                                                      (Amount)

 

(a)    Direct material                                                                                                                                                          

(b)    Major construction equipment                                                                                                                                  

(c)    Direct field labor (Total           hrs)                                                                                  

(d)    Subcontracts                                                                                                                                                              

(e)    Indirect material and labor                                                                                                                                        

(f)     Site supervision                                                                                                                                                         

(g)    Head office technical staff salaries

Process engineer                        hrs @              rate/hr                                            

Project engineer                         hrs @              rate/hr                                            

Equipment engineer                  hrs @              rate/hr                                            

Procurement                              hrs @              rate/hr                                            

Draftsperson                              hrs @              rate/hr                                            

Total                                           hrs                                                                          

 

(h)    Extraordinary costs (computer, travel, etc.)                                                                                                              

(i)     Fee for general administration,           % of Items                                                                      

(j)     Taxes and customs duties                                                                                                                                          

Total lump sum cost of Change Proposal                                                                                                                           

(Sum of items (a) to (j))

Cost to prepare Estimate for Change Proposal                                                                                                                  

(Amount payable if Change is not accepted)

9.      Additional time for Completion required due to Change Proposal

10.    Effect on the Functional Guarantees

11.    Effect on the other terms and conditions of the Contract

12.    Validity of this Proposal:  within [Number] days after receipt of this Proposal by the Employer

13.    Other terms and conditions of this Change Proposal:

(a)    You are requested to notify us of your acceptance, comments or rejection of this detailed Change Proposal within ______________ days from your receipt of this Proposal.

(b)    The amount of any increase and/or decrease shall be taken into account in the adjustment of the Contract Price.

(c)    Contractor’s cost for preparation of this Change Proposal:2

 

                                                                                                                       

(Contractor’s Name)

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Signature)

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Name of signatory)

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Title of signatory)

 

 

Annex 5.  Change Order

(Employer’s Letterhead)

 

To:  _______________________________                                                Date:                                                                                                            

 

Attention:  _______________________________

 

Contract Name:  _______________________________

Contract Number:  _______________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

We approve the Change Order for the work specified in the Change Proposal (No. _______), and agree to adjust the Contract Price, Time for Completion and/or other conditions of the Contract in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.

1.      Title of Change:  _______________________________

2.      Change Request No./Rev.:  _______________________________

3.      Change Order No./Rev.:  _______________________________

4.      Originator of Change:    Employer:  _______________________________

Contractor:  _______________________________

5.      Authorized Price:

Ref. No.:  _______________________________                  Date:  __________________________

Foreign currency portion __________  plus Local currency portion __________

6.      Adjustment of Time for Completion

None                              Increase _________ days                      Decrease _________ days

7.      Other effects, if any

 

 

Authorized by:                                                                                    Date:                                                                                                 

(Employer)

 

Accepted by:                                                                                       Date:                                                                                                 

(Contractor)
Annex 6.  Pending Agreement Change Order

(Employer’s Letterhead)

 

To:  _______________________________                                                Date:                                                                                                            

Attention:  _______________________________

Contract Name: _______________________________

Contract Number:  [_______________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

We instruct you to carry out the work in the Change Order detailed below in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.

1.      Title of Change:  _______________________________

2.      Employer’s Request for Change Proposal No./Rev.:  _______________________________dated:  __________

3.      Contractor’s Change Proposal No./Rev.:  ________________________ dated:  __________

4.      Brief Description of Change:  _______________________________

5.      Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change:  _______________________________

6.      Reference Drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change:

Drawing/Document No.                        Description

 

 

 

 

7.      Adjustment of Time for Completion:

8.      Other change in the Contract terms:

9.      Other terms and conditions:

 

                                                                                                                       

(Employer’s Name)

                                                                                                                       

(Signature)

                                                                                                                       

(Name of signatory)

                                                                                                                       

(Title of signatory)

 

 

Annex 7.  Application for Change Proposal

(Contractor’s Letterhead)

 

To:  _______________________________                                                Date:                                                                                                            

 

Attention:  _______________________________

 

Contract Name:  _______________________________

Contract Number:  _______________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

 

We hereby propose that the below-mentioned work be treated as a Change in the Facilities.

 

1.      Title of Change:  _______________________________

2.      Application for Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________                                                                                                                     dated:  _______________________________

3.      Brief Description of Change:  _______________________________

4.      Reasons for Change:

5.      Order of Magnitude Estimation (in the currencies of the Contract):

6.      Scheduled Impact of Change:

7.      Effect on Functional Guarantees, if any:

8.      Appendix:

                                                                                                                       

(Contractor’s Name)

                                                                                                                       

(Signature)

 

                                                                                                                       

(Name of signatory)

 

                                                                                                                       

(Title of signatory)

Drawings

 

 

 

Supplementary Information

The proposed locations of the auto-reclosers across the Eswatini Electricity Company network:

 

 

The coordinates existing locations of the Communication High Sites across the Eswatini Electricity Company network can be found in this link:

11kV Auto Reclosers

 

 

 

PART 3 – Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms

 

 

 

Section VIII - General Conditions of Contract

 

Table of Clauses

 

A.        Contract and Interpretation. 193

1.      Definitions. 193

2.      Contract Documents. 196

3.      Interpretation. 196

4.      Communications. 198

5.      Law and Language. 198

6.      Fraud and Corruption. 198

B.        Subject Matter of Contract 199

7.      Scope of Facilities. 199

8.      Time for Commencement and Completion. 200

9.      Contractor’s Responsibilities. 200

10.    Employer’s Responsibilities. 204

C.        Payment 206

11.    Contract Price. 206

12.    Terms of Payment 206

13.    Securities. 206

14.    Taxes and Duties. 208

D.        Intellectual Property. 209

15.    License/Use of Technical Information. 209

16.    Confidential Information. 209

E.        Execution of the Facilities. 210

17.    Representatives. 210

18.    Work Program.. 212

19.    Subcontracting. 215

20.    Design and Engineering. 216

21.    Procurement 218

22.    Installation. 220

23.    Test and Inspection. 232

24.    Completion of the Facilities. 234

25.    Commissioning and Operational Acceptance. 236

F.         Guarantees and Liabilities. 239

26.    Completion Time Guarantee. 239

27.    Defect Liability. 240

28.    Functional Guarantees. 242

29.    Patent Indemnity. 243

30.    Limitation of Liability. 245

G.        Risk Distribution. 245

31.    Transfer of Ownership. 245

32.    Care of Facilities. 246

33.    Loss of or Damage to Property; Accident or Injury to Workers; Indemnification. 247

34.    Insurance. 248

35.    Unforeseen Conditions. 251

36.    Change in Laws and Regulations. 252

37.    Force Majeure. 252

38.    War Risks. 254

H.        Change in Contract Elements. 255

39.    Change in the Facilities. 255

40.    Extension of Time for Completion. 259

41.    Suspension. 260

42.    Termination. 262

43.    Assignment 269

44.    Export Restrictions. 269

I.         Claims, Disputes and Arbitration. 269

45.    Contractor’s Claims. 269

46.    Disputes and Arbitration. 271

47.    Cyber Security. 275

 

General Conditions of Contract

  1. Contract and Interpretation

1.    Definitions

1.1     The following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:

“Contract” means the Contract Agreement entered into between the Employer and the Contractor, together with the Contract Documents referred to therein; they shall constitute the Contract, and the term “the Contract” shall in all such documents be construed accordingly.

“Contract Documents” means the documents listed in Article 1.1 (Contract Documents) of the Contract Agreement (including any amendments thereto).

“GCC” means the General Conditions of Contract hereof.

“PCC” means the Particular Conditions of Contract.

“day” means calendar day.

“year” means 365 days.

“month” means calendar month.

“Party” means the Employer or the Contractor, as the context requires, and “Parties” means both of them.

“Employer” means the person named as such in the PCC and includes the legal successors or permitted assigns of the Employer.

“Project Manager” means the person appointed by the Employer in the manner provided in GCC Sub-Clause 17.1 (Project Manager) hereof and named as such in the PCC to perform the duties delegated by the Employer.

“Contractor” means the person(s) whose Bid to perform the Contract has been accepted by the Employer and is named as Contractor in the Contract Agreement, and includes the legal successors or permitted assigns of the Contractor.

“Contractor’s Representative” means any person nominated by the Contractor and approved by the Employer in the manner provided in GCC Sub-Clause 17.2 (Contractor’s Representative and Construction Manager) hereof to perform the duties delegated by the Contractor.

“Construction Manager” means the person appointed by the Contractor’s Representative in the manner provided in GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.4. 

“Subcontractor,” including manufacturers, means any person to whom execution of any part of the Facilities, including preparation of any design or supply of any Plant, is sub-contracted directly or indirectly by the Contractor, and includes its legal successors or permitted assigns.

“Dispute Board” (DB) means the person or persons named as such in the PCC appointed by agreement between the Employer and the Contractor to make a decision with respect to any dispute or difference between the Employer and the Contractor referred to him or her by the Parties pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 46.1 (Dispute Board) hereof.

“The Bank” means the financing institution named in the PCC.

“Contract Price” means the sum specified in Article 2.1 (Contract Price) of the Contract Agreement, subject to such additions and adjustments thereto or deductions therefrom, as may be made pursuant to the Contract.

“Facilities” means the Plant to be supplied and installed, as well as all the Installation Services to be carried out by the Contractor under the Contract.

“Plant” means permanent plant, equipment, machinery, apparatus, materials, articles and things of all kinds to be provided and incorporated in the Facilities by the Contractor under the Contract (including the spare parts to be supplied by the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 7.3 hereof), but does not include Contractor’s Equipment.

“Installation Services” means all those services ancillary to the supply of the Plant for the Facilities, to be provided by the Contractor under the Contract, such as transportation and provision of marine or other similar insurance, inspection, expediting, site preparation works (including the provision and use of Contractor’s Equipment and the supply of all construction materials required), installation, testing, precommissioning, commissioning, operations, maintenance, the provision of operations and maintenance manuals, training, etc… as the case may require.

“Contractor’s Equipment” means all facilities, equipment, machinery, tools, apparatus, appliances or things of every kind required in or for installation, completion and maintenance of Facilities that are to be provided by the Contractor, but does not include Plant, or other things intended to form or forming part of the Facilities.

“Country of Origin” means the countries and territories eligible under the rules of the Bank as further elaborated in the PCC.

“Site” means the land and other places upon which the Facilities are to be installed, and such other land or places as may be specified in the Contract as forming part of the Site.

“Effective Date” means the date of fulfillment of all conditions stated in Article 3 (Effective Date) of the Contract Agreement, from which the Time for Completion shall be counted.

“Time for Completion” means the time within which Completion of the Facilities as a whole (or of a part of the Facilities where a separate Time for Completion of such part has been prescribed) is to be attained, as referred to in GCC Clause 8 and in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Contract.

“Completion” means that the Facilities (or a specific part thereof where specific parts are specified in the Contract) have been completed operationally and structurally and put in a tight and clean condition, that all work in respect of Precommissioning of the Facilities or such specific part thereof has been completed, and that the Facilities or specific part thereof are ready for Commissioning as provided in GCC Clause 24 (Completion) hereof.

“Precommissioning” means the testing, checking and other requirements specified in the Employer’s Requirements that are to be carried out by the Contractor in preparation for Commissioning as provided in GCC Clause 24 (Completion) hereof.

“Commissioning” means operation of the Facilities or any part thereof by the Contractor following Completion, which operation is to be carried out by the Contractor as provided in GCC Sub-Clause 25.1 (Commissioning) hereof, for the purpose of carrying out Guarantee Test(s).

“Guarantee Test(s)” means the test(s) specified in the Employer’s Requirements to be carried out to ascertain whether the Facilities or a specified part thereof is able to attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, in accordance with the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 25.2 (Guarantee Test) hereof.

“Operational Acceptance” means the acceptance by the Employer of the Facilities (or any part of the Facilities where the Contract provides for acceptance of the Facilities in parts), which certifies the Contractor’s fulfillment of the Contract in respect of Functional Guarantees of the Facilities (or the relevant part thereof) in accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 28 (Functional Guarantees) hereof and shall include deemed acceptance in accordance with GCC Clause 25 (Commissioning and Operational Acceptance) hereof.

“Defect Liability Period” means the period of validity of the warranties given by the Contractor commencing at Completion of the Facilities or a part thereof, during which the Contractor is responsible for defects with respect to the Facilities (or the relevant part thereof) as provided in GCC Clause 27 (Defect Liability) hereof.

“ES” means Environmental and Social (including Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), and Sexual Harassment (SH)).

“Sexual Exploitation and Abuse” “(SEA)” means the following:

Sexual Exploitation is defined as any actual or attempted abuse of position of vulnerability, differential power or trust, for sexual purposes, including, but not limited to, profiting monetarily, socially or politically from the sexual exploitation of another.

Sexual Abuse is defined as the actual or threatened physical intrusion of a sexual nature, whether by force or under unequal or coercive conditions;

“Sexual Harassment” “(SH)” is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature by the Contractor’s Personnel with other Contractor’s Personnel or Employer’s Personnel.

“Contractor’s Personnel” means all personnel whom the Contractor utilizes in the execution of the Contract, including the staff, labor and other employees of the Contractor and each Subcontractor; and any other personnel assisting the Contractor in the execution of the Contract; and

 “Employer’s Personnel” means all staff, labor and other employees of the Project Manager and of the Employer engaged in fulfilling the Employer’s obligations under the Contract; and any other personnel identified as Employer’s Personnel, by a notice from the Employer to the Contractor.

2.    Contract Documents

2.1     Subject to Article 1.2 (Order of Precedence) of the Contract Agreement, all documents forming part of the Contract (and all parts thereof) are intended to be correlative, complementary and mutually explanatory.  The Contract shall be read as a whole.

3.    Interpretation

3.1     In the Contract, except where the context requires otherwise:

  1. words indicating one gender include all genders;
  2. words indicating the singular also include the plural and words indicating the plural also include the singular;
  3. provisions including the word “agree,” “agreed,” or “agreement” require the agreement to be recorded in writing;
  4. the word “tender” is synonymous with “Bid,” “tenderer,” with “Bidder,” and “tender documents” with “Bidding  Document,” and
  5. “written” or “in writing” means hand-written, type-written, printed or electronically made, and resulting in a permanent record.

The marginal words and other headings shall not be taken into consideration in the interpretation of these Conditions.

3.2     Incoterms

Unless inconsistent with any provision of the Contract, the meaning of any trade term and the rights and obligations of Parties thereunder shall be as prescribed by Incoterms.

Incoterms means international rules for interpreting trade terms published by the International Chamber of Commerce (latest edition), 38 Cours Albert 1er, 75008 Paris, France.

3.3     Entire Agreement

Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 16.4 hereof, the Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the Employer and Contractor with respect to the subject matter of Contract and supersedes all communications, negotiations and agreements (whether written or oral) of Parties with respect thereto made prior to the date of Contract.

3.4     Amendment

No amendment or other variation of the Contract shall be effective unless it is in writing, is dated, expressly refers to the Contract, and is signed by a duly authorized representative of each Party hereto.

3.5     Independent Contractor

The Contractor shall be an independent contractor performing the Contract.  The Contract does not create any agency, partnership, joint venture or other joint relationship between the Parties hereto. Subject to the provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the manner in which the Contract is performed.  All employees, representatives or Subcontractors engaged by the Contractor in connection with the performance of the Contract shall be under the complete control of the Contractor and shall not be deemed to be employees of the Employer, and nothing contained in the Contract or in any subcontract awarded by the Contractor shall be construed to create any contractual relationship between any such employees, representatives or Subcontractors and the Employer.

3.6     Non-Waiver

3.6.1  Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 3.6.2 below, no relaxation, forbearance, delay or indulgence by either Party in enforcing any of the terms and conditions of the Contract or the granting of time by either Party to the other shall prejudice, affect or restrict the rights of that Party under the Contract, nor shall any waiver by either Party of any breach of Contract operate as waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of Contract.

3.6.2  Any waiver of a Party’s rights, powers or remedies under the Contract must be in writing, must be dated and signed by an authorized representative of the Party granting such waiver, and must specify the right and the extent to which it is being waived.

3.7     Severability

If any provision or condition of the Contract is prohibited or rendered invalid or unenforceable, such prohibition, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions and conditions of the Contract.

3.8     Country of Origin

“Origin” means the place where the plant and component parts thereof are mined, grown, produced or manufactured, and from which the services are provided. Plant components are produced when, through manufacturing, processing, or substantial or major assembling of components, a commercially recognized product results that is substantially different in its basic characteristics or in purpose or utility from its components.

4.    Communica­tions

4.1     Wherever these Conditions provide for the giving or issuing of approvals, certificates, consents, determinations, notices, requests and discharges, these communications shall be:

  1. in writing and delivered against receipt; and
  2. delivered, sent or transmitted to the address for the recipient’s communications as stated in the Contract Agreement.

When a certificate is issued to a Party, the certifier shall send a copy to the other Party. When a notice is issued to a Party, by the other Party or the Project Manager, a copy shall be sent to the Project Manager or the other Party, as the case may be.

5.    Law and Language

5.1     The Contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with laws of the country specified in the PCC.

    1. The ruling language of the Contract shall be that stated in the PCC.
    2. The language for communications shall be the ruling language unless otherwise stated in the PCC.

6.    Fraud and Corruption

    1. The Bank requires compliance with the Bank’s Anti-Corruption Guidelines and its prevailing sanctions policies and procedures as set forth in the WBG’s Sanctions Framework, as set forth in Appendix B to the GCC.
    2. The Employer requires the Contractor to disclose any commissions or fees that may have been paid or are to be paid to agents or any other party with respect to the Bidding process or execution of the Contract. The information disclosed must include at least the name and address of the agent or other party, the amount and currency, and the purpose of the commission, gratuity or fee.
  1. Subject Matter of Contract

7.    Scope of Facilities

7.1     Unless otherwise expressly limited in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor’s obligations cover the provision of all Plant and the performance of all Installation Services required for the design, and the manufacture (including procurement, quality assurance, construction, installation, associated civil works, Precommissioning and delivery) of the Plant, and the installation, completion and commissioning of the Facilities in accordance with the plans, procedures, specifications, drawings, codes and any other documents as specified in the Section, Employer’s Requirements.  Such specifications include, but are not limited to, the provision of supervision and engineering services; the supply of labor, materials, equipment, spare parts (as specified in GCC Sub-Clause 7.3 below) and accessories; Contractor’s Equipment; construction utilities and supplies; temporary materials, structures and facilities; transportation (including, without limitation, unloading and hauling to, from and at the Site); and storage, except for those supplies, works and services that will be provided or performed by the Employer, as set forth in the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer.

7.2     The Contractor shall, unless specifically excluded in the Contract, perform all such work and/or supply all such items and materials not specifically mentioned in the Contract but that can be reasonably inferred from the Contract as being required for attaining Completion of the Facilities as if such work and/or items and materials were expressly mentioned in the Contract.

7.3     In addition to the supply of Mandatory Spare Parts included in the Contract, the Contractor agrees to supply spare parts required for the operation and maintenance of the Facilities for the period specified in the PCC and the provisions, if any, specified in the PCC.  However, the identity, specifications and quantities of such spare parts and the terms and conditions relating to the supply thereof are to be agreed between the Employer and the Contractor, and the price of such spare parts shall be that given in Price Schedule No. 6, which shall be added to the Contract Price.  The price of such spare parts shall include the purchase price therefor and other costs and expenses (including the Contractor’s fees) relating to the supply of spare parts.

 

8.    Time for Commence­ment and Completion

8.1     The Contractor shall commence work on the Facilities within the period specified in the PCC and without prejudice to GCC Sub-Clauses 9.9 and 26.2 hereof, the Contractor shall thereafter proceed with the Facilities in accordance with the time schedule specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Time Schedule.

8.2     The Contractor shall attain Completion of the Facilities or of a part where a separate time for Completion of such part is specified in the Contract, within the time stated in the PCC or within such extended time to which the Contractor shall be entitled under GCC Clause 40 hereof.

 

9.    Contractor’s Responsibilities

9.1     The Contractor shall design, manufacture including associated purchases and/or subcontracting, install and complete the Facilities in accordance with the Contract. When completed, the Facilities should be fit for the purposes for which they are intended as defined in the Contract.

9.2     The Contractor confirms that it has entered into this Contract on the basis of a proper examination of the data relating to the Facilities including any data as to boring tests provided by the Employer, and on the basis of information that the Contractor could have obtained from a visual inspection of the Site if access thereto was available and of other data readily available to it relating to the Facilities as of the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to Bid submission.  The Contractor acknowledges that any failure to acquaint itself with all such data and information shall not relieve its responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the Facilities.

9.3     The Contractor shall acquire and pay for all permits, approvals and/or licenses from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings in the country where the Site is located which such authorities or undertakings require the Contractor to obtain in its name and which are necessary for the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, visas for the Contractor’s Personnel and entry permits for all imported Contractor’s Equipment.  The Contractor shall acquire all other permits, approvals and/or licenses that are not the responsibility of the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 10.3 hereof and that are necessary for the performance of the Contract.

9.4     The Contractor shall comply with all laws in force in the country where the Facilities are to be implemented.  The laws will include all local, state, national or other laws that affect the performance of the Contract and bind upon the Contractor.  The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer from and against any and all liabilities, damages, claims, fines, penalties and expenses of whatever nature arising or resulting from the violation of such laws by the Contractor or its personnel, including the Subcontractors and their personnel, but without prejudice to GCC Sub-Clause 10.1 hereof.

9.5     Any Plant and Installation Services that will be incorporated in or be required for the Facilities and other supplies shall have their origin as specified under GCC Clause 1 (Country of Origin). Any subcontractors retained by the Contractor shall be from a country as specified in GCC Clause 1 (Country of Origin).

9.6     If the Contractor is a joint venture, or association (JV) of two or more persons, all such persons shall be jointly and severally bound to the Employer for the fulfillment of the provisions of the Contract, and shall designate one of such persons to act as a leader with authority to bind the JV. The composition or the constitution of the JV shall not be altered without the prior consent of the Employer.

9.7     Pursuant to paragraph 2.2 e. of Appendix B to the General Conditions the Contractor shall permit and shall cause its agents (where declared or not), subcontractors, subconsultants, service providers, suppliers, and personnel, to permit, the Bank and/or persons appointed by the Bank to inspect the site and/or the accounts, records and other documents relating to the procurement process, selection and/or contract execution, and to have such accounts, records and other documents audited by auditors appointed by the Bank. The Contractor’s and its Subcontractors’ and subconsultants’ attention is drawn to Sub-Clause 6.1 (Fraud and Corruption) which provides, inter alia, that acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the Bank’s inspection and audit rights constitute a prohibited practice subject to contract termination (as well as to a determination of ineligibility pursuant to the Bank’s prevailing sanctions procedures).

9.8 The Contractor shall conform to the sustainable procurement contractual provisions, if and as specified in the PCC.

9.9   Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan (C-ESMP)         

The Contractor shall not carry out mobilization to Site unless the Project Manager gives approval, an approval that  shall not be unreasonably delayed, to the measures the Contractor proposes to address environmental and social risks and impacts including the code of conduct, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause  22.4.

The Contractor shall submit, to the Project Manager for Review, any additional Management Strategies and Implementation Plans as are necessary to manage the ES risks and impacts of the Facilities. These Management Strategies and Implementation Plans collectively comprise the Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan (C-ESMP).

The Contractor shall review the C-ESMP, periodically (but not less than every six (6) months), and update it as required to ensure that it contains measures appropriate to the Facilities. The updated C-ESMP shall be submitted to the Project Manager for its approval.

9.10  Training of Contractor’s Personnel

The Contractor shall provide appropriate training to relevant Contractor’s Personnel on ES aspects of the Contract, including appropriate sensitization on prohibition of SEA and health and safety training referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 22.2.7. 

As stated in the Employer’s Requirements or as instructed by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall also allow appropriate opportunities for the relevant Contractor’s Personnel to be trained on ES aspects of the Contract by the Employer’s personnel and/or other personnel assigned by the Employer.

9.11 Stakeholder engagements

The Contractor shall provide relevant contract- related information, as the Employer and/or Project Manager may reasonably request to conduct contract stakeholder engagement. “Stakeholder” refers to individuals or groups who:

      1. are affected or likely to be affected by the Contract; and
      2. may have an interest in the Contract.

The Contractor may also directly participate in contract stakeholder engagements, as the Employer and/or Project Manager may reasonably request.

9.12      Forced Labor

The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall not employ or engage forced labour. Forced labour consists of any work or service, not voluntarily performed, that is exacted from an individual under threat of force or penalty, and includes any kind of involuntary or compulsory labour, such as indentured labour, bonded labour or similar labour-contracting arrangements.

No persons shall be employed or engaged who have been subject to trafficking. Trafficking in persons is defined as the recruitment, transportation, transfer, harbouring or receipt of persons by means of the threat or use of force or other forms of coercion, abduction, fraud, deception, abuse of power, or of a position of vulnerability, or of the giving or receiving of payments or benefits to achieve the consent of a person having control over another person, for the purposes of exploitation.

The Contractor shall also take measures to require its suppliers (other than Subcontractors) not to employ or engage forced labour including trafficked persons. If forced labour/trafficking cases are identified, the Contractor shall take measures to require the suppliers to take appropriate steps to remedy them. Where the supplier does not remedy the situation, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to manage such risks.

9.13      Child Labor

The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall not employ or engage a child under the age of 14 unless the national law specifies a higher age (the minimum age).

The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall not employ or engage a child between the minimum age and the age of 18 in a manner that is likely to be hazardous, or to interfere with, the child’s education, or to be harmful to the child’s health or physical, mental, spiritual, moral, or social development.

The Contractor including its Subcontractors, shall only employ or engage children between the minimum age and the age of 18 after an appropriate risk assessment has been conducted by the Contractor with the Engineer’s consent. The Contractor shall be subject to regular monitoring by the Project Manager that includes monitoring of health, working conditions and hours of work.

Work considered hazardous for children is work that, by its nature or the circumstances in which it is carried out, is likely to jeopardize the health, safety, or morals of children. Such work activities prohibited for children include work:

  1. with exposure to physical, psychological or sexual abuse;
  2. underground, underwater, working at heights or in confined spaces;
  3. with dangerous machinery, equipment or tools, or involving handling or transport of heavy loads;
  4. in unhealthy environments exposing children to hazardous substances, agents, or processes, or to temperatures, noise or vibration damaging to health; or
  5. under difficult conditions such as work for long hours, during the night or in confinement on the premises of the employer.

The Contractor shall also take measures to require its suppliers (other than Subcontractors) not to employ or engage child labor. If child labor cases are identified, the Contractor shall take measures to require the suppliers to take appropriate steps to remedy them. Where the supplier does not remedy the situation, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to manage such risks.

9.14      Serious Safety Issues

The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall comply with all applicable safety obligations. The Contractor shall also take measures to require its suppliers (other than Subcontractors) to adopt procedures and mitigation measures adequate to address safety issues related to their personnel. If serious safety issues are identified, the Contractor shall take measures to require the suppliers to take appropriate steps to remedy them. Where the supplier does not remedy the situation, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to manage such risks.

9.15      Obtaining natural resource materials

The Contractor shall obtain natural resource materials  from suppliers  that can demonstrate, through compliance with the applicable verification  and/ or certification requirements, that obtaining such materials is not contributing to the risk of significant conversion or significant degradation of natural or critical habitats such as unsustainably harvested wood products, gravel or sand extraction from riverbeds or beaches.

If a supplier cannot continue to demonstrate that obtaining such materials is not contributing to the risk of significant conversion or significant degradation of natural or critical habitats, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to demonstrate that they are not significantly adversely impacting the habitats.

9.16   Site Signage

The Contractor shall not post and shall ensure that its Subcontractors/suppliers/manufacturers and Contractors’ Personnel shall not post, any signage on the Site, or in any other place where the Works will be carried out, except such signage as is required under the Contract, including by the Laws of the Country, or has been approved by the Employer. For the purposes of this sub-clause, signage shall include, inter alia, flags, billboards, advertising materials and any other similar item separately posted on the Site.

 

10.  Employer’s Responsibilities

10.1   All information and/or data to be supplied by the Employer as described in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, shall be deemed to be accurate, except when the Employer expressly states otherwise.

10.2   The Employer shall be responsible for acquiring and providing legal and physical possession of the Site and access thereto, and for providing possession of and access to all other areas reasonably required for the proper execution of the Contract, including all requisite rights of way, as specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer.  The Employer shall give full possession of and accord all rights of access thereto on or before the date(s) specified in that Appendix.

10.3   The Employer shall acquire and pay for all permits, approvals and/or licenses from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings in the country where the Site is located which (a) such authorities or undertakings require the Employer to obtain in the Employer’s name, (b) are necessary for the execution of the Contract, including those required for the performance by both the Contractor and the Employer of their respective obligations under the Contract, and (c) are specified in the  Appendix  (Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer).

10.4   If requested by the Contractor, the Employer shall use its best endeavors to assist the Contractor in obtaining in a timely and expeditious manner all permits, approvals and/or licenses necessary for the execution of the Contract from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings that such authorities or undertakings require the Contractor or Subcontractors or the personnel of the Contractor or Subcontractors, as the case may be, to obtain.

10.5   Unless otherwise specified in the Contract or agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor, the Employer shall provide sufficient, properly qualified operating and maintenance personnel; shall supply and make available all raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, other materials and facilities; and shall perform all work and services of whatsoever nature, including those required by the Contractor to properly carry out Precommissioning, Commissioning and Guarantee Tests, all in accordance with the provisions of the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, at or before the time specified in the program furnished by the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 hereof and in the manner thereupon specified or as otherwise agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor.

10.6   The Employer shall be responsible for the continued operation of the Facilities after Completion, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 24.8, and shall be responsible for facilitating the Guarantee Test(s) for the Facilities, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 25.2.

10.7   All costs and expenses involved in the performance of the obligations under this GCC Clause 10 shall be the responsibility of the Employer, save those to be incurred by the Contractor with respect to the performance of Guarantee Tests, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 25.2.

10.8   In the event that the Employer shall be in breach of any of his obligations under this Clause, the additional cost incurred by the Contractor in consequence thereof shall be determined by the Project Manager and added to the Contract Price.

 

    
  1. Payment

11.  Contract Price

11.1   The Contract Price shall be as specified in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Contract Agreement.

11.2   Unless an adjustment clause is provided for in the PCC, the Contract Price shall be a firm lump sum not subject to any alteration, except in the event of a Change in the Facilities or as otherwise provided in the Contract.

11.3   Subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 9.2, 10.1 and 35 hereof, the Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied itself as to the correctness and sufficiency of the Contract Price, which shall, except as otherwise provided for in the Contract, cover all its obligations under the Contract.

12.  Terms of Payment

12.1   The Contract Price shall be paid as specified in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Contract Agreement and in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, which also outlines the procedures to be followed in making application for and processing payments.

12.2   No payment made by the Employer herein shall be deemed to constitute acceptance by the Employer of the Facilities or any part(s) thereof.

12.3   In the event that the Employer fails to make any payment by its respective due date or within the period set forth in the Contract, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor interest on the amount of such delayed payment at the rate(s) shown in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, for the period of delay until payment has been made in full, whether before or after judgment or arbitrage award.

12.4   The currency or currencies in which payments are made to the Contractor under this Contract shall be specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, subject to the general principle that payments will be made in the currency or currencies in which the Contract Price has been stated in the Contractor’s Bid.

12.5   As specified in the PCC, if the Contractor fails to perform its cyber security obligations under the Contract, an assessed amount, as determined by the Project Manager, may be withheld until the obligation has been performed.

13.  Securities

13.1   Issuance of Securities

The Contractor shall provide the securities specified below in favor of the Employer at the times, and in the amount, manner and form specified below.

13.2   Advance Payment Security

13.2.1 The Contractor shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of the notification of contract award, provide a security in an amount equal to the advance payment calculated in accordance with the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, and in the same currency or currencies.

13.2.2 The security shall be in the form provided in the Bidding documents or in another form acceptable to the Employer.  The amount of the security shall be reduced in proportion to the value of the Facilities executed by and paid to the Contractor from time to time, and shall automatically become null and void when the full amount of the advance payment has been recovered by the Employer.  The security shall be returned to the Contractor immediately after its expiration.

13.3   Performance Security

13.3.1 The Contractor shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of the notification of contract award, provide a security for the due performance of the Contract in the amount specified in the PCC.

13.3.2 The Performance Security shall be denominated in the currency or currencies of the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer, and shall be in the form provided in Section X, Contract Forms, corresponding to the type of bank guarantee stipulated by the Employer in the PCC, or in another form acceptable to the Employer.

13.3.3 Unless otherwise specified in the PCC, the security shall be reduced by half on the date of the Operational Acceptance. The Security shall become null and void, or shall be reduced pro rata to the Contract Price of a part of the Facilities for which a separate Time for Completion is provided, five hundred and forty (540) days after Completion of the Facilities or three hundred and sixty five (365) days after Operational Acceptance of the Facilities, whichever occurs first; provided, however, that if the Defects Liability Period has been extended on any part of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.8 hereof, the Contractor shall issue an additional security in an amount proportionate to the Contract Price of that part.  The security shall be returned to the Contractor immediately after its expiration, provided, however, that if the Contractor, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10, is liable for an extended defect liability obligation, the Performance Security shall be extended for the period specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10 and up to the amount specified in the PCC.

13.3.4 The Employer shall not make a claim under the Performance Security, except for amounts to which the Employer is entitled under the Contract. The Employer shall indemnify and hold the Contractor harmless against and from all damages, losses and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) resulting from a claim under the Performance Security to the extent to which the Employer was not entitled to make the claim.

14.  Taxes and Duties

14.1   Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall bear and pay all taxes, duties, levies and charges assessed on the Contractor, its Subcontractors or their employees by all municipal, state or national government authorities in connection with the Facilities in and outside of the country where the Site is located.

14.2   Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clause 14.1 above, the Employer shall bear and promptly pay

(a)     all customs and import duties for the Plant specified in Price Schedule No. 1; and

(b)     other domestic taxes such as, sales tax and value added tax (VAT) on the Plant specified in Price Schedules No. 1 and No. 2 and that is to be incorporated into the Facilities, and on the finished goods, imposed by the law of the country where the Site is located.

14.3   If any tax exemptions, reductions, allowances or privileges may be available to the Contractor in the country where the Site is located, the Employer shall use its best endeavors to enable the Contractor to benefit from any such tax savings to the maximum allowable extent.

14.4   For the purpose of the Contract, it is agreed that the Contract Price specified in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Contract Agreement is based on the taxes, duties, levies and charges prevailing at the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to the date of Bid submission in the country where the Site is located (hereinafter called “Tax” in this GCC Sub-Clause 14.4).  If any rates of Tax are increased or decreased, a new Tax is introduced, an existing Tax is abolished, or any change in interpretation or application of any Tax occurs in the course of the performance of Contract, which was or will be assessed on the Contractor, Subcontractors or their employees in connection with performance of the Contract, an equitable adjustment of the Contract Price shall be made to fully take into account any such change by addition to the Contract Price or deduction therefrom, as the case may be, in accordance with GCC Clause 36 hereof.

  1. Intellectual Property

15.  License/Use of Technical Information

15.1    For the operation and maintenance of the Plant, the Contractor hereby grants a non-exclusive and non-transferable license (without the right to sub-license) to the Employer under the patents, utility models or other industrial property rights owned by the Contractor or by a third Party from whom the Contractor has received the right to grant licenses thereunder, and shall also grant to the Employer a non-exclusive and non-transferable right (without the right to sub-license) to use the know-how and other technical information disclosed to the Employer under the Contract. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as transferring ownership of any patent, utility model, trademark, design, copyright, know-how or other intellectual property right from the Contractor or any third Party to the Employer.

15.2   The copyright in all drawings, documents and other materials containing data and information furnished to the Employer by the Contractor herein shall remain vested in the Contractor or, if they are furnished to the Employer directly or through the Contractor by any third Party, including suppliers of materials, the copyright in such materials shall remain vested in such third Party.

16.  Confidential Information

16.1   The Employer and the Contractor shall keep confidential and shall not, without the written consent of the other Party hereto, divulge to any third Party any documents, data or other information furnished directly or indirectly by the other Party hereto in connection with the Contract, whether such information has been furnished prior to, during or following termination of the Contract.  Notwithstanding the above, the Contractor may furnish to its Subcontractor(s) such documents, data and other information it receives from the Employer to the extent required for the Subcontractor(s) to perform its work under the Contract, in which event the Contractor shall obtain from such Subcontractor(s) an undertaking of confidentiality similar to that imposed on the Contractor under this GCC Clause 16.

16.2   The Employer shall not use such documents, data and other information received from the Contractor for any purpose other than the operation and maintenance of the Facilities.  Similarly, the Contractor shall not use such documents, data and other information received from the Employer for any purpose other than the design, procurement of Plant, construction or such other work and services as are required for the performance of the Contract.

16.3   The obligation of a Party under GCC Sub-Clauses 16.1 and 16.2 above, however, shall not apply to that information which

(a)   now or hereafter enters the public domain through no fault of that Party

(b)   can be proven to have been possessed by that Party at the time of disclosure and which was not previously obtained, directly or indirectly, from the other Party hereto

(c)   otherwise lawfully becomes available to that Party from a third Party that has no obligation of confidentiality

(d)  is being provided to the Bank.

16.4   The above provisions of this GCC Clause 16 shall not in any way modify any undertaking of confidentiality given by either of the Parties hereto prior to the date of the Contract in respect of the Facilities or any part thereof.

16.5   The provisions of this GCC Clause 16 shall survive termination, for whatever reason, of the Contract.

  1. Execution of the Facilities

17.  Representatives

17.1   Project Manager

If the Project Manager is not named in the Contract, then within fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date, the Employer shall appoint and notify the Contractor in writing of the name of the Project Manager.  The Employer may from time to time appoint some other person as the Project Manager in place of the person previously so appointed, and shall give a notice of the name of such other person to the Contractor without delay.  No such appointment shall be made at such a time or in such a manner as to impede the progress of work on the Facilities.  Such appointment shall only take effect upon receipt of such notice by the Contractor.  The Project Manager shall represent and act for the Employer at all times during the performance of the Contract.  All notices, instructions, orders, certificates, approvals and all other communications under the Contract shall be given by the Project Manager, except as herein otherwise provided.

All notices, instructions, information and other communications given by the Contractor to the Employer under the Contract shall be given to the Project Manager, except as herein otherwise provided.

17.2   Contractor’s Representative & Construction Manager

17.2.1 If the Contractor’s Representative is not named in the Contract, then within fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date, the Contractor shall appoint the Contractor’s Representative and shall request the Employer in writing to approve the person so appointed.  If the Employer makes no objection to the appointment within fourteen (14) days, the Contractor’s Representative shall be deemed to have been approved.  If the Employer objects to the appointment within fourteen (14) days giving the reason therefor, then the Contractor shall appoint a replacement within fourteen (14) days of such objection, and the foregoing provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.1 shall apply thereto.

17.2.2     The Contractor’s Representative shall represent and act for the Contractor at all times during the performance of the Contract and shall give to the Project Manager all the Contractor’s notices, instructions, information and all other communications under the Contract.

All notices, instructions, information and all other communications given by the Employer or the Project Manager to the Contractor under the Contract shall be given to the Contractor’s Representative or, in its absence, its deputy, except as herein otherwise provided.

The Contractor shall not revoke the appointment of the Contractor’s Representative without the Employer’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.  If the Employer consents thereto, the Contractor shall appoint some other person as the Contractor’s Representative, pursuant to the procedure set out in GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.1.

17.2.3     The Contractor’s Representative may, subject to the approval of the Employer which shall not be unreasonably withheld, at any time delegate to any person any of the powers, functions and authorities vested in him or her.  Any such delegation may be revoked at any time.  Any such delegation or revocation shall be subject to a prior notice signed by the Contractor’s Representative, and shall specify the powers, functions and authorities thereby delegated or revoked.  No such delegation or revocation shall take effect unless and until a copy thereof has been delivered to the Employer and the Project Manager.

Any act or exercise by any person of powers, functions and authorities so delegated to him or her in accordance with this GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.3 shall be deemed to be an act or exercise by the Contractor’s Representative.

17.2.4     From the commencement of installation of the Facilities at the Site until Completion, the Contractor’s Representative shall appoint a suitable person as the Construction Manager.  The Construction Manager shall supervise all work done at the Site by the Contractor and shall be present at the Site throughout normal working hours except when on leave, sick or absent for reasons connected with the proper performance of the Contract.  Whenever the Construction Manager is absent from the Site, a suitable person shall be appointed to act as the Construction Manager’s deputy.

17.2.5     The Project Manager may require the Contractor to remove (or cause to be removed) the Contractor’s Representative or any other person employed by the Contractor in the execution of the Contract, who:

  1. persists in any misconduct or lack of care;
  2. carries out duties incompetently or negligently;
  3. fails to comply with any provision of the Contract;
  4. persists in any conduct which is prejudicial to safety, health, or the protection of the environment;
  5. based on reasonable evidence, is determined to have engaged in Fraud and Corruption during the execution of the Contract;
  6. has been recruited from the Employer’s Personnel in breach of GCC Sub-Clause 22.2.2;
  7. undertakes behaviour which breaches the Code of Conduct (ES), as applicable;

If appropriate, the Contractor shall then promptly appoint (or cause to be appointed) a suitable replacement with equivalent skills and experience.

Notwithstanding any requirement from the Project Manager to remove or cause to remove any person, the Contractor shall take immediate action as appropriate in response to any violation of (a) through (g) above. Such immediate action shall include removing (or causing to be removed) from the Site or other places where the Contract is being executed, any Contractor’s Personnel who engages in (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (g) above or has been recruited as stated in (f) above..

17.2.6     If any representative or person employed by the Contractor is removed in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.5, the Contractor shall, where required, promptly appoint a suitable replacement with equivalent skills and experience.

18.  Work Program

18.1   Contractor’s Organization

The Contractor shall supply to the Employer and the Project Manager a chart showing the proposed organization to be established by the Contractor for carrying out work on the Facilities within twenty-one (21) days of the Effective Date.  The chart shall include the identities of the key personnel and the curricula vitae of such key personnel to be employed shall be supplied together with the chart.  The Contractor shall promptly inform the Employer and the Project Manager in writing of any revision or alteration of such an organization chart.

18.2   Program of Performance

Within twenty-eight (28) days after the Effective Date, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a detailed program of performance of the Contract, made in a form acceptable to the Project Manager and showing the sequence in which it proposes to design, manufacture, transport, assemble, install and precommission the Facilities, as well as the date by which the Contractor reasonably requires that the Employer shall have fulfilled its obligations under the Contract so as to enable the Contractor to execute the Contract in accordance with the program and to achieve Completion, Commissioning and Acceptance of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract.  The program so submitted by the Contractor shall accord with the Time Schedule included in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Time Schedule, and any other dates and periods specified in the Contract.  The Contractor shall update and revise the program as and when appropriate or when required by the Project Manager, but without modification in the Times for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to Sub-Clause 8.2 and any extension granted in accordance with GCC Clause 40, and shall submit all such revisions to the Project Manager.

18.3   Progress Report

The Contractor shall monitor progress of all the activities specified in the program referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 above, and supply a progress report to the Project Manager every month.

The progress report shall be in a form acceptable to the Project Manager and shall indicate: (a) percentage completion achieved compared with the planned percentage completion for each activity; and (b) where any activity is behind the program, giving comments and likely consequences and stating the corrective action being taken.

Unless otherwise stated in the Employer’s Requirements, each progress report shall include the Environmental and Social (ES) metrics set out in Appendix C.

If stated in the PCC, progress report shall include status of compliance to cyber security risks management, and any foreseeable cyber security risk and mitigation.

In addition to the progress reports, the Contractor shall inform the Project Manager immediately of any allegation, incident or accident in the Site,  which has or is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the environment, the affected communities, the public, Employer’s Personnel or Contractor’s Personnel. This includes, but is not limited to, any incident or accident causing fatality or serious injury; significant adverse effects or damage to private property; any cyber security incidents as specified in the PCC; or any allegation of SEA and/or SH. In case of SEA and/or SH, while maintaining confidentiality as appropriate, the type of allegation (sexual exploitation, sexual abuse or sexual harassment), gender and age of the person who experienced the alleged incident should be included in the information.

The Contractor, upon becoming aware of the allegation, incident or accident, shall also immediately inform the Project Manager of any such incident or accident on the Subcontractors’ or suppliers’ premises relating to the Facilities  which has or is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the environment, the affected communities, the public, Employer’s Personnel, or Contractor’s, its Subcontractors’ and suppliers’ personnel. The notification shall provide sufficient detail regarding such incidents or accidents. The Contractor shall provide full details of such incidents or accidents to the Project Manager within the timeframe agreed with the Project Manager.

The Contractor shall require its Subcontractors and suppliers to immediately notify the Contractor of any incidents or accidents referred to in this Subclause.

18.4   Progress of Performance

If at any time the Contractor’s actual progress falls behind the program referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 18.2, or it becomes apparent that it will so fall behind, the Contractor shall, at the request of the Employer or the Project Manager, prepare and submit to the Project Manager a revised program, taking into account the prevailing circumstances, and shall notify the Project Manager of the steps being taken to expedite progress so as to attain Completion of the Facilities within the Time for Completion under GCC Sub-Clause 8.2, any extension thereof entitled under GCC Sub-Clause 40.1, or any extended period as may otherwise be agreed upon between the Employer and the Contractor.

18.5   Procedures

The Contract shall be executed in accordance with the Contract Documents including the procedures given in the Forms and Procedures of the Employer’s Requirements.

The Contractor may execute the Contract in accordance with its own standard project execution plans and procedures to the extent that they do not conflict with the provisions contained in the Contract.

19.  Subcontracting

19.1   The Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors, specifies major items of supply or services and a list of approved Subcontractors against each item, including manufacturers.  Insofar as no Subcontractors are listed against any such item, the Contractor shall prepare a list of Subcontractors for such item for inclusion in such list.  The Contractor may from time to time propose any addition to or deletion from any such list.  The Contractor shall submit any such list or any modification thereto to the Employer for its approval in sufficient time so as not to impede the progress of work on the Facilities. Submission by the Contractor, for addition of any Subcontractor not named in the Contract, shall also include the Subcontractor’s declaration in accordance with Appendix D- Sexual exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual Harassment (SH) Performance Declaration. Approval by the Employer for any of the Subcontractors shall not relieve the Contractor from any of its obligations, duties or responsibilities under the Contract.

19.2   The Contractor shall select and employ its Subcontractors for such major items from those listed in the lists referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 19.1.

19.3   For items or parts of the Facilities not specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors, the Contractor may employ such Subcontractors as it may select, at its discretion.

19.4   Each sub-contract shall include provisions which would entitle the Employer to require the sub-contract to be assigned to the Employer under GCC 19.5 (if and when applicable), or in event of termination by the Employer under GCC 42.2.

19.5   If a Subcontractor's obligations extend beyond the expiry date of the relevant Defects Liability Period and the Project Manager, prior to that date, instructs the Contractor to assign the benefits of such obligations to the Employer, then the Contractor shall do so.

19.6 The Contractor shall ensure that its Subcontractors execute the Facilities in accordance with the Contract, including complying with the relevant ES requirements and the obligations set out in GCC Sub-Clause 22.4.

20.  Design and Engineering

20.1   Specifications and Drawings

20.1.1     The Contractor shall execute the basic and detailed design and the engineering work in compliance with the provisions of the Contract, or where not so specified, in accordance with good engineering practice.

The Contractor shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors or omissions in the specifications, drawings and other technical documents that it has prepared, whether such specifications, drawings and other documents have been approved by the Project Manager or not, provided that such discrepancies, errors or omissions are not because of inaccurate information furnished in writing to the Contractor by or on behalf of the Employer.

20.1.2     The Contractor shall be entitled to disclaim responsibility for any design, data, drawing, specification or other document, or any modification thereof provided or designated by or on behalf of the Employer, by giving a notice of such disclaimer to the Project Manager.

20.2   Codes and Standards

Wherever references are made in the Contract to codes and standards in accordance with which the Contract shall be executed, the edition or the revised version of such codes and standards current at the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to date of Bid submission shall apply unless otherwise specified.  During Contract execution, any changes in such codes and standards shall be applied subject to approval by the Employer and shall be treated in accordance with GCC Clause 39.

20.3   Approval/Review of Technical Documents by Project Manager

20.3.1     The Contractor shall prepare or cause its Subcontractors to prepare, and furnish to the Project Manager the documents listed in the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled List of Documents for Approval or Review, for its approval or review as specified and in accordance with the requirements of GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 (Program of Performance).

Any part of the Facilities covered by or related to the documents to be approved by the Project Manager shall be executed only after the Project Manager’s approval thereof.

GCC Sub-Clauses 20.3.2 through 20.3.7 shall apply to those documents requiring the Project Manager’s approval, but not to those furnished to the Project Manager for its review only.

20.3.2     Within fourteen (14) days after receipt by the Project Manager of any document requiring the Project Manager’s approval in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.1, the Project Manager shall either return one copy thereof to the Contractor with its approval endorsed thereon or shall notify the Contractor in writing of its disapproval thereof and the reasons therefor and the modifications that the Project Manager proposes.

If the Project Manager fails to take such action within the said fourteen (14) days, then the said document shall be deemed to have been approved by the Project Manager.

20.3.3     The Project Manager shall not disapprove any document, except on the grounds that the document does not comply with the Contract or that it is contrary to good engineering practice.

20.3.4     If the Project Manager disapproves the document, the Contractor shall modify the document and resubmit it for the Project Manager’s approval in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.2. If the Project Manager approves the document subject to modification(s), the Contractor shall make the required modification(s), whereupon the document shall be deemed to have been approved.

20.3.5     If any dispute or difference occurs between the Employer and the Contractor in connection with or arising out of the disapproval by the Project Manager of any document and/or any modification(s) thereto that cannot be settled between the Parties within a reasonable period, then such dispute or difference may be referred to a Dispute Board for determination in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.1 hereof.  If such dispute or difference is referred to a Dispute Board, the Project Manager shall give instructions as to whether and if so, how, performance of the Contract is to proceed.  The Contractor shall proceed with the Contract in accordance with the Project Manager’s instructions, provided that if the Dispute Board upholds the Contractor’s view on the dispute and if the Employer has not given notice under GCC Sub-Clause 46.3 hereof, then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Employer for any additional costs incurred by reason of such instructions and shall be relieved of such responsibility or liability in connection with the dispute and the execution of the instructions as the Dispute Board shall decide, and the Time for Completion shall be extended accordingly.

20.3.6     The Project Manager’s approval, with or without modification of the document furnished by the Contractor, shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility or liability imposed upon it by any provisions of the Contract except to the extent that any subsequent failure results from modifications required by the Project Manager.

20.3.7     The Contractor shall not depart from any approved document unless the Contractor has first submitted to the Project Manager an amended document and obtained the Project Manager’s approval thereof, pursuant to the provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.

If the Project Manager requests any change in any already approved document and/or in any document based thereon, the provisions of GCC Clause 39 shall apply to such request.

21.  Procurement

21.1   Plant

Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 14.2, the Contractor shall procure and transport all Plant in an expeditious and orderly manner to the Site.

21.2   Employer-Supplied Plant

If the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, provides that the Employer shall furnish any specific items to the Contractor, the following provisions shall apply:

21.2.1     The Employer shall, at its own risk and expense, transport each item to the place on or near the Site as agreed upon by the Parties and make such item available to the Contractor at the time specified in the program furnished by the Contractor, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 18.2, unless otherwise mutually agreed.

21.2.2     Upon receipt of such item, the Contractor shall inspect the same visually and notify the Project Manager of any detected shortage, defect or default.  The Employer shall immediately remedy any shortage, defect or default, or the Contractor shall, if practicable and possible, at the request of the Employer, remedy such shortage, defect or default at the Employer’s cost and expense.  After inspection, such item shall fall under the care, custody and control of the Contractor.  The provision of this GCC Sub-Clause 21.2.2 shall apply to any item supplied to remedy any such shortage or default or to substitute for any defective item, or shall apply to defective items that have been repaired.

21.2.3     The foregoing responsibilities of the Contractor and its obligations of care, custody and control shall not relieve the Employer of liability for any undetected shortage, defect or default, nor place the Contractor under any liability for any such shortage, defect or default whether under GCC Clause 27 or under any other provision of Contract.

21.3   Transportation

21.3.1     The Contractor shall at its own risk and expense transport all the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site by the mode of transport that the Contractor judges most suitable under all the circumstances.

21.3.2     Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall be entitled to select any safe mode of transport operated by any person to carry the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment.

21.3.3     Upon dispatch of each shipment of materials and the Contractor’s Equipment, the Contractor shall notify the Employer by telex, cable, facsimile or electronic means, of the description of the materials and of the Contractor’s Equipment, the point and means of dispatch, and the estimated time and point of arrival in the country where the Site is located, if applicable, and at the Site.  The Contractor shall furnish the Employer with relevant shipping documents to be agreed upon between the Parties.

21.3.4     The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, if necessary, approvals from the authorities for transportation of the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site.  The Employer shall use its best endeavors in a timely and expeditious manner to assist the Contractor in obtaining such approvals, if requested by the Contractor.  The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer from and against any claim for damage to roads, bridges or any other traffic facilities that may be caused by the transport of the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site.

21.4   Customs Clearance

The Contractor shall, at its own expense, handle all imported materials and Contractor’s Equipment at the point(s) of import and shall handle any formalities for customs clearance, subject to the Employer’s obligations under GCC Sub-Clause 14.2, provided that if applicable laws or regulations require any application or act to be made by or in the name of the Employer, the Employer shall take all necessary steps to comply with such laws or regulations.  In the event of delays in customs clearance that are not the fault of the Contractor, the Contractor shall be entitled to an extension in the Time for Completion, pursuant to GCC Clause 40.

22.  Installation

22.1   Setting Out/Supervision

22.1.1     Bench Mark:  The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting-out of the Facilities in relation to bench marks, reference marks and lines provided to it in writing by or on behalf of the Employer.

           If, at any time during the progress of installation of the Facilities, any error shall appear in the position, level or alignment of the Facilities, the Contractor shall forthwith notify the Project Manager of such error and, at its own expense, immediately rectify such error to the reasonable satisfaction of the Project Manager.  If such error is based on incorrect data provided in writing by or on behalf of the Employer, the expense of rectifying the same shall be borne by the Employer.

22.1.2     Contractor’s Supervision:  The Contractor shall give or provide all necessary superintendence during the installation of the Facilities, and the Construction Manager or its deputy shall be constantly on the Site to provide full-time superintendence of the installation.  The Contractor shall provide and employ only technical personnel who are skilled and experienced in their respective callings and supervisory staff who are competent to adequately supervise the work at hand.

22.2   Labor:

22.2.1 Engagement of Staff and Labor

Except as otherwise stated in the  Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall make arrangements for the engagement of all staff and labor, local or otherwise, and for their payment, housing, feeding and transport.

The Contractor shall provide and employ on the Site in the installation of the Facilities such skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labor as is necessary for the proper and timely execution of the Contract.  The Contractor is encouraged to use local labor that has the necessary skills.

The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permit(s) and/or visa(s) from the appropriate authorities for the entry of all labor and personnel to be employed on the Site into the country where the Site is located. The Employer will, if requested by the Contractor, use his best endeavors in a timely and expeditious manner to assist the Contractor in obtaining any local, state, national or government permission required for bringing in the Contractor’s   Personnel.

The Contractor shall at its own expense provide the means of repatriation to all of its Contractor’s Personnel employed for the excution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out to the place where they were recruited or to their domicile.  It shall also provide suitable temporary maintenance of all such persons from the cessation of their employment on the Contract to the date programmed for their departure.  In the event that the Contractor defaults in providing such means of transportation and temporary maintenance, the Employer may provide the same to such personnel and recover the cost of doing so from the Contractor.

The Contractor shall provide Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out, relevant information and documentation that are clear and understandable regarding their terms and conditions of employment. The information and documentation shall set out their rights under relevant labor laws applicable to the Contractor’s Personnel (which will include any applicable collective agreements), including their rights related to hours of work, wages, overtime, compensation and benefits, as well as those arising from any requirements in the  Employer’s Requirements. The Contractor’s Personnel shall be informed when any material changes to their terms or conditions of employment occur.

22.2.2 Persons in the Service of Employer

The Contractor shall not recruit, or attempt to recruit, staff and labor from amongst the Employer’s Personnel.

22.2.3 Labor Laws

The Contractor shall comply with all the relevant labor laws applicable to the Contractor’s Personnel, including laws relating to their employment, health, safety, welfare, immigration and emigration, and shall allow them all their legal rights.

The Contractor shall at all times during the progress of the Contract use its best endeavors to prevent any unlawful, riotous or disorderly conduct or behavior by or amongst its employees and the labor of its Subcontractors.

The Contractor shall, in all dealings with its labor and the labor of its Subcontractors currently employed on or connected with the Contract, pay due regard to all recognized festivals, official holidays, religious or other customs and all local laws and regulations pertaining to the employment of labor.

22.2.4 Rates of Wages and Conditions of Labor

The Contractor shall pay rates of wages, and observe conditions of labor, which are not lower than those established for the trade or industry where the work is carried out. If no established rates or conditions are applicable, the Contractor shall pay rates of wages and observe conditions which are not lower than the general level of wages and conditions observed locally by employers whose trade or industry is similar to that of the Contractor.

The Contractor shall inform the Contractor’s Personnel about:

  1. any deduction to their payment and the conditions of such deductions in accordance with the applicable laws or as stated in the Employer’s Requirements; and
  2. their liability to pay personal income taxes in the Country in respect of such of their salaries, wages, allowances and any benefits as are subject to tax under the laws of the Country for the time being in force.

The Contractor shall perform such duties in regard to such deductions thereof as may be imposed on him by such laws.

Where required by applicable Laws or as stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor and its Subcontarctors shall provide their  personnel written notice of termination of employment and details of severance payments in a timely manner. The Contractor and its Subcontractors shall have paid their personnel (either directly or where appropriate for their benefit) all due wages and entitlements including, as applicable, social security benefits and pension contributions, on or before the end of their engagement/ employment.

22.2.5 Working Hours

    No work shall be carried out on the Site on locally recognized days of rest, or outside the normal working hours stated in the PCC, unless:

(a)     otherwise stated in the Contract,

(b)     the Project Manager gives consent, or

(c)     the work is unavoidable, or necessary for the protection of life or property or for the safety of the Facilities, in which case the Contractor shall immediately advise the Project Manager.

If and when the Contractor considers it necessary to carry out work at night or on public holidays so as to meet the Time for Completion and requests the Project Manager’s consent thereto, the Project Manager shall not unreasonably withhold such consent.

This Sub-Clause shall not apply to any work which is customarily carried out by rotary or double-shifts.

22.2.6 Facilities for Staff and Labor

Except as otherwise stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary accommodation and welfare facilities for the Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out. The Contractor shall also provide facilities for the Employer’s  Personnel as stated in the Employer’s Requirements.

If stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall give access to or provide services that accommodate the physical, social and cultural needs of the Contractor’s Personnel. The Contractor shall also provide similar facilities for the Employer’s Personnel as stated in the Employer’s Requirements.

The Contractor shall not permit any of the Contractor’s Personnel to maintain any temporary or permanent living quarters within the structures forming part of the Facilities.

22.2.7 Health and Safety

The Contractor shall at all times take all reasonable precautions to maintain the health and safety of the  Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of Installation Services at the Site (or other places in the country where the Site is located).

Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 9.9, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager for its approval a health and safety manual which sets out all the health and safety requirements under the Contract.

The health and safety manual shall be in addition to any other similar document required under applicable health and safety regulations and Laws.

The Contractor shall:

  1. comply with all applicable health and safety regulations and laws;
  2. comply with all applicable health and safety obligations specified in the Contract;
  3. develop and implement procedures to establish and maintain a safe working environment without risk to health at all workplaces, machinery, equipment and processes under the control of the Contractor, including control measures for chemical, physical and biological substances and agents;
  4. provide health and safety training of the Contractor’s Personnel as appropriate and maintain training records;
  5. actively engage the Contractor’s Personnel in promoting understanding, and methods for, implementation of health and safety requirements, as well as in providing information to such personnel, and provision of personal protective equipment without expense to the personnel;
  6. put in place workplace processes for the Contractor’s  Personnel to report work situations that they believe are not safe or healthy, and to remove themselves from a work situation which they have reasonable justification to believe presents an imminent and serious danger to their life or health; Contractor’s Personnel who remove themselves from such work situations shall not be required to return to work until necessary remedial action to correct the situation has been taken. Such personnel shall not be retaliated against or otherwise subject to reprisal or negative action for such reporting or removal;
  7. in collaboration with local health authorities, ensure that medical staff, first aid facilities, sick bay and ambulance service are available at all times at the Site and at any accommodation for Contractor’s and Employer’s Personnel;
  8. appoint an accident prevention officer at the Site, responsible for maintaining safety and protection against accidents. This person shall be qualified for this responsibility and shall have the authority to issue instructions and take protective measures to prevent accidents. Throughout the performance of the Contract, the Contractor shall provide whatever is required by this person to exercise this responsibility and authority;
  9. put in place measures to avoid or minimize the potential for community exposure to water-borne, water-based, water-related, and vector-borne diseases;
  10. put in place measures to be implemented to avoid or minimize the spread of communicable diseases (including transfer of Sexually Transmitted Diseases or Infections (STDs), such as HIV virus) and non-communicable diseases associated with the Installation Services, taking into consideration differentiated exposure to and higher sensitivity of vulnerable groups. This includes taking measures to avoid or minimize the transmission of communicable diseases that may be associated with the influx of temporary or permanent Contract-related labor;
  11. have in place procedures for prevention, preparedness and response activities to be implemented in the case of an emergency event (i.e. an unanticipated incident, arising from both natural and man-made hazards, typically in the form of fire, explosions, leaks or spills, which may occur for a variety of different reasons including failure to implement operating procedures that are designed to prevent their occurrence, extreme weather or lack of early warning);
  12. collaborate, as applicable,  with the Employer’s Personnel, any other contractors employed by the Employer, and/or personnel of any legally constituted public authorities and private utility companies that are employed in carrying out, on or near the site, of any work not included in the Contract, in applying the health and safety requirements. This is without prejudice to the responsibility of the relevant entities  for the health and safety of their  own  personnel; and  
  13. put in place a system for regular review of health and safety performance and the working environment.

22.2.8 Funeral Arrangements

In the event of the death of any of the Contractor’s Personnel or accompanying members of their families, the Contractor shall be responsible for making the appropriate arrangements for their return or burial, unless otherwise specified in the PCC.

22.2.9 Records of Contractor’s Personnel

The Contractor shall keep accurate records of the Contractor’s Personnel, including the number of each class of Contractor’s personnel on the Site and the names, ages, genders, hours worked and wages paid to all workers. These records shall be summarized on a monthly basis in a form approved by the Project Manager and shall be available for inspection by the Project Manager until the Contractor has completed all work.

22.2.10 Supply of Foodstuffs

The Contractor shall arrange for the provision of a sufficient supply of suitable food as may be stated in the Employer’s Requirements at reasonable prices for the Contractor’s personnel for the purposes of or in connection with the Contract.

22.2.11 Supply of Water

The Contractor shall, having regard to local conditions, provide on the Site an adequate supply of drinking and other water for the use of the Contractor’s personnel.

22.2.12 Measures against Insect and Pest Nuisance

The Contractor shall at all times take the necessary precautions to protect the Contractor’s Personnel employed on the Site from insect and pest nuisance, and to reduce their danger to health. The Contractor shall comply with all the regulations of the local health authorities, including use of appropriate insecticide.

22.2.13 Alcoholic Liquor or Drugs

The Contractor shall not, otherwise than in accordance with the laws of the Country, import, sell, give barter or otherwise dispose of any alcoholic liquor or drugs, or permit or allow importation, sale, gift barter or disposal by Contractor's Personnel.

22.2.14 Arms and Ammunition

The Contractor shall not give, barter, or otherwise dispose of, to any person, any arms or ammunition of any kind, or allow Contractor's Personnel to do so.

22.2.15 Workers’ Organizations

In countries where the relevant labor laws recognize workers’ rights to form and to join workers’ organizations of their choosing and to bargain collectively without interference, the Contractor shall comply with such laws. In such circumstances, the role of legally established workers’ organizations and legitimate workers’ representatives will be respected, and they will be provided with information needed for meaningful negotiation in a timely manner. Where the relevant labor laws substantially restrict workers’ organizations, the Contractor shall enable alternative means for the Contractor’s Personnel to express their grievances and protect their rights regarding working conditions and terms of employment. The Contractor shall not seek to influence or control these alternative means. The Contractor shall not discriminate or retaliate against the Contractor’s Personnel who participate, or seek to participate, in such organizations and collective bargaining or alternative mechanisms. Workers’ organizations are expected to fairly represent the workers in the workforce.

22.2.16  Non-Discrimination and Equal Opportunity

The Contractor shall not make decisions relating to the employment or treatment of Contractor’s Personnel on the basis of personal characteristics unrelated to inherent job requirements. The Contractor shall base the employment of Contractor’s Personnel on the principle of equal opportunity and fair treatment, and shall not discriminate with respect to any aspects of the employment relationship, including recruitment and hiring, compensation (including wages and benefits), working conditions and terms of employment, access to training, job assignment, promotion, termination of employment or retirement, and disciplinary practices.

Special measures of protection or assistance to remedy past discrimination or selection for a particular job based on the inherent requirements of the job shall not be deemed discrimination. The Contractor shall provide protection and assistance as necessary to ensure non-discrimination and equal opportunity, including for specific groups such as women, people with disabilities, migrant workers and children (of working age in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 9.13).

22.2.17  Contractor’s Personnel Grievance Mechanism

The Contractor shall have a grievance mechanism for the Contractor’s Personnel, and where relevant the workers’ organizations stated in subclause 22.2.15, to raise workplace concerns. The grievance mechanism shall be proportionate to the nature, scale, risks and impacts of the Contract. The mechanism shall address concerns promptly, using an understandable and transparent process that provides timely feedback to those concerned in a language they understand, without any retribution, and shall operate in an independent and objective manner.

The Contractor’s Personnel shall be informed of the grievance mechanism at the time of engagement for the Contract, and the measures put in place to protect them against any reprisal for its use. Measures will be put in place to make the grievance mechanism easily accessible to all Contractor’s Personnel.

The grievance mechanism shall not impede access to other judicial or administrative remedies that might be available, or substitute for grievance mechanisms provided through collective agreements.

The grievance mechanism may utilize existing grievance mechanisms, providing that they are properly designed and implemented, address concerns promptly, and are readily accessible to such project workers. Existing grievance mechanisms may be supplemented as needed with Contract-specific arrangements.

22.3   Contractor’s Equipment

22.3.1 All Contractor’s Equipment brought by the Contractor onto the Site shall be deemed to be intended to be used exclusively for the execution of the Contract.  The Contractor shall not remove the same from the Site without the Project Manager’s consent that such Contractor’s Equipment is no longer required for the execution of the Contract.

22.3.2 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, upon completion of the Facilities, the Contractor shall remove from the Site all Equipment brought by the Contractor onto the Site and any surplus materials remaining thereon.

22.3.3 The Employer will, if requested, use its best endeavors to assist the Contractor in obtaining any local, state or national government permission required by the Contractor for the export of the Contractor’s Equipment imported by the Contractor for use in the execution of the Contract that is no longer required for the execution of the Contract.

22.4   Site Regulations

The Employer and the Contractor shall establish Site regulations setting out the rules to be observed in the execution of the Contract at the Site and shall comply therewith.  The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Project Manager with a copy to the Employer, proposed Site regulations for the Project Manager’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Such Site regulations shall include, but shall not be limited to, Code of Conduct for environmental and social aspectssubmitted as part of the Bid and agreed to by the Employer, , security arrangements in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 22.8, safety of the Facilities, gate control, sanitation, medical care, and fire prevention.

The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to ensure that each Contractor’s Personnel, employed for the execution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out, is made aware of the Code of Conduct including specific behaviors that are prohibited, and understands the consequences of engaging in such prohibited behaviors. 

These measures include providing instructions and documentation that can be understood by the Contractor’s Personnel and seeking to obtain that person’s signature acknowledging receipt of such instructions and/or documentation, as appropriate.

The Contractor shall also ensure that the Code of Conduct is visibly displayed in multiple locations on the Site and any other place where the Installation Services  will be carried out, as well as in areas outside the Site accessible to the local community and project affected people. The posted Code of Conduct shall be provided in languages comprehensible to Contractor’s Personnel, Employer’s Personnel and the local community.

The Contractor’s Management Strategy and Implementation Plans shall include appropriate processes for the Contractor to verify compliance with these obligations.

22.5   Opportunities for Other Contractors

22.5.1 The Contractor shall, upon written request from the Employer or the Project Manager, give all reasonable opportunities for carrying out the work to any other contractors employed by the Employer on or near the Site.

22.5.2 If the Contractor, upon written request from the Employer or the Project Manager, makes available to other contractors any roads or ways the maintenance for which the Contractor is responsible, permits the use by such other contractors of the Contractor’s Equipment, or provides any other service of whatsoever nature for such other contractors, the Employer shall fully compensate the Contractor for any loss or damage caused or occasioned by such other contractors in respect of any such use or service, and shall pay to the Contractor reasonable remuneration for the use of such equipment or the provision of such services.

22.5.3 The Contractor shall also so arrange to perform its work as to minimize, to the extent possible, interference with the work of other contractors.  The Project Manager shall determine the resolution of any difference or conflict that may arise between the Contractor and other contractors and the workers of the Employer in regard to their work.

22.5.4 The Contractor shall notify the Project Manager promptly of any defects in the other contractors’ work that come to its notice, and that could affect the Contractor’s work.  The Project Manager shall determine the corrective measures, if any, required to rectify the situation after inspection of the Facilities.  Decisions made by the Project Manager shall be binding on the Contractor.

22.6   Emergency Work

If, by reason of an emergency arising in connection with and during the execution of the Contract, any protective or remedial work is necessary as a matter of urgency to prevent damage to the Facilities, the Contractor shall immediately carry out such work.

If the Contractor is unable or unwilling to do such work immediately, the Employer may do or cause such work to be done as the Employer may determine is necessary in order to prevent damage to the Facilities.  In such event the Employer shall, as soon as practicable after the occurrence of any such emergency, notify the Contractor in writing of such emergency, the work done and the reasons therefor. If the work done or caused to be done by the Employer is work that the Contractor was liable to do at its own expense under the Contract, the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in connection therewith shall be paid by the Contractor to the Employer.  Otherwise, the cost of such remedial work shall be borne by the Employer.

22.7   Site Clearance

22.7.1 Site Clearance in Course of Performance:  In the course of carrying out the Contract, the Contractor shall keep the Site reasonably free from all unnecessary obstruction, store or remove any surplus materials, clear away any wreckage, rubbish or temporary works from the Site, and remove any Contractor’s Equipment no longer required for execution of the Contract.

22.7.2 Clearance of Site after Completion:  After Completion of all parts of the Facilities, the Contractor shall clear away and remove all wreckage, rubbish and debris of any kind from the Site, and shall leave the Site and Facilities in a clean and safe condition.

22.8    Security of the Site

The Contractor shall be responsible for the security of the Site including providing and maintaining at its own expense all lighting, fencing, and watching when and where necessary for the proper execution and the protection of the Facilities, or for the safety of the owners and occupiers of adjacent property and for the safety of the public.

If required in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall submit for the Project Manager’s No-objection a security management plan that sets the security arrangements for the Site.

In making security arrangements, the Contractor shall be guided by applicable laws and any other requirements stated in the Employer’s Requirements.

The Contractor shall (i) conduct appropriate background checks on any personnel retained to provide security; (ii) train the security personnel adequately (or determine that they are properly trained) in the use of force (and where applicable, firearms), and appropriate conduct towards Contractor’s Personnel, Employer’s personnel and affected communities; and (iii) require the security personnel to act within the applicable Laws and any requirements set out in the Employer’s Reqquirements.

The Contractor shall not permit any use of force by security personnel in providing security except when used for preventive and defensive purposes in proportion to the nature and extent of the threat.

22.9 Protection of the Environment

The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to:

      1. protect the environment (both on and off the Site); and
      2. limit damage and nuisance to people and property resulting from pollution, noise and other results of the Contractor’s operations and/ or activities.

The Contractor shall ensure that emissions, surface discharges, effluent and any other pollutants from the Contractor’s activities shall exceed neither the values indicated in the Employer’s Requirements, nor those prescribed by applicable laws.

In the event of damage to the environment, property and/or nuisance to people, on or off Site as a result of the Contractor’s operations, the Contractor shall agree with the Project Manager the appropriate actions and time scale to remedy, as practicable, the damaged environment to its former condition. The Contractor shall implement such remedies at its cost to the satisfaction of the Project Manager.

22.10  Traffic and Road Safety

The Contractor shall take all necessary safety measures to avoid the occurrence of incidents and injuries to any third party associated with the use of Contractor’s Equipment on public roads or other public infrastructure.

The Contractor shall monitor and use road safety incidents and accidents reports to identify negative safety issues, and establish and implement necessary measures to resolve them.

22.11 Cultural Heritage Findings

All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity, structures, groups of structures, and other remains or items of geological, archaeological, paleontological, historical, architectural, religious interest found on the Site shall be placed under the care and custody of the Employer.

The Contractor shall:

  1. take all reasonable precautions, including fencing-off the area or site of the finding, to avoid further disturbance and prevent Contractor’s Personnel or other persons from removing or damaging any of these findings;
  2. as soon as practicable after discovery of any such finding, give a notice to the Project Manager, to give the Project Manager the opportunity to promptly inspect and/or investigate the finding before it is disturbed and to issue instructions for dealing with it;
  3. train relevant Contractor’s Personnel on the procedures for handling such findings; and
  4. implement any other action consistent with the requirements of the Employer’s Requirements and relevant laws.

If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs extra costs from complying  with the Project Manager instructions,  the Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time under GCC Sub-Clause 40.1, and the amount of such extra costs shall be added to the Contract Price.

23.  Test and Inspection

23.1   The Contractor shall at its own expense carry out at the place of manufacture and/or on the Site all such tests and/or inspections of the Plant and any part of the Facilities as are specified in the Contract.

23.2   The Employer and the Project Manager or their designated representatives shall be entitled to attend the aforesaid test and/or inspection, provided that the Employer shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with such attendance including, but not limited to, all traveling and board and lodging expenses.

23.3   Whenever the Contractor is ready to carry out any such test and/or inspection, the Contractor shall give a reasonable advance notice of such test and/or inspection and of the place and time thereof to the Project Manager.  The Contractor shall obtain from any relevant third Party or manufacturer any necessary permission or consent to enable the Employer and the Project Manager or their designated representatives to attend the test and/or inspection.

23.4   The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results of any such test and/or inspection.

If the Employer or Project Manager or their designated representatives fails to attend the test and/or inspection, or if it is agreed between the Parties that such persons shall not do so, then the Contractor may proceed with the test and/or inspection in the absence of such persons, and may provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results thereof.

23.5   The Project Manager may require the Contractor to carry out any test and/or inspection not required by the Contract, provided that the Contractor’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in the carrying out of such test and/or inspection shall be added to the Contract Price.  Further, if such test and/or inspection impede the progress of work on the Facilities and/or the Contractor’s performance of its other obligations under the Contract, due allowance will be made in respect of the Time for Completion and the other obligations so affected.

23.6   If any Plant or any part of the Facilities fails to pass any test and/or inspection, the Contractor shall either rectify or replace such Plant or part of the Facilities and shall repeat the test and/or inspection upon giving a notice under GCC Sub-Clause 23.3.

23.7   If any dispute or difference of opinion shall arise between the Parties in connection with or arising out of the test and/or inspection of the Plant or part of the Facilities that cannot be settled between the Parties within a reasonable period of time, it may be referred to an Dispute Board for determination in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3.

23.8   The Contractor shall afford the Employer and the Project Manager, at the Employer’s expense, access at any reasonable time to any place where the Plant are being manufactured or the Facilities are being installed, in order to inspect the progress and the manner of manufacture or installation, provided that the Project Manager shall give the Contractor a reasonable prior notice. Without prejudice to GCC Sub-Clause 9.7, as instructed by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall also afford other relevant entities (at the Employer’s or their respective entities’ expense, as appropriate) access to the Facilities, to inspect progress and the manner of the execution of the Facilities, carry out environmental and social audit, as appropriate, or carry out any other duty as stated in the Employer’s Requirements or as instructed by the Project Manager.

23.9   The Contractor agrees that neither the execution of a test and/or inspection of Plant or any part of the Facilities, nor the attendance by the Employer or the Project Manager, nor the issue of any test certificate pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 23.4, shall release the Contractor from any other responsibilities under the Contract.

23.10 No part of the Facilities or foundations shall be covered up on the Site without the Contractor carrying out any test and/or inspection required under the Contract.  The Contractor shall give a reasonable notice to the Project Manager whenever any such parts of the Facilities or foundations are ready or about to be ready for test and/or inspection; such test and/or inspection and notice thereof shall be subject to the requirements of the Contract.

23.11 The Contractor shall uncover any part of the Facilities or foundations, or shall make openings in or through the same as the Project Manager may from time to time require at the Site, and shall reinstate and make good such part or parts.

If any parts of the Facilities or foundations have been covered up at the Site after compliance with the requirement of GCC Sub-Clause 23.10 and are found to be executed in accordance with the Contract, the expenses of uncovering, making openings in or through, reinstating, and making good the same shall be borne by the Employer, and the Time for Completion shall be reasonably adjusted to the extent that the Contractor has thereby been delayed or impeded in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract.

24.  Completion of the Facilities

24.1   As soon as the Facilities or any part thereof has, in the opinion of the Contractor, been completed operationally and structurally and put in a tight and clean condition as specified in the Employer’s Requirements, excluding minor items not materially affecting the operation or safety of the Facilities, the Contractor shall so notify the Employer in writing.

24.2   Within seven (7) days after receipt of the notice from the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 24.1, the Employer shall supply the operating and maintenance personnel specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer for Precommissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof.

Pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, the Employer shall also provide, within the said seven (7) day period, the raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters required for Precommissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof.

24.3   As soon as reasonably practicable after the operating and maintenance personnel have been supplied by the Employer and the raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters have been provided by the Employer in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 24.2, the Contractor shall commence Precommissioning of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof in preparation for Commissioning, subject to GCC Sub-Clause 25.5.

24.4   As soon as all works in respect of Precommissioning are completed and, in the opinion of the Contractor, the Facilities or any part thereof is ready for Commissioning, the Contractor shall so notify the Project Manager in writing.

24.5   The Project Manager shall, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.4, either issue a Completion Certificate in the form specified in the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures), stating that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.4, or notify the Contractor in writing of any defects and/or deficiencies.

If the Project Manager notifies the Contractor of any defects and/or deficiencies, the Contractor shall then correct such defects and/or deficiencies, and shall repeat the procedure described in GCC Sub-Clause 24.4.

If the Project Manager is satisfied that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion, the Project Manager shall, within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice, issue a Completion Certificate stating that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractor’s repeated notice.

If the Project Manager is not so satisfied, then it shall notify the Contractor in writing of any defects and/or deficiencies within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice, and the above procedure shall be repeated.

24.6   If the Project Manager fails to issue the Completion Certificate and fails to inform the Contractor of any defects and/or deficiencies within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.4 or within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.5, or if the Employer makes use of the Facilities or part thereof, then the Facilities or that part thereof shall be deemed to have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractor’s notice or repeated notice, or as of the Employer’s use of the Facilities, as the case may be.

24.7   As soon as possible after Completion, the Contractor shall complete all outstanding minor items so that the Facilities are fully in accordance with the requirements of the Contract, failing which the Employer will undertake such completion and deduct the costs thereof from any monies owing to the Contractor.

24.8   Upon Completion, the Employer shall be responsible for the care and custody of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof, together with the risk of loss or damage thereto, and shall thereafter take over the Facilities or the relevant part thereof.

25.   Commissioning and Operational Acceptance

25.1   Commissioning

25.1.1 Commissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof shall be commenced by the Contractor immediately after issue of the Completion Certificate by the Project Manager, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 24.5, or immediately after the date of the deemed Completion, under GCC Sub-Clause 24.6.

25.1.2 The Employer shall supply the operating and maintenance personnel and all raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters required for Commissioning.

25.1.3 In accordance with the requirements of the Contract, the Contractor’s and Project Manager’s advisory personnel shall attend the Commissioning, including the Guarantee Test, and shall advise and assist the Employer.

25.2   Guarantee Test

25.2.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 25.5, the Guarantee Test and repeats thereof shall be conducted by the Contractor during Commissioning of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof to ascertain whether the Facilities or the relevant part can attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees.  The Employer shall promptly provide the Contractor with such information as the Contractor may reasonably require in relation to the conduct and results of the Guarantee Test and any repeats thereof.

25.2.2 If for reasons not attributable to the Contractor, the Guarantee Test of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof cannot be successfully completed within the period from the date of Completion specified in the PCC or any other period agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor, the Contractor shall be deemed to have fulfilled its obligations with respect to the Functional Guarantees, and GCC Sub-Clauses 28.2 and 28.3 shall not apply.

25.3   Operational Acceptance

25.3.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 25.4 below, Operational Acceptance shall occur in respect of the Facilities or any part thereof when

(a)     the Guarantee Test has been successfully completed and the Functional Guarantees are met; or

(b)     the Guarantee Test has not been successfully completed or has not been carried out for reasons not attributable to the Contractor within the period from the date of Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.2.2 above or any other period agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor; or

(c)     the Contractor has paid the liquidated damages specified in GCC Sub-Clause 28.3 hereof; and

(d)     any minor items mentioned in GCC Sub-Clause 24.7 hereof relevant to the Facilities or that part thereof have been completed.

25.3.2 At any time after any of the events set out in GCC Sub-Clause 25.3.1 have occurred, the Contractor may give a notice to the Project Manager requesting the issue of an Operational Acceptance Certificate in the form provided in the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures) in respect of the Facilities or the part thereof specified in such notice as of the date of such notice.

25.3.3 The Project Manager shall, after consultation with the Employer, and within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, issue an Operational Acceptance Certificate.

25.3.4 If within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, the Project Manager fails to issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate or fails to inform the Contractor in writing of the justifiable reasons why the Project Manager has not issued the Operational Acceptance Certificate, the Facilities or the relevant part thereof shall be deemed to have been accepted as of the date of the Contractor’s said notice.

25.4   Partial Acceptance

25.4.1 If the Contract specifies that Completion and Commissioning shall be carried out in respect of parts of the Facilities, the provisions relating to Completion and Commissioning including the Guarantee Test shall apply to each such part of the Facilities individually, and the Operational Acceptance Certificate shall be issued accordingly for each such part of the Facilities.

25.4.2 If a part of the Facilities comprises facilities such as buildings, for which no Commissioning or Guarantee Test is required, then the Project Manager shall issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate for such facility when it attains Completion, provided that the Contractor shall thereafter complete any outstanding minor items that are listed in the Operational Acceptance Certificate.

25.5 Delayed Precommissioning and/or Guarantee Test

25.5.1 In the event that the Contractor is unable to proceed with the Precommissioning of the Facilities pursuant to Sub-Clause 24.3, or with the Guarantee Test pursuant to Sub-Clause 25.2, for reasons attributable to the Employer either on account of non availability of other facilities under the responsibilities of other contractor(s), or for reasons beyond the Contractor’s control, the provisions leading to “deemed” completion of activities such as Completion, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 24.6, and Operational Acceptance, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.3.4, and Contractor’s obligations regarding Defect Liability Period, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.2, Functional Guarantee, pursuant to GCC Clause 28, and Care of Facilities, pursuant to GCC Clause 32, and GCC Clause 41.1, Suspension, shall not apply.  In this case, the following provisions shall apply.

25.5.2 When the Contractor is notified by the Project Manager that he will be unable to proceed with the activities and obligations pursuant to above Sub-Clause 25.5.1, the Contractor shall be entitled to the following:

(a)     the Time of Completion shall be extended for the period of suspension without imposition of liquidated damages pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 26.2;

(b)     payments due to the Contractor in accordance with the provision specified in the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, which would not have been payable in normal circumstances due to non-completion of the subject activities, shall be released to the Contractor against submission of a security in the form of a bank guarantee of equivalent amount acceptable to the Employer, and which shall become null and void when the Contractor will have complied with its obligations regarding those payments, subject to the provision of Sub-Clause 25.5.3 below;

(c)     the expenses towards the above security and extension of other securities under the contract, of which validity needs to be extended, shall be reimbursed to the Contractor by the Employer;

(d)     the additional charges towards the care of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 32.1 shall be reimbursed to the Contractor by the Employer for the period between the notification mentioned above and the notification mentioned in Sub-Clause 25.5.4 below.  The provision of GCC Sub-Clause 33.2 shall apply to the Facilities during the same period.

25.5.3 In the event that the period of suspension under above Sub-Clause 25.5.1 actually exceeds one hundred eighty (180) days, the Employer and Contractor shall mutually agree to any additional compensation payable to the Contractor.

25.5.4 When the Contractor is notified by the Project Manager that the Plant is ready for Precommissioning, the Contractor shall proceed without delay in performing Precommissioning in accordance with Clause 24.

  1. Guarantees and Liabilities

26.  Completion Time Guarantee

26.1   The Contractor guarantees that it shall attain Completion of the Facilities (or a part for which a separate time for completion is specified) within the Time for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 8.2, or within such extended time to which the Contractor shall be entitled under GCC Clause 40  hereof.

26.2   If the Contractor fails to attain Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof within the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 40, the Contractor shall pay to the Employer liquidated damages in the amount specified in the PCC as a percentage rate of the Contract Price or the relevant part thereof.  The aggregate amount of such liquidated damages shall in no event exceed the amount specified as “Maximum” in the PCC as a percentage rate of the Contract Price.  Once the “Maximum” is reached, the Employer may consider termination of the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.2.

Such payment shall completely satisfy the Contractor’s obligation to attain Completion of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof within the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 40.  The Contractor shall have no further liability whatsoever to the Employer in respect thereof.

However, the payment of liquidated damages shall not in any way relieve the Contractor from any of its obligations to complete the Facilities or from any other obligations and liabilities of the Contractor under the Contract.

Save for liquidated damages payable under this GCC Sub-Clause 26.2, the failure by the Contractor to attain any milestone or other act, matter or thing by any date specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Time Schedule, and/or other program of work prepared pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 shall not render the Contractor liable for any loss or damage thereby suffered by the Employer.

26.3   If the Contractor attains Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof before the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 40, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor a bonus in the amount specified in the PCC.  The aggregate amount of such bonus shall in no event exceed the amount specified as “Maximum” in the PCC.

27.  Defect Liability

27.1   The Contractor warrants that the Facilities or any part thereof shall be free from defects in the design, engineering, materials and workmanship of the Plant supplied and of the work executed.

27.2   The Defect Liability Period shall be five hundred and forty (540) days from the date of Completion of the Facilities (or any part thereof) or one year from the date of Operational Acceptance of the Facilities (or any part thereof), whichever first occurs, unless specified otherwise in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10.

If during the Defect Liability Period any defect should be found in the design, engineering, materials and workmanship of the Plant supplied or of the work executed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall promptly, in consultation and agreement with the Employer regarding appropriate remedying of the defects, and at its cost, repair, replace or otherwise make good as the Contractor shall determine at its discretion, such defect as well as any damage to the Facilities caused by such defect.  The Contractor shall not be responsible for the repair, replacement or making good of any defect or of any damage to the Facilities arising out of or resulting from any of the following causes:

(a)     improper operation or maintenance of the Facilities by the Employer;

(b)     operation of the Facilities outside specifications provided in the Contract; or

(c)     normal wear and tear.

27.3   The Contractor’s obligations under this GCC Clause 27 shall not apply to:

(a)     any materials that are supplied by the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 21.2, are normally consumed in operation, or have a normal life shorter than the Defect Liability Period stated herein;

(b)     any designs, specifications or other data designed, supplied or specified by or on behalf of the Employer or any matters for which the Contractor has disclaimed responsibility herein; or

(c)     any other materials supplied or any other work executed by or on behalf of the Employer, except for the work executed by the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 27.7.

27.4   The Employer shall give the Contractor a notice stating the nature of any such defect together with all available evidence thereof, promptly following the discovery thereof.  The Employer shall afford all reasonable opportunity for the Contractor to inspect any such defect.

27.5   The Employer shall afford the Contractor all necessary access to the Facilities and the Site to enable the Contractor to perform its obligations under this GCC Clause 27.

The Contractor may, with the consent of the Employer, remove from the Site any Plant or any part of the Facilities that are defective if the nature of the defect, and/or any damage to the Facilities caused by the defect, is such that repairs cannot be expeditiously carried out at the Site.

27.6   If the repair, replacement or making good is of such a character that it may affect the efficiency of the Facilities or any part thereof, the Employer may give to the Contractor a notice requiring that tests of the defective part of the Facilities shall be made by the Contractor immediately upon completion of such remedial work, whereupon the Contractor shall carry out such tests.

If such part fails the tests, the Contractor shall carry out further repair, replacement or making good, as the case may be, until that part of the Facilities passes such tests.  The tests shall be agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor.

27.7   If the Contractor fails to commence the work necessary to remedy such defect or any damage to the Facilities caused by such defect within a reasonable time (which shall in no event be considered to be less than fifteen (15) days), the Employer may, following notice to the Contractor, proceed to do such work, and the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in connection therewith shall be paid to the Employer by the Contractor or may be deducted by the Employer from any monies due the Contractor or claimed under the Performance Security.

27.8   If the Facilities or any part thereof cannot be used by reason of such defect and/or making good of such defect, the Defect Liability Period of the Facilities or such part, as the case may be, shall be extended by a period equal to the period during which the Facilities or such part cannot be used by the Employer because of any of the aforesaid reasons.

27.9   Except as provided in GCC Clauses 27 and 33, the Contractor shall be under no liability whatsoever and howsoever arising, and whether under the Contract or at law, in respect of defects in the Facilities or any part thereof, the Plant, design or engineering or work executed that appear after Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof, except where such defects are the result of the gross negligence, fraud, or criminal or willful action of the Contractor.

27.10 In addition, any such component of the Facilities, and during the period of time as may be specified in the PCC, shall be subject to an extended defect liability period.  Such obligation of the Contractor shall be in addition to the defect liability period specified under GCC Sub-Clause 27.2.

28.  Functional Guarantees

28.1   The Contractor guarantees that during the Guarantee Test, the Facilities and all parts thereof shall attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, subject to and upon the conditions therein specified.

28.2   If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the minimum level of the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, are not met either in whole or in part, the Contractor shall at its cost and expense make such changes, modifications and/or additions to the Plant or any part thereof as may be necessary to meet at least the minimum level of such Guarantees.  The Contractor shall notify the Employer upon completion of the necessary changes, modifications and/or additions, and shall request the Employer to repeat the Guarantee Test until the minimum level of the Guarantees has been met.  If the Contractor eventually fails to meet the minimum level of Functional Guarantees, the Employer may consider termination of the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.2.

28.3   If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, are not attained either in whole or in part, but the minimum level of the Functional Guarantees specified in the said Appendix to the Contract Agreement is met, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s option, either

(a)     make such changes, modifications and/or additions to the Facilities or any part thereof that are necessary to attain the Functional Guarantees at its cost and expense, and shall request the Employer to repeat the Guarantee Test or

(b)     pay liquidated damages to the Employer in respect of the failure to meet the Functional Guarantees in accordance with the provisions in the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees.

28.4   The payment of liquidated damages under GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, up to the limitation of liability specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, shall completely satisfy the Contractor’s guarantees under GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, and the Contractor shall have no further liability whatsoever to the Employer in respect thereof.  Upon the payment of such liquidated damages by the Contractor, the Project Manager shall issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate for the Facilities or any part thereof in respect of which the liquidated damages have been so paid.

29.  Patent Indemnity

29.1   The Contractor shall, subject to the Employer’s compliance with GCC Sub-Clause 29.2, indemnify and hold harmless the Employer and its employees and officers from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, which the Employer may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract by reason of:  (a) the installation of the Facilities by the Contractor or the use of the Facilities in the country where the Site is located; and (b) the sale of the products produced by the Facilities in any country.

Such indemnity shall not cover any use of the Facilities or any part thereof other than for the purpose indicated by or to be reasonably inferred from the Contract, any infringement resulting from the use of the Facilities or any part thereof, or any products produced thereby in association or combination with any other equipment, Plant or materials not supplied by the Contractor, pursuant to the Contract Agreement.

29.2   If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Employer arising out of the matters referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 29.1, the Employer shall promptly give the Contractor a notice thereof, and the Contractor may at its own expense and in the Employer’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim.

If the Contractor fails to notify the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Employer shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf.  Unless the Contractor has so failed to notify the Employer within the twenty-eight (28) day period, the Employer shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the defense of any such proceedings or claim.

The Employer shall, at the Contractor’s request, afford all available assistance to the Contractor in conducting such proceedings or claim, and shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing.

29.3   The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor and its employees, officers and Subcontractors from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, which the Contractor may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract arising out of or in connection with any design, data, drawing, specification, or other documents or materials provided or designed by or on behalf of the Employer.

30.  Limitation of Liability

30.1   Except in cases of criminal negligence or willful misconduct,

(a)     neither Party shall be liable to the other Party, whether in contract, tort, or otherwise, for any indirect or consequential loss or damage, loss of use, loss of production, or loss of profits or interest costs, which may be suffered by the other Party in connection with the Contract, other than specifically provided as any obligation of the Party in the Contract, and

(b)     the aggregate liability of the Contractor to the Employer, whether under the Contract, in tort or otherwise, shall not exceed the amount resulting from the application of the multiplier specified in the PCC, to the Contract Price or, if a multiplier is not so specified, the total Contract Price, provided that this limitation shall not apply to the cost of repairing or replacing defective equipment, or to any obligation of the Contractor to indemnify the Employer with respect to patent infringement.

  1. Risk Distribution

31.  Transfer of Ownership

31.1   Ownership of the Plant (including spare parts) to be imported into the country where the Site is located shall be transferred to the Employer upon loading on to the mode of transport to be used to convey the Plant from the country of origin to that country.

31.2   Ownership of the Plant (including spare parts) procured in the country where the Site is located shall be transferred to the Employer when the Plant are brought on to the Site.

31.3   Ownership of the Contractor’s Equipment used by the Contractor and its Subcontractors in connection with the Contract shall remain with the Contractor or its Subcontractors.

31.4   Ownership of any Plant in excess of the requirements for the Facilities shall revert to the Contractor upon Completion of the Facilities or at such earlier time when the Employer and the Contractor agree that the Plant in question are no longer required for the Facilities.

31.5   Notwithstanding the transfer of ownership of the Plant, the responsibility for care and custody thereof together with the risk of loss or damage thereto shall remain with the Contractor pursuant to GCC Clause 32 (Care of Facilities) hereof until Completion of the Facilities or the part thereof in which such Plant are incorporated.

32.  Care of Facilities

32.1   The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and custody of the Facilities or any part thereof until the date of Completion of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Clause 24 or, where the Contract provides for Completion of the Facilities in parts, until the date of Completion of the relevant part, and shall make good at its own cost any loss or damage that may occur to the Facilities or the relevant part thereof from any cause whatsoever during such period.  The Contractor shall also be responsible for any loss or damage to the Facilities caused by the Contractor or its Subcontractors in the course of any work carried out, pursuant to GCC Clause 27.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor shall not be liable for any loss or damage to the Facilities or that part thereof caused by reason of any of the matters specified or referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of GCC Sub-Clauses 32.2 and 38.1.

32.2   If any loss or damage occurs to the Facilities or any part thereof or to the Contractor’s temporary facilities by reason of

(a)     insofar as they relate to the country where the Site is located, nuclear reaction, nuclear radiation, radioactive contamination, pressure wave caused by aircraft or other aerial objects, or any other occurrences that an experienced contractor could not reasonably foresee, or if reasonably foreseeable could not reasonably make provision for or insure against, insofar as such risks are not normally insurable on the insurance market and are mentioned in the general exclusions of the policy of insurance, including War Risks and Political Risks, taken out under GCC Clause 34 hereof; or

(b)     any use or occupation by the Employer or any third Party other than a Subcontractor, authorized by the Employer of any part of the Facilities; or

(c)     any use of or reliance upon any design, data or specification provided or designated by or on behalf of the Employer, or any such matter for which the Contractor has disclaimed responsibility herein,

the Employer shall pay to the Contractor all sums payable in respect of the Facilities executed, notwithstanding that the same be lost, destroyed or damaged, and will pay to the Contractor the replacement value of all temporary facilities and all parts thereof lost, destroyed or damaged.  If the Employer requests the Contractor in writing to make good any loss or damage to the Facilities thereby occasioned, the Contractor shall make good the same at the cost of the Employer in accordance with GCC Clause 39.  If the Employer does not request the Contractor in writing to make good any loss or damage to the Facilities thereby occasioned, the Employer shall either request a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of that part of the Facilities thereby lost, destroyed or damaged, or, where the loss or damage affects a substantial part of the Facilities, the Employer shall terminate the Contract pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.1 hereof.

32.3   The Contractor shall be liable for any loss of or damage to any Contractor’s Equipment, or any other property of the Contractor used or intended to be used for purposes of the Facilities, except (i) as mentioned in GCC Sub-Clause 32.2 with respect to the Contractor’s temporary facilities, and (ii) where such loss or damage arises by reason of any of the matters specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 32.2 (b) and (c) and 38.1.

32.4   With respect to any loss or damage caused to the Facilities or any part thereof or to the Contractor’s Equipment by reason of any of the matters specified in GCC Sub-Clause 38.1, the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 38.3 shall apply.

33.  Loss of or Damage to Property; Accident or Injury to Workers; Indemnifica­tion

33.1   Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 33.3, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer and its employees and officers from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, in respect of the death or injury of any person or loss of or damage to any property other than the Facilities whether accepted or not, arising in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities and by reason of the negligence of the Contractor or its Subcontractors, or their employees, officers or agents, except any injury, death or property damage caused by the negligence of the Employer, its contractors, employees, officers or agents.

33.2   If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Employer that might subject the Contractor to liability under GCC Sub-Clause 33.1, the Employer shall promptly give the Contractor a notice thereof and the Contractor may at its own expense and in the Employer’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim.

If the Contractor fails to notify the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Employer shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf.  Unless the Contractor has so failed to notify the Employer within the twenty-eight (28) day period, the Employer shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the defense of any such proceedings or claim.

The Employer shall, at the Contractor’s request, afford all available assistance to the Contractor in conducting such proceedings or claim, and shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing.

33.3   The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor and its employees, officers and Subcontractors from any liability for loss of or damage to property of the Employer, other than the Facilities not yet taken over, that is caused by fire, explosion or any other perils, in excess of the amount recoverable from insurances procured under GCC Clause 34, provided that such fire, explosion or other perils were not caused by any act or failure of the Contractor.

33.4   The Party entitled to the benefit of an indemnity under this GCC Clause 33 shall take all reasonable measures to mitigate any loss or damage which has occurred.  If the Party fails to take such measures, the other Party’s liabilities shall be correspondingly reduced.

34.  Insurance

34.1   To the extent specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements, the Contractor shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect, or cause to be taken out and maintained in effect, during the performance of the Contract, the insurances set forth below in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified in the said Appendix.  The identity of the insurers and the form of the policies shall be subject to the approval of the Employer, who should not unreasonably withhold such approval.

(a)     Cargo Insurance During Transport

Covering loss or damage occurring while in transit from the Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s works or stores until arrival at the Site, to the Plant (including spare parts therefor) and to the Contractor’s Equipment.

(b)     Installation All Risks Insurance

Covering physical loss or damage to the Facilities at the Site, occurring prior to Completion of the Facilities, with an extended maintenance coverage for the Contractor’s liability in respect of any loss or damage occurring during the Defect Liability Period while the Contractor is on the Site for the purpose of performing its obligations during the Defect Liability Period.

(c)     Third Party Liability Insurance

Covering bodily injury or death suffered by third Parties including the Employer’s personnel, and loss of or damage to property occurring in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities.

(d)     Automobile Liability Insurance

Covering use of all vehicles used by the Contractor or its Subcontractors, whether or not owned by them, in connection with the execution of the Contract.

(e)     Workers’ Compensation

In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Contract or any part thereof is executed.

(f)     Employer’s Liability

In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Contract or any part thereof is executed.

(g)     Other Insurances

Such other insurances as may be specifically agreed upon by the Parties hereto as listed in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements.

34.2   The Employer shall be named as co-insured under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Third Party Liability, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances, and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1 except for the Cargo Insurance During Transport, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances.  All insurer’s rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies.

34.3   The Contractor shall, in accordance with the provisions of the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements, deliver to the Employer certificates of insurance or copies of the insurance policies as evidence that the required policies are in full force and effect.  The certificates shall provide that no less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice shall be given to the Employer by insurers prior to cancellation or material modification of a policy.

34.4   The Contractor shall ensure that, where applicable, its Subcontractor(s) shall take out and maintain in effect adequate insurance policies for their personnel and vehicles and for work executed by them under the Contract, unless such Subcontractors are covered by the policies taken out by the Contractor.

34.5   The Employer shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect during the performance of the Contract those insurances specified in the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements, in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified in the said Appendix.  The Contractor and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all such policies.  All insurers’ rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies.  The Employer shall deliver to the Contractor satisfactory evidence that the required insurances are in full force and effect.  The policies shall provide that not less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice shall be given to the Contractor by all insurers prior to any cancellation or material modification of the policies.  If so requested by the Contractor, the Employer shall provide copies of the policies taken out by the Employer under this GCC Sub-Clause 34.5.

34.6   If the Contractor fails to take out and/or maintain in effect the insurances referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, the Employer may take out and maintain in effect any such insurances and may from time to time deduct from any amount due the Contractor under the Contract any premium that the Employer shall have paid to the insurer, or may otherwise recover such amount as a debt due from the Contractor.  If the Employer fails to take out and/or maintain in effect the insurances referred to in GCC 34.5, the Contractor may take out and maintain in effect any such insurances and may from time to time deduct from any amount due the Employer under the Contract any premium that the Contractor shall have paid to the insurer, or may otherwise recover such amount as a debt due from the Employer.  If the Contractor fails to or is unable to take out and maintain in effect any such insurances, the Contractor shall nevertheless have no liability or responsibility towards the Employer, and the Contractor shall have full recourse against the Employer for any and all liabilities of the Employer herein.

34.7   Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare and conduct all and any claims made under the policies effected by it pursuant to this GCC Clause 34, and all monies payable by any insurers shall be paid to the Contractor.  The Employer shall give to the Contractor all such reasonable assistance as may be required by the Contractor.  With respect to insurance claims in which the Employer’s interest is involved, the Contractor shall not give any release or make any compromise with the insurer without the prior written consent of the Employer.  With respect to insurance claims in which the Contractor’s interest is involved, the Employer shall not give any release or make any compromise with the insurer without the prior written consent of the Contractor.

35.  Unforeseen Conditions

35.1   If, during the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall encounter on the Site any physical conditions other than climatic conditions, or artificial obstructions that could not have been reasonably foreseen prior to the date of the Contract Agreement by an experienced contractor on the basis of reasonable examination of the data relating to the Facilities including any data as to boring tests, provided by the Employer, and on the basis of information that it could have obtained from a visual inspection of the Site if access thereto was available, or other data readily available to it relating to the Facilities, and if the Contractor determines that it will in consequence of such conditions or obstructions incur additional cost and expense or require additional time to perform its obligations under the Contract that would not have been required if such physical conditions or artificial obstructions had not been encountered, the Contractor shall promptly, and before performing additional work or using additional Plant or Contractor’s Equipment, notify the Project Manager in writing of

(a)     the physical conditions or artificial obstructions on the Site that could not have been reasonably foreseen;

(b)     the additional work and/or Plant and/or Contractor’s Equipment required, including the steps which the Contractor will or proposes to take to overcome such conditions or obstructions;

(c)     the extent of the anticipated delay; and

(d)     the additional cost and expense that the Contractor is likely to incur.

On receiving any notice from the Contractor under this GCC Sub-Clause 35.1, the Project Manager shall promptly consult with the Employer and Contractor and decide upon the actions to be taken to overcome the physical conditions or artificial obstructions encountered.  Following such consultations, the Project Manager shall instruct the Contractor, with a copy to the Employer, of the actions to be taken.

35.2   Any reasonable additional cost and expense incurred by the Contractor in following the instructions from the Project Manager to overcome such physical conditions or artificial obstructions referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 35.1 shall be paid by the Employer to the Contractor as an addition to the Contract Price.

If the Contractor is delayed or impeded in the performance of the Contract because of any such physical conditions or artificial obstructions referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 35.1, the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Clause 40.

36.  Change in Laws and Regulations

36.1   If, after the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to the date of Bid submission, in the country where the Site is located, any law, regulation, ordinance, order or by-law having the force of law is enacted, promulgated, abrogated or changed which shall be deemed to include any change in interpretation or application by the competent authorities, that subsequently affects the costs and expenses of the Contractor and/or the Time for Completion, the Contract Price shall be correspondingly increased or decreased, and/or the Time for Completion shall be reasonably adjusted to the extent that the Contractor has thereby been affected in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, such additional or reduced costs shall not be separately paid or credited if the same has already been accounted for in the price adjustment provisions where applicable, in accordance with the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 11.2.

37.  Force Majeure

37.1   “Force Majeure” shall mean any event beyond the reasonable control of the Employer or of the Contractor, as the case may be, and which is unavoidable notwithstanding the reasonable care of the Party affected, and shall include, without limitation, the following:

(a)     war, hostilities or warlike operations whether a state of war be declared or not, invasion, act of foreign enemy and civil war

(b)     rebellion, revolution, insurrection, mutiny, usurpation of civil or military government, conspiracy, riot, civil commotion and terrorist acts

(c)     confiscation, nationalization, mobilization, commandeering or requisition by or under the order of any government or de jure or de facto authority or ruler or any other act or failure to act of any local state or national government authority

(d)     strike, sabotage, lockout, embargo, import restriction, port congestion, lack of usual means of public transportation and communication, industrial dispute, shipwreck, shortage or restriction of power supply, epidemics, quarantine and plague

(e)     earthquake, landslide, volcanic activity, fire, flood or inundation, tidal wave, typhoon or cyclone, hurricane, storm, lightning, or other inclement weather condition, nuclear and pressure waves or other natural or physical disaster

(f)     shortage of labor, materials or utilities where caused by circumstances that are themselves Force Majeure.

37.2   If either Party is prevented, hindered or delayed from or in performing any of its obligations under the Contract by an event of Force Majeure, then it shall notify the other in writing of the occurrence of such event and the circumstances thereof within fourteen (14) days after the occurrence of such event.

37.3   The Party who has given such notice shall be excused from the performance or punctual performance of its obligations under the Contract for so long as the relevant event of Force Majeure continues and to the extent that such Party’s performance is prevented, hindered or delayed.  The Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Clause 40.

37.4   The Party or Parties affected by the event of Force Majeure shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate the effect thereof upon its or their performance of the Contract and to fulfill its or their obligations under the Contract, but without prejudice to either Party’s right to terminate the Contract under GCC Sub-Clauses 37.6 and 38.5.

37.5

          No delay or nonperformance by either Party hereto caused by the occurrence of any event of Force Majeure shall

(a)     constitute a default or breach of the Contract, or

(b)     give rise to any claim for damages or additional cost or expense occasioned thereby, subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 32.2, 38.3 and 38.4

if and to the extent that such delay or nonperformance is caused by the occurrence of an event of Force Majeure.

37.6   If the performance of the Contract is substantially prevented, hindered or delayed for a single period of more than sixty (60) days or an aggregate period of more than one hundred and twenty (120) days on account of one or more events of Force Majeure during the currency of the Contract, the Parties will attempt to develop a mutually satisfactory solution, failing which either Party may terminate the Contract by giving a notice to the other, but without prejudice to either Party’s right to terminate the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 38.5.

37.7   In the event of termination pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 37.6, the rights and obligations of the Employer and the Contractor shall be as specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 42.1.2 and 42.1.3.

37.8   Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clause 37.5, Force Majeure shall not apply to any obligation of the Employer to make payments to the Contractor herein.

38.  War Risks

38.1   “War Risks” shall mean any event specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of GCC Sub-Clause 37.1 and any explosion or impact of any mine, bomb, shell, grenade or other projectile, missile, munitions or explosive of war, occurring or existing in or near the country (or countries) where the Site is located.

38.2   Notwithstanding anything contained in the Contract, the Contractor shall have no liability whatsoever for or with respect to

(a)     destruction of or damage to Facilities, Plant, or any part thereof;

(b)     destruction of or damage to property of the Employer or any third Party; or

(c)     injury or loss of life

if such destruction, damage, injury or loss of life is caused by any War Risks, and the Employer shall indemnify and hold the Contractor harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, actions, lawsuits, damages, costs, charges or expenses arising in consequence of or in connection with the same.

38.3   If the Facilities or any Plant or Contractor’s Equipment or any other property of the Contractor used or intended to be used for the purposes of the Facilities shall sustain destruction or damage by reason of any War Risks, the Employer shall pay the Contractor for

(a)     any part of the Facilities or the Plant so destroyed or damaged to the extent not already paid for by the Employer

          and so far as may be required by the Employer, and as may be necessary for completion of the Facilities

(b)     replacing or making good any Contractor’s Equipment or other property of the Contractor so destroyed or damaged

(c)     replacing or making good any such destruction or damage to the Facilities or the Plant or any part thereof .

If the Employer does not require the Contractor to replace or make good any such destruction or damage to the Facilities, the Employer shall either request a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of that part of the Facilities thereby destroyed or damaged or, where the loss, destruction or damage affects a substantial part of the Facilities, shall terminate the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.

If the Employer requires the Contractor to replace or make good on any such destruction or damage to the Facilities, the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC 40.

38.4   Notwithstanding anything contained in the Contract, the Employer shall pay the Contractor for any increased costs or incidentals to the execution of the Contract that are in any way attributable to, consequent on, resulting from, or in any way connected with any War Risks, provided that the Contractor shall as soon as practicable notify the Employer in writing of any such increased cost.

38.5   If during the performance of the Contract any War Risks shall occur that financially or otherwise materially affect the execution of the Contract by the Contractor, the Contractor shall use its reasonable efforts to execute the Contract with due and proper consideration given to the safety of its and its Subcontractors’ personnel engaged in the work on the Facilities, provided, however, that if the execution of the work on the Facilities becomes impossible or is substantially prevented for a single period of more than sixty (60) days or an aggregate period of more than one hundred and twenty (120) days on account of any War Risks, the Parties will attempt to develop a mutually satisfactory solution, failing which either Party may terminate the Contract by giving a notice to the other.

38.6   In the event of termination pursuant to GCC Sub-Clauses 38.3 or 38.5, the rights and obligations of the Employer and the Contractor shall be specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 42.1.2 and 42.1.3.

  1. Change in Contract Elements

39.  Change in the Facilities

39.1   Introducing a Change

39.1.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 39.2.5 and 39.2.7, the Employer shall have the right to propose, and subsequently require, that the Project Manager order the Contractor from time to time during the performance of the Contract to make any change, modification, addition or deletion to, in or from the Facilities hereinafter called “Change”, provided that such Change falls within the general scope of the Facilities and does not constitute unrelated work and that it is technically practicable, taking into account both the state of advancement of the Facilities and the technical compatibility of the Change envisaged with the nature of the Facilities as specified in the Contract.

39.1.2 Value Engineering: The Contractor may prepare, at its own cost, a value engineering proposal at any time during the performance of the contract. The value engineering proposal shall, at a minimum, include the following;

  1. the proposed change(s), and a description of the difference to the existing contract requirements;
  2. a full cost/benefit analysis of the proposed change(s) including a description and estimate of costs (including life cycle costs) the Employer may incur in implementing the value engineering proposal; and
  3. a description of any effect(s) of the change on performance/functionality.

The Employer may accept the value engineering proposal if the proposal demonstrates benefits that:

  1. accelerates the delivery period; or
  2. reduces the Contract Price or the life cycle costs to the Employer; or
  3. improves the quality, efficiency, safety or sustainability of the Facilities; or
  4. yields any other benefits to the Employer,

without compromising the necessary functions of the Facilities.

If the value engineering proposal is approved by the Employer and results in:

  1. a reduction of the Contract Price; the amount to be paid to the Contractor shall be the percentage specified in the PCC of the reduction in the Contract Price; or
  2. an increase in the Contract Price; but results in a reduction in life cycle costs due to any benefit described in (a) to (d) above, the amount to be paid to the Contractor shall be the full increase in the Contract Price.

39.1.3 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clauses 39.1.1 and 39.1.2, no change made necessary because of any default of the Contractor in the performance of its obligations under the Contract shall be deemed to be a Change, and such change shall not result in any adjustment of the Contract Price or the Time for Completion.

39.1.4 The procedure on how to proceed with and execute Changes is specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 39.2 and 39.3, and further details and forms are provided in the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures).

39.2   Changes Originating from Employer

39.2.1 If the Employer proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 39.1.1, it shall send to the Contractor a “Request for Change Proposal,” requiring the Contractor to prepare and furnish to the Project Manager as soon as reasonably practicable a “Change Proposal,” which shall include the following:

(a)       brief description of the Change

(b)       effect on the Time for Completion

(c)       estimated cost of the Change

(d)       effect on Functional Guarantees (if any)

(e)       effect on the Facilities

(f)       effect on any other provisions of the Contract: and

(g)      any additional documents as specified in the PCC.

39.2.2 Prior to preparing and submitting the “Change Proposal,” the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager an “Estimate for Change Proposal,” which shall be an estimate of the cost of preparing and submitting the Change Proposal.

           Upon receipt of the Contractor’s Estimate for Change Proposal, the Employer shall do one of the following:

(a)       accept the Contractor’s estimate with instructions to the Contractor to proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal

(b)       advise the Contractor of any part of its Estimate for Change Proposal that is unacceptable and request the Contractor to review its estimate

(c)       advise the Contractor that the Employer does not intend to proceed with the Change.

39.2.3 Upon receipt of the Employer’s instruction to proceed under GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.2 (a), the Contractor shall, with proper expedition, proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.1.

39.2.4 The pricing of any Change shall, as far as practicable, be calculated in accordance with the rates and prices included in the Contract.  If such rates and prices are inequitable, the Parties thereto shall agree on specific rates for the valuation of the Change.

39.2.5 If before or during the preparation of the Change Proposal it becomes apparent that the aggregate effect of compliance therewith and with all other Change Orders that have already become binding upon the Contractor under this GCC Clause 39 would be to increase or decrease the Contract Price as originally set forth in Article 2 (Contract Price) of the Contract Agreement by more than fifteen percent (15%), the Contractor may give a written notice of objection thereto prior to furnishing the Change Proposal as aforesaid.  If the Employer accepts the Contractor’s objection, the Employer shall withdraw the proposed Change and shall notify the Contractor in writing thereof.

The Contractor’s failure to so object shall neither affect its right to object to any subsequent requested Changes or Change Orders herein, nor affect its right to take into account, when making such subsequent objection, the percentage increase or decrease in the Contract Price that any Change not objected to by the Contractor represents.

39.2.6 Upon receipt of the Change Proposal, the Employer and the Contractor shall mutually agree upon all matters therein contained.  Within fourteen (14) days after such agreement, the Employer shall, if it intends to proceed with the Change, issue the Contractor with a Change Order.

If the Employer is unable to reach a decision within fourteen (14) days, it shall notify the Contractor with details of when the Contractor can expect a decision.

If the Employer decides not to proceed with the Change for whatever reason, it shall, within the said period of fourteen (14) days, notify the Contractor accordingly.  Under such circumstances, the Contractor shall be entitled to reimbursement of all costs reasonably incurred by it in the preparation of the Change Proposal, provided that these do not exceed the amount given by the Contractor in its Estimate for Change Proposal submitted in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.2.

39.2.7 If the Employer and the Contractor cannot reach agreement on the price for the Change, an equitable adjustment to the Time for Completion, or any other matters identified in the Change Proposal, the Employer may nevertheless instruct the Contractor to proceed with the Change by issue of a “Pending Agreement Change Order.”

Upon receipt of a Pending Agreement Change Order, the Contractor shall immediately proceed with effecting the Changes covered by such Order.  The Parties shall thereafter attempt to reach agreement on the outstanding issues under the Change Proposal.

If the Parties cannot reach agreement within sixty (60) days from the date of issue of the Pending Agreement Change Order, then the matter may be referred to the Dispute Board in accordance with the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 46.1.

39.3   Changes Originating from Contractor

39.3.1 If the Contractor proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 39.1.2, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a written “Application for Change Proposal,” giving reasons for the proposed Change and including the information specified in GCC Sub-Clause 39.1.2.

Upon receipt of the Application for Change Proposal, the Parties shall follow the procedures outlined in GCC Sub-Clauses 39.2.6 and 39.2.7.  However, the Contractor shall not be entitled to recover the costs of preparing the Application for Change Proposal.

40.  Extension of Time for Completion

40.1   The Time(s) for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 8.2 shall be extended if the Contractor is delayed or impeded in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract by reason of any of the following:

(a)     any Change in the Facilities as provided in GCC Clause 39

(b)     any occurrence of Force Majeure as provided in GCC Clause 37, unforeseen conditions as provided in GCC Clause 35, or other occurrence of any of the matters specified or referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of GCC Sub-Clause 32.2

(c)     any suspension order given by the Employer under GCC Clause 41 hereof or reduction in the rate of progress pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 41.2 or

(d)     any changes in laws and regulations as provided in GCC Clause 36 or

(e)     any default or breach of the Contract by the Employer, Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled ,or any activity, act or omission of the Employer, or the Project Manager, or any other contractors employed by the Employer, or

  1. any delay on the part of a Subcontractor, provided such delay is due to a cause for which the Contractor himself would have been entitled to an extension of time under this sub-clause, or
  2. delays attributable to the Employer or caused by customs, or
  3. any other matter specifically mentioned in the Contract

by such period as shall be fair and reasonable in all the circumstances and as shall fairly reflect the delay or impediment sustained by the Contractor.

40.2   Except where otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a notice of a claim for an extension of the Time for Completion, together with particulars of the event or circumstance justifying such extension as soon as reasonably practicable after the commencement of such event or circumstance.  As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such notice and supporting particulars of the claim, the Employer and the Contractor shall agree upon the period of such extension.  In the event that the Contractor does not accept the Employer’s estimate of a fair and reasonable time extension, the Contractor shall be entitled to refer the matter to a Dispute Board, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 46.1.

40.3 The Contractor shall at all times use its reasonable efforts to minimize any delay in the performance of its obligations under the Contract.

40.4  In all cases where the Contractor has given a notice of a claim for an extension of time under GCC 40.2, the Contractor shall consult with the Project Manager in order to determine the steps (if any) which can be taken to overcome or minimize the actual or anticipated delay. The Contractor shall there after comply with all reasonable instructions which the Project Manager shall give in order to minimize such delay. If compliance with such instructions shall cause the Contractor to incur extra costs and the Contractor is entitled to an extension of time under GCC 40.1, the amount of such extra costs shall be added to the Contract Price.

41.  Suspension

41.1   The Employer may request the Project Manager, by notice to the Contractor, to order the Contractor to suspend performance of any or all of its obligations under the Contract.  Such notice shall specify the obligation of which performance is to be suspended, the effective date of the suspension and the reasons therefor.  The Contractor shall thereupon suspend performance of such obligation, except those obligations necessary for the care or preservation of the Facilities, until ordered in writing to resume such performance by the Project Manager.

If, by virtue of a suspension order given by the Project Manager, other than by reason of the Contractor’s default or breach of the Contract, the Contractor’s performance of any of its obligations is suspended for an aggregate period of more than ninety (90) days, then at any time thereafter and provided that at that time such performance is still suspended, the Contractor may give a notice to the Project Manager requiring that the Employer shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of receipt of the notice, order the resumption of such performance or request and subsequently order a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of the suspended obligations from the Contract.

If the Employer fails to do so within such period, the Contractor may, by a further notice to the Project Manager, elect to treat the suspension, where it affects a part only of the Facilities, as a deletion of such part in accordance with GCC Clause 39 or, where it affects the whole of the Facilities, as termination of the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.

41.2   If

(a)     the Employer has failed to pay the Contractor any sum due under the Contract within the specified period, has failed to approve any invoice or supporting documents without just cause pursuant to the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, or commits a substantial breach of the Contract, the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer that requires payment of such sum, with interest thereon as stipulated in GCC Sub-Clause 12.3, requires approval of such invoice or supporting documents, or specifies the breach and requires the Employer to remedy the same, as the case may be.  If the Employer fails to pay such sum together with such interest, fails to approve such invoice or supporting documents or give its reasons for withholding such approval, or fails to remedy the breach or take steps to remedy the breach within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice or

(b)     the Contractor is unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer, including but not limited to the Employer’s failure to provide possession of or access to the Site or other areas in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 10.2, or failure to obtain any governmental permit necessary for the execution and/or completion of the Facilities,

then the Contractor may by fourteen (14) days’ notice to the Employer suspend performance of all or any of its obligations under the Contract, or reduce the rate of progress.

41.3   If the Contractor’s performance of its obligations is suspended or the rate of progress is reduced pursuant to this GCC Clause 41, then the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 40.1, and any and all additional costs or expenses incurred by the Contractor as a result of such suspension or reduction shall be paid by the Employer to the Contractor in addition to the Contract Price, except in the case of suspension order or reduction in the rate of progress by reason of the Contractor’s default or breach of the Contract.

41.4   During the period of suspension, the Contractor shall not remove from the Site any Plant, any part of the Facilities or any Contractor’s Equipment, without the prior written consent of the Employer.

42.  Termination

42.1   Termination for Employer’s Convenience

42.1.1 The Employer may at any time terminate the Contract for any reason by giving the Contractor a notice of termination that refers to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.

42.1.2 Upon receipt of the notice of termination under GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.1, the Contractor shall either immediately or upon the date specified in the notice of termination

(a)     cease all further work, except for such work as the Employer may specify in the notice of termination for the sole purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition

(b)     terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to paragraph (d) (ii) below

(c)     remove all Contractor’s Equipment from the Site, repatriate the Contractor’s Personnel from the Site, remove from the Site any wreckage, rubbish and debris of any kind, and leave the whole of the Site in a clean and safe condition, and

(d)     subject to the payment specified in GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.3,

(i)      deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination

(ii)    to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the Contractor to the Facilities and to the Plant as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors; and

(iii)   deliver to the Employer all non-proprietary drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as at the date of termination in connection with the Facilities.

42.1.3 In the event of termination of the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.1, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor the following amounts:

(a)     the Contract Price, properly attributable to the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor as of the date of termination

(b)     the costs reasonably incurred by the Contractor in the removal of the Contractor’s Equipment from the Site and in the repatriation of the Contractor’s Personnel

(c)     any amounts to be paid by the Contractor to its Subcontractors in connection with the termination of any subcontracts, including any cancellation charges

(d)     costs incurred by the Contractor in protecting the Facilities and leaving the Site in a clean and safe condition pursuant to paragraph (a) of GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.2

(e)     the cost of satisfying all other obligations, commitments and claims that the Contractor may in good faith have undertaken with third Parties in connection with the Contract and that are not covered by paragraphs (a) through (d) above.

42.2   Termination for Contractor’s Default

42.2.1 The Employer, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies it may possess, may terminate the Contract forthwith in the following circumstances by giving a notice of termination and its reasons therefor to the Contractor, referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.2:

(a)     if the Contractor becomes bankrupt or insolvent, has a receiving order issued against it, compounds with its creditors, or, if the Contractor is a corporation, a resolution is passed or order is made for its winding up, other than a voluntary liquidation for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction, a receiver is appointed over any part of its undertaking or assets, or if the Contractor takes or suffers any other analogous action in consequence of debt

(b)     if the Contractor assigns or transfers the Contract or any right or interest therein in violation of the provision of GCC Clause 43.

(c)     if the Contractor, in the judgment of the Employer has engaged in Fraud and Corruption, as defined in   paragrpah 2.2 a. of Appendix B to the GCC, in competing for or in executing the Contract.

42.2.2 If the Contractor

(a)     has abandoned or repudiated the Contract

(b)     has without valid reason failed to commence work on the Facilities promptly or has suspended, other than pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 41.2, the progress of Contract performance for more than twenty-eight (28) days after receiving a written instruction from the Employer to proceed

(c)     persistently fails to execute the Contract in accordance with the Contract or persistently neglects to carry out its obligations under the Contract without just cause

(d)     refuses or is unable to provide sufficient materials, services or labor to execute and complete the Facilities in the manner specified in the program furnished under GCC Sub-Clause 18.2  at rates of progress that give reasonable assurance to the Employer that the Contractor can attain Completion of the Facilities by the Time for Completion as extended,

          then the Employer may, without prejudice to any other rights it may possess under the Contract, give a notice to the Contractor stating the nature of the default and requiring the Contractor to remedy the same.  If the Contractor fails to remedy or to take steps to remedy the same within fourteen (14) days of its receipt of such notice, then the Employer may terminate the Contract forthwith by giving a notice of termination to the Contractor that refers to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.

42.2.3 Upon receipt of the notice of termination under GCC Sub-Clauses 42.2.1 or 42.2.2, the Contractor shall, either immediately or upon such date as is specified in the notice of termination,

(a)     cease all further work, except for such work as the Employer may specify in the notice of termination for the sole purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition

(b)     terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to paragraph (d) below

(c)     deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination

(d)     to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the Contractor to the  Facilities and to the Plant as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors

(e)     deliver to the Employer all drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as of the date of termination in connection with the Facilities.

42.2.4 The Employer may enter upon the Site, expel the Contractor, and complete the Facilities itself or by employing any third Party.  The Employer may, to the exclusion of any right of the Contractor over the same, take over and use with the payment of a fair rental rate to the Contractor, with all the maintenance costs to the account of the Employer and with an indemnification by the Employer for all liability including damage or injury to persons arising out of the Employer’s use of such equipment, any Contractor’s Equipment owned by the Contractor and on the Site in connection with the Facilities for such reasonable period as the Employer considers expedient for the supply and installation of the Facilities.

Upon completion of the Facilities or at such earlier date as the Employer thinks appropriate, the Employer shall give notice to the Contractor that such Contractor’s Equipment will be returned to the Contractor at or near the Site and shall return such Contractor’s Equipment to the Contractor in accordance with such notice.  The Contractor shall thereafter without delay and at its cost remove or arrange removal of the same from the Site.

42.2.5 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.6, the Contractor shall be entitled to be paid the Contract Price attributable to the Facilities executed as of the date of termination, the value of any unused or partially used Plant on the Site, and the costs, if any, incurred in protecting the Facilities and in leaving the Site in a clean and safe condition pursuant to paragraph (a) of GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.3.  Any sums due the Employer from the Contractor accruing prior to the date of termination shall be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor under this Contract.

42.2.6 If the Employer completes the Facilities, the cost of completing the Facilities by the Employer shall be determined.

If the sum that the Contractor is entitled to be paid, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.5, plus the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in completing the Facilities, exceeds the Contract Price, the Contractor shall be liable for such excess.

If such excess is greater than the sums due the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.5, the Contractor shall pay the balance to the Employer, and if such excess is less than the sums due the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.5, the Employer shall pay the balance to the Contractor.

The Employer and the Contractor shall agree, in writing, on the computation described above and the manner in which any sums shall be paid.

42.3   Termination by the Contractor

42.3.1 If

(a)    the Employer has failed to pay the Contractor any sum due under the Contract within the specified period, has failed to approve any invoice or supporting documents without just cause pursuant to the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, or commits a substantial breach of the Contract, the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer that requires payment of such sum, with interest thereon as stipulated in GCC Sub-Clause 12.3, requires approval of such invoice or supporting documents, or specifies the breach and requires the Employer to remedy the same, as the case may be.  If the Employer fails to pay such sum together with such interest, fails to approve such invoice or supporting documents or give its reasons for withholding such approval, fails to remedy the breach or take steps to remedy the breach within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, or

(b)    the Contractor is unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer, including but not limited to the Employer’s failure to provide possession of or access to the Site or other areas or failure to obtain any governmental permit necessary for the execution and/or completion of the Facilities,

then the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer thereof, and if the Employer has failed to pay the outstanding sum, to approve the invoice or supporting documents, to give its reasons for withholding such approval, or to remedy the breach within twenty-eight (28) days of such notice, or if the Contractor is still unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days of the said notice, the Contractor may by a further notice to the Employer referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.1, forthwith terminate the Contract.

42.3.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract forthwith by giving a notice to the Employer to that effect, referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.2, if the Employer becomes bankrupt or insolvent, has a receiving order issued against it, compounds with its creditors, or, being a corporation, if a resolution is passed or order is made for its winding up (other than a voluntary liquidation for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction), a receiver is appointed over any part of its undertaking or assets, or if the Employer takes or suffers any other analogous action in consequence of debt.

42.3.3 If the Contract is terminated under GCC Sub-Clauses 42.3.1 or 42.3.2, then the Contractor shall immediately

(a)     cease all further work, except for such work as may be necessary for the purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition

(b)     terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to paragraph (d) (ii)

(c)     remove all Contractor’s Equipment from the Site and repatriate the Contractor’s Personnel from the Site, and

(d)     subject to the payment specified in GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.4,

(i)      deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination

(ii)    to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the Contractor to the Facilities and to the Plant as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors, and

(iii)   deliver to the Employer all drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as of the date of termination in connection with the Facilities.

42.3.4 If the Contract is terminated under GCC Sub-Clauses 42.3.1 or 42.3.2, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor all payments specified in GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.3, and reasonable compensation for all loss, except for loss of profit, or damage sustained by the Contractor arising out of, in connection with or in consequence of such termination.

42.3.5 Termination by the Contractor pursuant to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.3 is without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Contractor that may be exercised in lieu of or in addition to rights conferred by GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.

42.4   In this GCC Clause 42, the expression “Facilities executed” shall include all work executed, Installation Services provided, and all Plant acquired, or subject to a legally binding obligation to purchase, by the Contractor and used or intended to be used for the purpose of the Facilities, up to and including the date of termination.

42.5   In this GCC Clause 42, in calculating any monies due from the Employer to the Contractor, account shall be taken of any sum previously paid by the Employer to the Contractor under the Contract, including any advance payment paid pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment.

43.  Assignment

43.1   Neither the Employer nor the Contractor shall, without the express prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, assign to any third Party the Contract or any part thereof, or any right, benefit, obligation or interest therein or thereunder, except that the Contractor shall be entitled to assign either absolutely or by way of charge any monies due and payable to it or that may become due and payable to it under the Contract.

44. Export Restrictions

44.1   Notwithstanding any obligation under the Contract to complete all export formalities, any export restrictions attributable to the Employer, to the country of the Employer or to the use of the Plant and Installation Services to be supplied which arise from trade regulations from a country supplying those Plant and Installation Services, and which substantially impede the Contractor from meeting its obligations under the Contract, shall release the Contractor from the obligation to provide deliveries or services, always provided, however, that the Contractor can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Employer and of the Bank that it has completed all formalities in a timely manner, including applying for permits, authorizations and licenses necessary for the export of the Plant and Installation Services under the terms of the Contract.  Termination of the Contract on this basis shall be for the Employer’s convenience pursuant to Sub-Clause 42.1.

  1. Claims, Disputes and Arbitration

45.  Contractor’s Claims

45.1   If the Contractor considers himself to be entitled to any extension of the Time for Completion and/or any additional payment, under any Clause of these Conditions or otherwise in connection with the Contract, the Contractor shall submit a notice to the Project Manager, describing the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim. The notice shall be given as soon as practicable, and not later than 28 days after the Contractor became aware, or should have become aware, of the event or circumstance.

If the Contractor fails to give notice of a claim within such period of 28 days, the Time for Completion shall not be extended, the Contractor shall not be entitled to additional payment, and the Employer shall be discharged from all liability in connection with the claim. Otherwise, the following provisions of this Sub-Clause shall apply.

The Contractor shall also submit any other notices which are required by the Contract, and supporting particulars for the claim, all as relevant to such event or circumstance.

The Contractor shall keep such contemporary records as may be necessary to substantiate any claim, either on the Site or at another location acceptable to the Project Manager. Without admitting the Employer’s liability, the Project Manager may, after receiving any notice under this Sub-Clause, monitor the record-keeping and/or instruct the Contractor to keep further contemporary records. The Contractor shall permit the Project Manager to inspect all these records, and shall (if instructed) submit copies to the Project Manager.

Within 42 days after the Contractor became aware (or should have become aware) of the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim, or within such other period as may be proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall send to the Project Manager a fully detailed claim which includes full supporting particulars of the basis of the claim and of the extension of time and/or additional payment claimed. If the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim has a continuing effect:

  1. this fully detailed claim shall be considered as interim;
  2. the Contractor shall send further interim claims at monthly intervals, giving the accumulated delay and/or amount claimed, and such further particulars as the Project Manager may reasonably require; and
  3. the Contractor shall send a final claim within 28 days after the end of the effects resulting from the event or circumstance, or within such other period as may be proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Project Manager.

Within 42 days after receiving a claim or any further particulars supporting a previous claim, or within such other period as may be proposed by the Project Manager and approved by the Contractor, the Project Manager shall respond with approval, or with disapproval and detailed comments. He may also request any necessary further particulars, but shall nevertheless give his response on the principles of the claim within such time.

Each Payment Certificate shall include such amounts for any claim as have been reasonably substantiated as due under the relevant provision of the Contract. Unless and until the particulars supplied are sufficient to substantiate the whole of the claim, the Contractor shall only be entitled to payment for such part of the claim as he has been able to substantiate.

The Project Manager shall agree with the Contractor or estimate: (i) the extension (if any) of the Time for Completion (before or after its expiry) in accordance with GCC Clause 40, and/or (ii) the additional payment (if any) to which the Contractor is entitled under the Contract.

The requirements of this Sub-Clause are in addition to those of any other Sub-Clause which may apply to a claim. If the Contractor fails to comply with this or another Sub-Clause in relation to any claim, any extension of time and/or additional payment shall take account of the extent (if any) to which the failure has prevented or prejudiced proper investigation of the claim, unless the claim is excluded under the second paragraph of this Sub-Clause.

In the event that the Contractor and the Employer cannot agree on any matter relating to a claim, either Party may refer the matter to the Dispute Board pursuant to GCC 46 hereof.

46. Disputes and Arbitration

46.1   Appointment of the Dispute Board

Disputes shall be referred to a DB for decision in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3. The Parties shall appoint a DB by the date stated in the PCC.

The DB shall comprise, as stated in the PCC, either one or three suitably qualified persons (“the members”), each of whom shall meet the criteria set forth in Sub-Clause 3 of Appendix A- General Conditions of Dispute Board Agreement. If the number is not so stated and the Parties do not agree otherwise, the DB shall comprise three persons, one of whom shall serve as chairman.

If the Contract is with a foreign Contractor, the DB members shall not have the same nationality as the Employer or the Contractor.

If the Parties have not jointly appointed the DB 21 days before the date stated in the PCC and the DB is to comprise three persons, each Party shall nominate one member for the approval of the other Party. The first two members shall recommend and the Parties shall agree upon the third member, who shall act as chairman.

However, if a list of potential members is included in the PCC, the members shall be selected from those on the list, other than anyone who is unable or unwilling to accept appointment to the DB.

The agreement between the Parties and either the sole member or each of the three members shall incorporate by reference the General Conditions of Dispute Board Agreement contained in the Appendix to these General Conditions, with such amendments as are agreed between them.

The DB shall be deemed to be constituted on the date the Parties and the sole member or the three members (as the case may be) of the DB have all signed a DB agreement.

The terms of the remuneration of either the sole member or each of the three members, including the remuneration of any expert whom the DB consults, shall be mutually agreed upon by the Parties when agreeing the terms of appointment of the member or such expert (as the case may be). Each Party shall be responsible for paying one-half of this remuneration.

If a member declines to act or is unable to act as a result of death, disability, resignation or termination of appointment, a replacement shall be appointed in the same manner as the replaced person was required to have been nominated or agreed upon, as described in this Sub-Clause.

The appointment of any member may be terminated by mutual agreement of both Parties, but not by the Employer or the Contractor acting alone. Unless otherwise agreed by both Parties, the appointment of the DB (including each member) shall expire when the Operational Acceptance Certificate has been issued in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 25.3.

 

46.2   Failure to Agree on the Composition of the Dispute Board

If any of the following conditions apply, namely:

  1. the Parties fail to agree upon the appointment of the sole member of the DB by the date stated in the first paragraph of GCC Sub-Clause 46.1,
  2. either Party fails to nominate a member (for approval by the other Party) of a DB of three persons by such date,
  3. the Parties fail to agree upon the appointment of the third member (to act as chairman) of the DB by such date, or
  4. the Parties fail to agree upon the appointment of a replacement person within 42 days after the date on which the sole member or one of the three members declines to act or is unable to act as a result of death, disability, resignation or termination of appointment,

then the appointing entity or official named in the PCC shall, upon the request of either or both of the Parties and after due consultation with both Parties, appoint this member of the DB. This appointment shall be final and conclusive. Each Party shall be responsible for paying one-half of the remuneration of the appointing entity or official.

 

46.3   Obtaining Dispute Board’s Decision

If a dispute (of any kind whatsoever) arises between the Parties in connection with the performance of the Contract, including any dispute as to any certificate, determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Project Manager, either Party may refer the dispute in writing to the DB for its decision, with copies to the other Party and the Project Manager. Such reference shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause.

For a DB of three persons, the DB shall be deemed to have received such reference on the date when it is received by the chairman of the DB.

Both Parties shall promptly make available to the DB all such additional information, further access to the Site, and appropriate facilities, as the DB may require for the purposes of making a decision on such dispute. The DB shall be deemed to be not acting as arbitrator(s).

Within 84 days after receiving such reference, or within such other period as may be proposed by the DB and approved by both Parties, the DB shall give its decision, which shall be reasoned and shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause. The decision shall be binding on both Parties, who shall promptly give effect to it unless and until it shall be revised in an amicable settlement or an arbitral award as described below. Unless the Contract has already been abandoned, repudiated or terminated, the Contractor shall continue with the performance of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract.

If either Party is dissatisfied with the DB’s decision, then either Party may, within 28 days after receiving the decision, give notice to the other Party of its dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration. If the DB fails to give its decision within the period of 84 days (or as otherwise approved) after receiving such reference, then either Party may, within 28 days after this period has expired, give notice to the other Party of its dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration.

In either event, this notice of dissatisfaction shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause, and shall set out the matter in dispute and the reason(s) for dissatisfaction. Except as stated in GCC Sub-Clauses 46.6 and 46.7, neither Party shall be entitled to commence arbitration of a dispute unless a notice of dissatisfaction has been given in accordance with this Sub-Clause.

If the DB has given its decision as to a matter in dispute to both Parties, and no notice of dissatisfaction has been given by either Party within 28 days after it received the DB’s decision, then the decision shall become final and binding upon both Parties.

 

46.4   Amicable Settlement

Where notice of dissatisfaction has been given under GCC Sub-Clause 46.3 above, both Parties shall attempt to settle the dispute amicably before the commencement of arbitration. However, unless both Parties agree otherwise, arbitration may be commenced on or after the fifty-sixth day after the day on which notice of dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration was given, even if no attempt at amicable settlement has been made.

 

46.5   Arbitration

Unless indicated otherwise in the PCC, any dispute not settled amicably and in respect of which the DB’s decision (if any) has not become final and binding shall be finally settled by arbitration. Unless otherwise agreed by both Parties, arbitration shall be conducted as follows:

(a)     For contracts with foreign contractors:

unless otherwise specified in the PCC; the dispute shall be finally settled under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce; by one or three arbitrators appointed in accordance with these Rules. The place of arbitration shall be the neutral location stated in the PCC; and the arbitration shall be conducted in the ruling language stated in the PCC;

and

(b)     For contracts with domestic contractors, arbitration with proceedings conducted in accordance with the laws of the Employer’s Country.

The arbitrator(s) shall have full power to open up, review and revise any certificate, determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Project Manager, and any decision of the DB, relevant to the dispute. Nothing shall disqualify the Project Manager from being called as a witness and giving evidence before the arbitrator(s) on any matter whatsoever relevant to the dispute.

Neither Party shall be limited in the proceedings before the arbitrator(s) to the evidence or arguments previously put before the DB to obtain its decision, or to the reasons for dissatisfaction given in its notice of dissatisfaction. Any decision of the DB shall be admissible in evidence in the arbitration.

Arbitration may be commenced prior to or after completion of the Facilities. The obligations of the Parties, the Project Manager and the DB shall not be altered by reason of any arbitration being conducted during the progress of the execution of the Facilities.

 

46.6   Failure to Comply with Dispute Board’s Decision

In the event that a Party fails to comply with a DB decision which has become final and binding, then the other Party may, without prejudice to any other rights it may have, refer the failure itself to arbitration under GCC Sub-Clause 46.5. GCC Sub-Clauses 46.3 and 46.4 shall not apply to this reference.

 

46.7   Expiry of Dispute Board’s Appointment

If a dispute arises between the Parties in connection with the performance of the Contract, and there is no DB in place, whether by reason of the expiry of the DB’s appointment or otherwise:

(a)     GCC Sub-Clauses 46.3 and 46.4 shall not apply, and

(b)     the dispute may be referred directly to arbitration under GCC Sub-Clause 46.5

47. Cyber Security

 

47.1   Pursuant to the PCC, the Contractor including its Subcontractors/ suppliers/ manufacturers shall take all technical and organizational measures necessary to protect the information technology systems and data used in connection with the Contract. Without limiting the foregoing, the Contractor, including its Subcontractors/ suppliers/ manufacturers, shall use all reasonable efforts to establish, maintain, implement and comply with, reasonable information technology, information security, cyber security and data protection controls, policies and procedures, including oversight, access controls, encryption, technological and physical safeguards and business continuity/disaster recovery and security plans that are designed to protect against and prevent breach, destruction, loss, unauthorized distribution, use, access, disablement, misappropriation or modification, or other compromise or misuse of or relating to any information technology system or data used in connection with the Contract.

 

 

 

 

APPENDIX A

General Conditions of Dispute Board Agreement

1.       Definitions

Each “Dispute Board Agreement” is a tripartite agreement by and between:

the “Employer”;

the “Contractor”; and

the “Member” who is defined in the Dispute Board Agreement as being:

(i)      the sole member of the “DB” and, where this is the case, all references to the “Other Members” do not apply, or

(ii)     one of the three persons who are jointly called the “DB” (or “dispute board”) and, where this is the case, the other two persons are called the “Other Members”.

The Employer and the Contractor have entered (or intend to enter) into a contract, which is called the “Contract” and is defined in the Dispute Board Agreement, which incorporates this Appendix. In the Dispute Board Agreement, words and expressions which are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Contract.

2.       General Provisions

Unless otherwise stated in the Dispute Board Agreement, it shall take effect on the latest of the following dates:

(a)     the Commencement Date defined in the Contract,

(b)     when the Employer, the Contractor and the Member have each signed the Dispute Board Agreement, or

(c)     when the Employer, the Contractor and each of the Other Members (if any) have respectively each signed a dispute board agreement.

This employment of the Member is a personal appointment. At any time, the Member may give not less than 70 days’ notice of resignation to the Employer and to the Contractor, and the Dispute Board Agreement shall terminate upon the expiry of this period.

3.       Warranties

The Member warrants and agrees that he/she is and shall be impartial and independent of the Employer, the Contractor and the Project Manager. The Member shall promptly disclose, to each of them and to the Other Members (if any), any fact or circumstance which might appear inconsistent with his/her warranty and agreement of impartiality and independence.

  1. When appointing the Member, the Employer and the Contractor relied upon the Member’s representations that he/she is:has at least a bachelor’s degree in relevant disciplines such as law, engineering, construction management or contract management; 
  2. has at least ten years of experience in contract administration/management and dispute resolution, out of which at least five years of experience as an arbitrator or adjudicator in construction-related disputes;
  3. has received formal training as an adjudicator from an internationally recognized organization; 
  4. has experience and/or is knowledgeable in the type of work which the Contractor is to carry out under the Contract;
  5. has experience in the interpretation of construction and/or engineering contract documents; and
  6. is fluent in the language for communications defined in GCC Sub-Clause 5.3 (or the language as agreed between the Parties and the DB).

4.       General Obligations of the Member

The Member shall:

(a)     have no interest financial or otherwise in the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, nor any financial interest in the Contract except for payment under the Dispute Board Agreement;

(b)     not previously have been employed as a consultant or otherwise by the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, except in such circumstances as were disclosed in writing to the Employer and the Contractor before they signed the Dispute Board Agreement;

(c)     have disclosed in writing to the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any), before entering into the Dispute Board Agreement and to his/her best knowledge and recollection, any professional or personal relationships with any director, officer or employee of the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, and any previous involvement in the overall project of which the Contract forms part;

(d)     not, for the duration of the Dispute Board Agreement, be employed as a consultant or otherwise by the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, except as may be agreed in writing by the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any);

(e)     comply with the annexed procedural rules and with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3;

(f)     not give advice to the Employer, the Contractor, the Employer’s Personnel or the Contractor’s  Personnel concerning the conduct of the Contract, other than in accordance with the annexed procedural rules;

(g)     not while a Member enter into discussions or make any agreement with the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager regarding employment by any of them, whether as a consultant or otherwise, after ceasing to act under the Dispute Board Agreement;

(h)     ensure his/her availability for all site visits and hearings as are necessary;

(i)      become conversant with the Contract and with the progress of the Facilities (and of any other parts of the project of which the Contract forms part) by studying all documents received which shall be maintained in a current working file;

(j)      treat the details of the Contract and all the DB’s activities and hearings as private and confidential, and not publish or disclose them without the prior written consent of the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any); and

(k)     be available to give advice and opinions, on any matter relevant to the Contract when requested by both the Employer and the Contractor, subject to the agreement of the Other Members (if any).

5.       General Obligations of the Employer and the Contractor

The Employer, the Contractor, the Employer’s Personnel and the Contractor’s Personnel shall not request advice from or consultation with the Member regarding the Contract, otherwise than in the normal course of the DB’s activities under the Contract and the Dispute Board Agreement. The Employer and the Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with this provision, by the Employer’s Personnel and the Contractor’s  Personnel respectively.

The Employer and the Contractor undertake to each other and to the Member that the Member shall not, except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Employer, the Contractor, the Member and the Other Members (if any):

(a)     be appointed as an arbitrator in any arbitration under the Contract;

(b)     be called as a witness to give evidence concerning any dispute before arbitrator(s) appointed for any arbitration under the Contract; or

(c)     be liable for any claims for anything done or omitted in the discharge or purported discharge of the Member’s functions, unless the act or omission is shown to have been in bad faith.

The Employer and the Contractor hereby jointly and severally indemnify and hold the Member harmless against and from claims from which he is relieved from liability under the preceding paragraph.

Whenever the Employer or the Contractor refers a dispute to the DB under GCC Sub-Clause 46.3, which will require the Member to make a site visit and attend a hearing, the Employer or the Contractor shall provide appropriate security for a sum equivalent to the reasonable expenses to be incurred by the Member. No account shall be taken of any other payments due or paid to the Member.

6.       Payment

The Member shall be paid as follows, in the currency named in the Dispute Board Agreement:

(a)     a retainer fee per calendar month, which shall be considered as payment in full for:

(i)      being available on 28 days’ notice for all site visits and hearings;

(ii)    becoming and remaining conversant with all project developments and maintaining relevant files;

(iii)    all office and overhead expenses including secretarial services, photocopying and office supplies incurred in connection with his duties; and

(iv)    all services performed hereunder except those referred to in sub-paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Clause.

The retainer fee shall be paid with effect from the last day of the calendar month in which the Dispute Board Agreement becomes effective; until the last day of the calendar month in which the Taking-Over Certificate is issued for the whole of the Facilities.

With effect from the first day of the calendar month following the month in which Taking-Over Certificate is issued for the whole of the Facilities, the retainer fee shall be reduced by one third This reduced fee shall be paid until the first day of the calendar month in which the Member resigns or the Dispute Board Agreement is otherwise terminated.

(b)     a daily fee which shall be considered as payment in full for:

(i)      each day or part of a day up to a maximum of two days’ travel time in each direction for the journey between the Member’s home and the site, or another location of a meeting with the Other Members (if any);

(ii)     each working day on site visits, hearings or preparing decisions; and

(iii)    each day spent reading submissions in preparation for a hearing.

(c)     all reasonable expenses including necessary travel expenses (air fare in less than first class, hotel and subsistence and other direct travel expenses) incurred in connection with the Member’s duties, as well as the cost of telephone calls, courier charges, faxes and telexes: a receipt shall be required for each item in excess of five percent of the daily fee referred to in sub-paragraph (b) of this Clause;

(d)     any taxes properly levied in the Country on payments made to the Member (unless a national or permanent resident of the Country) under this Clause 6.

The retainer and daily fees shall be as specified in the Dispute Board Agreement. Unless it specifies otherwise, these fees shall remain fixed for the first 24 calendar months and shall thereafter be adjusted by agreement between the Employer, the Contractor and the Member, at each anniversary of the date on which the Dispute Board Agreement became effective.

If the Parties fail to agree on the retainer fee or the daily fee the appointing entity or official named in the PCC shall determine the amount of the fees to be used.

The Member shall submit invoices for payment of the monthly retainer and air fares quarterly in advance. Invoices for other expenses and for daily fees shall be submitted following the conclusion of a site visit or hearing. All invoices shall be accompanied by a brief description of activities performed during the relevant period and shall be addressed to the Contractor.

The Contractor shall pay each of the Member’s invoices in full within 56 calendar days after receiving each invoice and shall apply to the Employer (in the Statements under the Contract) for reimbursement of one-half of the amounts of these invoices. The Employer shall then pay the Contractor in accordance with the Contract.

If the Contractor fails to pay to the Member the amount to which he/she is entitled under the Dispute Board Agreement, the Employer shall pay the amount due to the Member and any other amount which may be required to maintain the operation of the DB; and without prejudice to the Employer’s rights or remedies. In addition to all other rights arising from this default, the Employer shall be entitled to reimbursement of all sums paid in excess of one-half of these payments, plus all costs of recovering these sums and financing charges calculated at the rate specified in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 12.3.

If the Member does not receive payment of the amount due within 70 days after submitting a valid invoice, the Member may (i) suspend his/her services (without notice) until the payment is received, and/or (ii) resign his/her appointment by giving notice under Clause 7.

7.       Termination

At any time: (i) the Employer and the Contractor may jointly terminate the Dispute Board Agreement by giving 42 days’ notice to the Member; or (ii) the Member may resign as provided for in Clause 2.

If the Member fails to comply with the Dispute Board Agreement, the Employer and the Contractor may, without prejudice to their other rights, terminate it by notice to the Member. The notice shall take effect when received by the Member.

If the Employer or the Contractor fails to comply with the Dispute Board Agreement, the Member may, without prejudice to his other rights, terminate it by notice to the Employer and the Contractor. The notice shall take effect when received by them both.

Any such notice, resignation and termination shall be final and binding on the Employer, the Contractor and the Member. However, a notice by the Employer or the Contractor, but not by both, shall be of no effect.

8.       Default of the Member

If the Member fails to comply with any of his obligations under Clause 4 concerning his impartiality or independence in relation to the Employer or the Contractor, he/she shall not be entitled to any fees or expenses hereunder and shall, without prejudice to their other rights, reimburse each of the Employer and the Contractor for any fees and expenses received by the Member and the Other Members (if any), for proceedings or decisions (if any) of the DB which are rendered void or ineffective by the said failure to comply.

9.       Disputes

Any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with this Dispute Board Agreement, or the breach, termination or invalidity thereof, shall be finally settled by institutional arbitration. If no other arbitration institute is agreed, the arbitration shall be conducted under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with these Rules of Arbitration.

 

Appendix A

DISPUTE BOARD GUIDELINES

1.         Unless otherwise agreed by the Employer and the Contractor, the DB shall visit the site at intervals of not more than 140 days, including times of critical construction events, at the request of either the Employer or the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed by the Employer, the Contractor and the DB, the period between consecutive visits shall not be less than 70 days, except as required to convene a hearing as described below.

2.         The timing of and agenda for each site visit shall be as agreed jointly by the DB, the Employer and the Contractor, or in the absence of agreement, shall be decided by the DB. The purpose of site visits is to enable the DB to become and remain acquainted with the progress of the execution of the Contract and of any actual or potential problems or claims, and, as far as reasonable, to prevent potential problems or claims from becoming disputes.

3.         Site visits shall be attended by the Employer, the Contractor and the Project Manager and shall be coordinated by the Employer in co-operation with the Contractor. The Employer shall ensure the provision of appropriate conference facilities and secretarial and copying services. At the conclusion of each site visit and before leaving the site, the DB shall prepare a report on its activities during the visit and shall send copies to the Employer and the Contractor.

4.         The Employer and the Contractor shall furnish to the DB one copy of all documents which the DB may request, including Contract documents, progress reports, variation instructions, certificates and other documents pertinent to the performance of the Contract. All communications between the DB and the Employer or the Contractor shall be copied to the other Party. If the DB comprises three persons, the Employer and the Contractor shall send copies of these requested documents and these communications to each of these persons.

5.         If any dispute is referred to the DB in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3, the DB shall proceed in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3 and these Guidelines. Subject to the time allowed to give notice of a decision and other relevant factors, the DB shall:

(a)        act fairly and impartially as between the Employer and the Contractor, giving each of them a reasonable opportunity of putting his case and responding to the other’s case, and

(b)       adopt procedures suitable to the dispute, avoiding unnecessary delay or expense.

6.         The DB may conduct a hearing on the dispute, in which event it will decide on the date and place for the hearing and may request that written documentation and arguments from the Employer and the Contractor be presented to it prior to or at the hearing.

7.          Except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Employer and the Contractor, the DB shall have power to adopt an inquisitorial procedure, to refuse admission to hearings or audience at hearings to any persons other than representatives of the Employer, the Contractor and the Project Manager, and to proceed in the absence of any Party who the DB is satisfied received notice of the hearing; but shall have discretion to decide whether and to what extent this power may be exercised.

8.         The Employer and the Contractor empower the DB, among other things, to:

(a)        establish the procedure to be applied in deciding a dispute,

(b)       decide upon the DB’s own jurisdiction, and as to the scope of any dispute referred to it,

(c)        conduct any hearing as it thinks fit, not being bound by any rules or procedures other than those contained in the Contract and these Guidelines,

(d)       take the initiative in ascertaining the facts and matters required for a decision,

(e)       make use of its own specialist knowledge, if any,

(f)        decide upon the payment of financing charges in accordance with the Contract,

(g)       decide upon any provisional relief such as interim or conservatory measures,

(h)       open up, review and revise any certificate, decision, determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Project Manager, relevant to the dispute, and

(i)        appoint, should the DB so consider necessary and the Parties agree, a suitable expert/s  (including legal and technical expert(s)) at the cost of the Parties to give advice on a specific matter/s relevant to the dispute.

9.         The DB shall not express any opinions during any hearing concerning the merits of any arguments advanced by the Parties. Thereafter, the DB shall make and give its decision in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3, or as otherwise agreed by the Employer and the Contractor in writing. If the DB comprises three persons:

(a)        it shall convene in private after a hearing, in order to have discussions and prepare its decision;

(b)       it shall endeavor to reach a unanimous decision: if this proves impossible the applicable decision shall be made by a majority of the Members, who may require the minority Member to prepare a written report for submission to the Employer and the Contractor; and

(c)         if a Member fails to attend a meeting or hearing, or to fulfil any required function, the other two Members may nevertheless proceed to make a decision, unless:

(i)        either the Employer or the Contractor does not agree that they do so, or

(ii)       the absent Member is the chairman and he/she instructs the other Members to not make a decision.

 

 

APPENDIX B

 

Fraud and Corruption

(Text in this Appendix shall not be modified)

  1. Purpose
    1. The Bank’s Anti-Corruption Guidelines and this annex apply with respect to procurement under Bank Investment Project Financing operations.
  2. Requirements
  1. The Bank requires that Borrowers (including beneficiaries of Bank financing); bidders (applicants/proposers), consultants, contractors and suppliers; any sub-contractors, sub-consultants, service providers or suppliers; any agents (whether declared or not); and any of their personnel, observe the highest standard of ethics during the procurement process, selection and contract execution of Bank-financed contracts, and refrain from Fraud and Corruption.
  2. To this end, the Bank:
  1. Defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth below as follows:
  1. “corrupt practice” is the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting, directly or indirectly, of anything of value to influence improperly the actions of another party;
  2. “fraudulent practice” is any act or omission, including misrepresentation, that knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain financial or other benefit or to avoid an obligation;
  3. “collusive practice” is an arrangement between two or more parties designed to achieve an improper purpose, including to influence improperly the actions of another party;
  4. “coercive practice” is impairing or harming, or threatening to impair or harm, directly or indirectly, any party or the property of the party to influence improperly the actions of a party;
  5. “obstructive practice” is:
  1. deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering, or concealing of evidence material to the investigation or making false statements to investigators in order to materially impede a Bank investigation into allegations of a corrupt, fraudulent, coercive, or collusive practice; and/or threatening, harassing, or intimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the investigation; or
  2. acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the Bank’s inspection and audit rights provided for under paragraph 2.2 e. below.
  1. Rejects a proposal for award if the Bank determines that the firm or individual recommended for award, any of its personnel, or its agents, or its sub-consultants, sub-contractors, service providers, suppliers and/ or their employees, has, directly or indirectly, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices in competing for the contract in question;
  2. In addition to the legal remedies set out in the relevant Legal Agreement, may take other appropriate actions, including declaring misprocurement, if the Bank determines at any time that representatives of the Borrower or of a recipient of any part of the proceeds of the loan engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices during the procurement process, selection and/or execution of the contract in question, without the Borrower having taken timely and appropriate action satisfactory to the Bank to address such practices when they occur, including by failing to inform the Bank in a timely manner at the time  they knew of the practices;
  3. Pursuant to the Bank’s Anti- Corruption Guidelines and in accordance with the Bank’s prevailing sanctions policies and procedures, may sanction a firm or individual, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, including by publicly declaring such firm or individual ineligible (i) to be awarded or otherwise benefit from a Bank-financed contract, financially or in any other manner;[15] (ii) to be a nominated[16] sub-contractor, consultant, manufacturer or supplier, or service provider of an otherwise eligible firm being awarded a Bank-financed contract; and (iii) to receive the proceeds of any loan made by the Bank or otherwise to participate further in the preparation or implementation of any Bank-financed project;
  4. Requires that a clause be included in bidding/request for proposals documents and in contracts financed by a Bank loan, requiring (i) bidders (applicants/proposers), consultants, contractors, and suppliers, and their sub-contractors, sub-consultants, service providers, suppliers, agents, personnel, permit the Bank to inspect[17] all accounts, records and other documents relating to the procurement process, selection and/or contract execution, and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Bank.

 

 

APPENDIX C

Metrics for Progress Reports- Environmental and Social (ES)

Metrics for regular reporting:

          1. environmental incidents or non-compliances with contract requirements, including contamination, pollution or damage to ground or water supplies;
          2. health and safety incidents, accidents, injuries that require treatment and all fatalities;
          3. interactions with regulators:  identify agency, dates, subjects, outcomes (report the negative if none);
          4. status of all permits and agreements:
  2. work permits: number required, number received, actions taken for those not received;
  3. status of permits and consents:
  1. safety officer: number days worked, number of full inspections & partial inspections, reports to construction/project management;
  2. number of workers, work hours, metric of PPE use (percentage of workers with full personal protection equipment (PPE), partial, etc.), worker violations observed (by type of violation, PPE or otherwise), warnings given, repeat warnings given, follow-up actions taken (if any);
          1. worker accommodations:
  1. number of expats housed in accommodations, number of locals;
  2. date of last inspection, and highlights of inspection including status of accommodations’ compliance with national and local law and good practice, including sanitation, space, etc.;
  3. actions taken to recommend/require improved conditions, or to improve conditions.
          1. Health services: provider of health services, information and/or training, location of clinic, number of non-safety disease or illness treatments and diagnoses (no names to be provided);
          2. gender (for expats and locals separately): number of female workers, percentage of workforce, gender issues raised and dealt with (cross-reference grievances or other sections as needed);
          3. training:
  1. number of new workers, number receiving induction training, dates of induction training;
  2. number and dates of toolbox talks, number of workers receiving Occupational Health and Safety (OHS), environmental and social training;
  3. number and dates of communicable diseases (including STDs) sensitization and/or training, no. workers receiving training (in the reporting period and in the past); same questions for gender sensitization, flag person training.
  4. number and date of SEA prevention and SH sensitization and/or training events, including number of workers receiving training on Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (in the reporting period and in the past), etc.
          1. environmental and social supervision:
  1. environmental: days worked, areas inspected and numbers of inspections of each (road section, work camp, accommodations, quarries, borrow areas, spoil areas, swamps, forest crossings, etc.), highlights of activities/findings (including violations of environmental and/or social best practices, actions taken), reports to environmental and/or social specialist/construction/site management;
  2. social: days worked, number of partial and full site inspections (by area: road section, work camp, accommodations, quarries, borrow areas, spoil areas, clinic, HIV/AIDS center, community centers, etc.), highlights of activities (including violations of environmental and/or social requirements observed, actions taken), reports to environmental and/or social specialist/construction/site management; and
  3. community liaison person(s): days worked (hours community center open), number of people met, highlights of activities (issues raised, etc.), reports to environmental and/or social specialist /construction/site management.
          1. Grievances: list new grievances (e.g., number of allegations of SEA and SH) received in the reporting period and number of unresolved past grievances by date received, complainant’s age and sex, how received, to whom referred to for action, resolution and date (if completed), data resolution reported to complainant, any required follow-up (Cross-reference other sections as needed):
  1. Worker grievances;
  2. Community grievances
          1. Traffic, road safety and vehicles/equipment:
  1. traffic and road safety incidents and accidents involving project vehicles & equipment: provide date, location, damage, cause, follow-up;
  2. traffic and road safety incidents and accidents involving non-project vehicles or property (also reported under immediate metrics): provide date, location, damage, cause, follow-up;
  3. overall condition of vehicles/equipment (subjective judgment by environmentalist); non-routine repairs and maintenance needed to improve safety and/or environmental performance (to control smoke, etc.).
          1. Environmental mitigations and issues (what has been done):
  1. erosion control: controls implemented by location, status of water crossings, environmentalist inspections and results, actions taken to resolve issues, emergency repairs needed to control erosion/sedimentation;
  2. spill clean-ups, if any:  material spilled, location, amount, actions taken, material disposal (report all spills that result in water or soil contamination;
  3. waste management: types and quantities generated and managed, including amount taken offsite (and by whom) or reused/recycled/disposed on-site;
  4. details of tree plantings and other mitigations required undertaken in the reporting period;
          1. compliance:
  1. compliance status for conditions of all relevant consents/permits, for the Work, etc.): statement of compliance or listing of issues and actions taken (or to be taken) to reach compliance;
  2. compliance status of C-ESMP/ESIP requirements: statement of compliance or listing of issues and actions taken (or to be taken) to reach compliance
  3. compliance status of SEA and SH prevention and response action plan: statement of compliance or listing of issues and actions taken (or to be taken) to reach compliance
  4. compliance status of Health and Safety Management Plan re: statement of compliance or listing of issues and actions taken (or to be taken) to reach compliance
  5. other unresolved issues from previous reporting periods related to environmental and social: continued violations, continued failure of equipment, continued lack of vehicle covers, spills not dealt with, continued compensation or blasting issues, etc.  Cross-reference other sections as needed.

 

 

 

APPENDIX D

Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual Harassment (SH) Performance Declaration for Subcontractors

 

[The following table shall be filled in by each subcontractor proposed by the Contractor, that was not named in the Contract]

Subcontractor’s Name: [insert full name]
Date: [insert day, month, year]
Contract reference [insert contract reference]
Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages
 

SEA and/or SH Declaration

 

We:

¨  (a) have not been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations.

¨  (b) are subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations.

¨  (c) had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. An arbitral award on the disqualification case has been made in our favor.

 

[If (c) above is applicable, attach evidence of an arbitral award reversing the findings on the issues underlying the disqualification.]

 

Name of the Subcontractor                                                         

Name of the person duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Subcontractor _______

Title of the person signing on behalf of the Subcontractor                                                                                               ______________________

Signature of the person named above                                                                                               ______________________

Date signed ________________________________ day of ___________________, _____

Countersignature of authorized representative of the Contractor:

Signature: ________________________________________________________

Date signed ________________________________ day of ___________________, _____

 

Section IX - Particular Conditions of Contract

 

The following Particular Conditions of Contract shall supplement the General Conditions of Contract in Section VIII. Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the General Conditions.

 

 

Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC)

The following Particular Conditions (PCC) shall supplement the General Conditions (GCC).  Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the GCC.  The clause number of the PCC is the corresponding clause number of the GCC.

PCC 1. Definitions

The Employer is:  Eswatini Electricity Company

The Project Manager is: Mr. Senzo Shongwe

The Bank is: World Bank

Country of Origin: all countries and territories as indicated in Section V of the bidding document, Eligible Countries.

PCC 5. Law and Language

PCC 5.1      The Contract shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of: Kingdom of Eswatini

PCC 5.2      The ruling language is: English

PCC 5.3      The language for communications is: English

PCC 7. Scope of Facilities [Spare Parts] (GCC Clause 7)

PCC 7.3      The Contractor agrees to supply spare parts for a period of years: five (5) years

Addition to PCC 7.3

The Contractor shall carry sufficient inventories to ensure an ex-stock supply of consumable spares for the Plant. Other spare parts and components shall be supplied as promptly as possible, but at the most within six (6) months of placing the order and opening the letter of credit.  In addition, in the event of termination of the production of spare parts, advance notification will be made to the Employer of the pending termination, with sufficient time to permit the Employer to procure the needed requirement.  Following such termination, the Contractor will furnish to the extent possible and at no cost to the Employer the blueprints, drawings and specifications of the spare parts, if requested.

PCC 8. Time for Commencement and Completion

PCC 8.1      The Contractor shall commence work on the Facilities within 15 (fifteen) calendar days from the Effective Date for determining Time for Completion as specified in the Contract Agreement.

PCC 8.2      The Time for Completion of the whole of the Facilities shall be Six (6) months from the Effective Date as described in the Contract Agreement.

PCC 9. Contractor’s Responsibilities

PCC 9.8      The following sustainable procurement contractual provisions apply:

  • The 11kV auto recloser must utilize vacuum interruption and be insulated with solid dielectrics.
  • The use of SF (Sulfur Hexafluoride) gas or insulating oils is strictly prohibited to minimize global warming potential and eliminate hazardous leaks.
  • The recloser manufacturing process shall be comply with the standard ISO 9001, Quality Management System.
  • The Recloser packaging material shall be recyclable.
  • The recloser shall be almost maintenance free throughout its life expectancy.

PCC 11. Contract Price

PCC 11.2    The Contract Price shall be a firm lump sum.

PCC 12. Terms of Payment

PCC 12.5   An amount equivalent to 2% of the Contract price.

PCC 13. Securities

PCC 13.3.1 The amount of Performance Security, as a percentage of the Contract Price for the Facility or for the part of the Facility for which a separate Time for Completion is provided, shall be: Ten (10%) of the Total Contract Price.

PCC 13.3.2 The Performance Security shall be in the form of the Bank Guarantee attached hereto in Section X, Contract Forms.

The Performance Security shall be issued by any registered "A" class commercial Bank in Kingdom of Eswatini, or a Foreign Bank. If Performance Security will be issued by a Foreign Bank, it shall be counter guaranteed by any registered "A" class commercial Bank in Kingdom of Eswatini. The performance security as required by the clause 13.3.1 above shall be valid for period covering entire contract execution period and any extension thereof plus defect liability period plus three months.

PCC 13.3.3 The Performance Security shall not be reduced on the date of the Operational Acceptance.

PCC 13.3.3 The Performance Security shall be reduced to ten percent (10%) of the value of the component covered by the extended defect liability to cover the Contractor’s extended defect liability in accordance with the provision in the PCC, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10. 

PCC 15. License/Use of Technical Information

PCC 15.2 Add the following as second paragraph:

The Employer shall have the right to reproduce any or all drawings, documents and other materials furnished to the Employer for the purpose of the Contract and in addition, if required, for operation and maintenance.

PCC 18. Progress Report

PCC 18.3   Progress reports shall include status of compliance to cyber security risks management, and any foreseeable cyber security risk and mitigation.

Potential and occurred cyber security incidents are to be immediately reported

PCC 21. Procurement

PCC 21.3.2 Add the following to the clause:

The Employer shall in no way be responsible for the condition of road and access.

PCC 22 Installation

PCC22.2.5 Working Hours

Normal working hours are: 0800hrs to 1700hrs (Monday to Friday)

PCC 22.2.8 Funeral Arrangements: as specified in the GCC.

PCC 23. Tests and Inspection

PCC 23.2 Supplement GCC 23.2 with the following:

For tests / inspections and training, the Contractor will arrange and pay for the visa fee, accommodation in the international and local travel of two (02) representatives of the employer i.e. - air tickets; local transport; accommodation.

PCC 23.3 Supplement GCC 23.3 with the following:

The Contractor shall furnish the Project Manager with the details of the program of the tests and/or inspection and of the place and time thereof at least two (2) weeks in advance in case of domestic supplies & six (6) weeks in advance in case of foreign supplies.

PCC 23.4 Supplement GCC 23.3 with the following:

The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results of any such test and/or inspection within fifteen (15) days after completion of tests.

PCC 23.6 Add the following at the end of GCC 23.6:

All costs incurred by the Employer including all travelling and board and lodging expenses by the repetition of the tests or false call for tests shall be borne by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 23.2. Any delay in delivery due to retest or false call shall not constitute a release of the Contractor from his responsibilities for delay.

PCC 25. Commissioning and Operational Acceptance

PCC 25.2.2 The Guarantee Test of the Facilities shall be successfully completed within one (1) month from the date of Completion.

PCC 25.3.1(e) Add the following new sub-clause:

Three (3) sets of as built drawings, operating and maintenance manuals and USB drives etc.

PCC 26. Completion Time Guarantee

PCC 26.2

Applicable rate for liquidated damages: 1% per week

The above rate applies to the price of the part of the Facilities, as quoted in the Price Schedule, for that part for which the Contractor fails to achieve Completion within the particular Time for Completion. 

Maximum deduction for liquidated damages: 10% of the Contract Price

PCC 26.3    Applicable (amount or rate) for the bonus for early Completion:

Maximum bonus: N/A

PCC 26.3    No bonus will be given for earlier Completion of the Facilities or part thereof.

PCC 27. Defect Liability

PCC 27.10  The critical components covered under the extended defect liability are None.

PCC 30. Limitation of Liability

PCC 30.1 (b) The multiplier of the Contract Price is: one (1)

PCC 39. Value Engineering

PCC 39.1.2 If the value engineering proposal is approved by the Employer the amount to be paid to the Contractor shall be 50 % of the reduction in the Contract Price

PCC 39.2.1

(f) A “Change Proposal,” which shall include the following:

  • Effect on the Resource mobilization schedule
  • Effect on Risk Register
  • Effect on the payment schedule.

The Contractor shall implement and maintain appropriate administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to protect the Telecoms network, SCADA system, associated networks, software, hardware, and operational technology assets from unauthorized access, misuse, alteration, disruption, destruction, or disclosure.

PCC46. Disputes and Arbitration

PCC 46.1    The DB shall be appointed within 30 days after a dispute has been declared by either party of the Contract Agreement PCC 46.1

The DB shall be: comprised of one (1) person, who is fluent in the English language and shall be a professional experienced in the type of activities involved in the performance of the Contract and with the interpretation of contractual documents. The potential member is an independent and neutral with no interest in the Contract.

 

PCC 46.1 List of potential DB members:

List of arbitrators of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa) (to be defined at contract signing).

Proposed by Contractor [Attach CVs to the Contract]

List of arbitrators of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa) (to be defined at contract signing).

 

PCC 46.2 Appointment (if not agreed) to be made by: Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa)

PCC 46.5    Procedure to settle disputes in respect of which DB’s decision (if any) has not become final and binding shall be finally settled by arbitration:

Rules of arbitration

GCC Sub-Clause 46.5(a): For a Foreign Contractor, the dispute shall be finally settled under the Rules of the Rules of the Conduct of Arbitrations (5th Edition 2005) of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa); by one or three arbitrators appointed in accordance with these Rules. The place of arbitration shall be the neutral location agreed by both parties.

 

GCC Sub-Clause 46.5 (b): For a local Contractor, the dispute shall be finally settled under the Rules of the Rules of the Conduct of Arbitrations (5th Edition 2005) of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa) within the context of the Law of Eswatini; by one or three arbitrators appointed in accordance with these Rules. The place of arbitration shall be in Eswatini.

PCC 47.

PCC 47.1- The Contractor shall comply with the following Cyber security requirements:

1. Comply with IEC 62443 (Industrial Automation and Control Systems cybersecurity).

2. Support IEC 62351 security measures for power system communications, including secure DNP3 communications where applicable.

3. Meet the cybersecurity capability requirements of IEEE 1686 for Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs).

 

Section X - Contract Forms

Table of Forms

Notification of Intention to Award. 298

Letter of Acceptance. 305

Contract Agreement 306

Appendix 1.  Terms and Procedures of Payment 310

Appendix 2.  Price Adjustment 313

Appendix 3.  Insurance Requirements. 315

Appendix 4.  Time Schedule. 318

Appendix 5.  List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors. 319

Appendix 6.  Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer 320

Appendix 7.  List of Documents for Approval or Review.. 321

Appendix 8.  Functional Guarantees. 322

Performance Security Form– Bank Guarantee. 324

Performance Security Form- Conditional Bank Guarantee. 327

Advance Payment Security. 329

 

Notification of Intention to Award

 

[This Notification of Intention to Award shall be sent to each Bidder that submitted a Bid, unless the Bidder has previously received notice of exclusion from the process at an interim stage of the procurement process]

[Send this Notification to the Bidder’s Authorized Representative named in the Bidder Information Form]

For the attention of Bidder’s Authorized Representative

Name: [insert Authorized Representative’s name]

Address: [insert Authorized Representative’s Address]

Telephone/Fax numbers: [insert Authorized Representative’s telephone/fax numbers]

Email Address: [insert Authorized Representative’s email address]

[IMPORTANT: insert the date that this Notification is transmitted to all participating Bidders. The Notification must be sent to all Bidders simultaneously. This means on the same date and as close to the same time as possible.] 

DATE OF TRANSMISSION: This Notification is sent by: [email/fax] on [date] (local time)

Notification of Intention to Award

Employer: [insert the name of the Employer]

Project: [insert name of project]

Contract title: [insert the name of the contract]

Country: [insert country where RFB is issued]

Loan No. /Credit No. / Grant No.: [insert reference number for loan/credit/grant]

RFB No: [insert RFB reference number from Procurement Plan]

This Notification of Intention to Award (Notification) notifies you of our decision to award the above contract. The transmission of this Notification begins the Standstill Period. During the Standstill Period, you may:

  1. request a debriefing in relation to the evaluation of your Bid, and/or
  2. submit a Procurement-related Complaint in relation to the decision to award the contract.
  1. The successful Bidder

Name:

[insert name of successful Bidder]

Address:

[insert address of the successful Bidder]

Contract price:

[insert contract price of the successful Bid]

Total combined score:

[insert the total combined score of the successful Bidder]

  1. Other Bidders [INSTRUCTIONS: insert names of all Bidders that submitted a Bid, Bid prices as read out and evaluated, technical scores and  combined scores.]

Name of Bidder

Technical Score

Bid Price

Evaluated Bid Cost

Combined Score

[insert name]

[insert Technical score]

[insert Bid price]

[insert evaluated cost]

[insert combined score]

[insert name]

[insert Technical score]

[insert Bid price]

[insert evaluated cost]

[insert combined score]

[insert name]

[insert Technical score]

[insert Bid price]

[insert evaluated cost]

[insert combined score]

[insert name]

[insert Technical score]

[insert Bid price]

[insert evaluated cost]

[insert combined score]

[insert name]

[insert Technical score]

[insert Bid price]

[insert evaluated cost]

[insert combined score]

  1. Reason/s why your Bid was unsuccessful[Delete if the combined score already reveals the reason]

[INSTRUCTIONS: State the reason/s why this Bidder’s Bid was unsuccessful. Do NOT include: (a) a point by point comparison with another Bidder’s Bid or (b) information that is marked confidential by the Bidder in its Bid.]

  1. How to request a debriefing

DEADLINE: The deadline to request a debriefing expires at midnight on [insert date] (local time).

You may request a debriefing in relation to the results of the evaluation of your Bid. If you decide to request a debriefing, your written request must be made within three (3) Business Days of receipt of this Notification of Intention to Award.

Provide the contract name, reference number, name of the Bidder, contact details; and address the request for debriefing as follows:

Attention: [insert full name of person, if applicable]

Title/position: [insert title/position]

Agency: [insert name of Employer]

Email address: [insert email address]

Fax number: [insert fax number] delete if not used

If your request for a debriefing is received within the 3 Business Days deadline, we will provide the debriefing within five (5) Business Days of receipt of your request. If we are unable to provide the debriefing within this period, the Standstill Period shall be extended by five (5) Business Days after the date that the debriefing is provided. If this happens, we will notify you and confirm the date that the extended Standstill Period will end.

The debriefing may be in writing, by phone, video conference call or in person. We shall promptly advise you in writing how the debriefing will take place and confirm the date and time.

If the deadline to request a debriefing has expired, you may still request a debriefing. In this case, we will provide the debriefing as soon as practicable, and normally no later than fifteen (15) Business Days from the date of publication of the Contract Award Notice.

  1. How to make a complaint

DEADLINE::  The deadline for submitting a Procurement-related Complaint challenging the decision to award the contract expires on midnight, [insert date] (local time).

Provide the contract name, reference number, name of the Bidder, contact details; and address the Procurement-related Complaint as follows:

Attention: [insert full name of person, if applicable]

Title/position: [insert title/position]

Agency: [insert name of Employer]

Email address: [insert email address]

Fax number: [insert fax number] delete if not used

At this point in the procurement process, you may submit a Procurement-related Complaint challenging the decision to award the contract. You do not need to have requested, or received, a debriefing before making this complaint. Your complaint must be submitted within the Standstill Period and received by us before the Standstill Period ends.

Further information:

For more information see the Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (Procurement Regulations) (Annex III). You should read these provisions before preparing and submitting your complaint. In addition, the World Bank’s Guidance “How to make a Procurement-related Complaint” provides a useful explanation of the process, as well as a sample letter of complaint.

In summary, there are four essential requirements:

  1. You must be an ‘interested party’. In this case, that means a Bidder who submitted a Bid in this procurement and is the recipient of a Notification of Intention to Award.
  2. The complaint can only challenge the decision to award the contract.
  3. You must submit the complaint within the deadline stated above.
  4. You must include, in your complaint, all of the information required by the Procurement Regulations (as described in Annex III).
  1. Standstill Period

DEADLINE: The Standstill Period is due to end at midnight on [insert date] (local time).

The Standstill Period lasts ten (10) Business Days after the date of transmission of this Notification of Intention to Award.

The Standstill Period may be extended. This may happen where we are unable to provide a debriefing within the five (5) Business Day deadline. If this happens we will notify you of the extension

If you have any questions regarding this Notification please do not hesitate to contact us.

On behalf of the Employer:

Signature:        ______________________________________________

Name:               ______________________________________________

Title/position: ______________________________________________

Telephone:       ______________________________________________

Email:              ______________________________________________

 

 

 

 

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE FORM

 

This Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form (“Form”) is to be completed by the successful Bidder.  In case of joint venture, the Bidder must submit a separate Form for each member.  The beneficial ownership information to be submitted in this Form shall be current as of the date of its submission.

 

For the purposes of this Form, a Beneficial Owner of a Bidder is any natural person who ultimately owns or controls the Bidder by meeting one or more of the following conditions:

  • directly or indirectly holding 25% or more of the shares
  • directly or indirectly holding 25% or more of the voting rights
  • directly or indirectly having the right to appoint a majority of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Bidder


Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form

 

 

RFB No.: [insert number of RFB process]

Request for Bid No.: [insert identification]

 

To: [insert complete name of Employer]

 

In response to your request in the Letter of Acceptance dated [insert date of letter of Acceptance] to furnish additional information on beneficial ownership: [select one option as applicable and delete the options that are not applicable]

 

(i) we hereby provide the following beneficial ownership information. 

 

Details of beneficial ownership

Identity of Beneficial Owner

 

Directly or indirectly holding 25% or more of the shares

(Yes / No)

 

Directly or indirectly holding 25 % or more of the Voting Rights

(Yes / No)

 

Directly or indirectly having the right to appoint a majority of the board of the directors or an equivalent governing body of the Bidder

(Yes / No)

[include full name (last, middle, first), nationality, country of residence]

 

 

 

 

OR

 

(ii) We declare that there is no Beneficial Owner meeting one or more of the following conditions:

 

OR

 

(iii) We declare that we are unable to identify any Beneficial Owner meeting one or more of the following conditions. [If this option is selected, the Bidder shall provide explanation on why it is unable to identify any Beneficial Owner]

 

Name of the Bidder: *[insert complete name of the Bidder]_________

 

Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder: **[insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]___________

 

Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]______

 

Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above]_____

 

Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]_____

 

 

 

 

* In the case of the Bid submitted by a Joint Venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder. In the event that the Bidder is a joint venture, each reference to “Bidder” in the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form (including this Introduction thereto) shall be read to refer to the joint venture member.

** Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder. The power of attorney shall be attached with the Bid Schedules.

 

 

 

 

Letter of Acceptance

______________________

To:  ____________________________

 

This is to notify you that your Bid dated ____________ for execution of the _________________ for the Contract Price in the aggregate of _____________________ ________________, as corrected and modified in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders is hereby accepted by our Agency.

 

You are requested to furnish (i) the Performance Security within 28 days in accordance with the Conditions of Contract, using for that purpose one of the Performance Security Forms and (ii) the additional information on beneficial ownership in accordance with ITB 46.1, within eight (8) Business days using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form, included in Section X, - Contract Forms, of the bidding document.

 

 

 

Authorized Signature:                                                                                                                                            

Name and Title of Signatory:                                                                                                                                            

Name of Agency:                                                                                                                                            

 

Attachment:  Contract Agreement

 

 

Contract Agreement

THIS AGREEMENT is made the ________ day of ________________________, _____,

BETWEEN

 

(1)Eswatini Electricity Company a corporation incorporated under the laws of the kingdom of Eswatini and having its principal place of business at Eluvatsini house, Mhlambanyatsi Road Mbabane, Eswatini  (hereinafter called “the Employer”), and (2) ______________________, a corporation incorporated under the laws of ________________________ and having its principal place of business at ________________________ (hereinafter called “the Contractor”).

 

WHEREAS the Employer desires to engage the Contractor to design, manufacture, test, deliver, install, complete and commission certain Facilities, viz. Design Supply and Installation of 11kV auto reclosers under the Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation (ASCENT) Project (“the Facilities”), and the Contractor has agreed to such engagement upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter appearing.

 

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

Article 1.  Contract Documents

1.1    Contract Documents (Reference GCC Clause 2)

The following documents shall constitute the Contract between the Employer and the Contractor, and each shall be read and construed as an integral part of the Contract:

(a)    This Contract Agreement and the Appendices hereto

(b)    Letter of Bid and Price Schedules submitted by the Contractor

(c)    Particular Conditions

(d)    General Conditions

(e)    Specification

(f)     Drawings

(g)    Other completed Bidding forms submitted with the Bid

(h)    Any other documents forming part of the Employer’s Requirements

(i)    Any other documents forming part of the contract, including, but not limited to:

      1. the ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans; and
      2. Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES).
      3. The SEA/SH prevention and Response Plan
      4. Project ESMF
      5. Project Labour Management

1.2    Order of Precedence (Reference GCC Clause 2)

In the event of any ambiguity or conflict between the Contract Documents listed above, the order of precedence shall be the order in which the Contract Documents are listed in Article 1.1 (Contract Documents) above.

1.3    Definitions (Reference GCC Clause 1)

Capitalized words and phrases used herein shall have the same meanings as are ascribed to them in the General Conditions.

Article 2.  Contract Price and Terms of Payment

2.1    Contract Price (Reference GCC Clause 11)

The Employer hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor the Contract Price in consideration of the performance by the Contractor of its obligations hereunder.  The Contract Price shall be the aggregate of:  __________________, _______________ as specified in Price Schedule No. 5 (Grand Summary), and_______________, _________________, or such other sums as may be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract.

2.2    Terms of Payment (Reference GCC Clause 12)

The terms and procedures of payment according to which the Employer will reimburse the Contractor are given in the Appendix (Terms and Procedures of Payment) hereto.

The Employer will not instruct its bank to issue an irrevocable confirmed documentary credit made available to the Contractor in a bank in the country of the Contractor. The credit shall be for an amount of $0.00 and shall be subject to the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits 2007 Revision, ICC Publication No. 600.

In the event that the amount payable under Schedule No. 1 is adjusted in accordance with GCC 11.2 or with any of the other terms of the Contract, the Employer shall arrange for the documentary credit to be amended accordingly.

 

Article 3.  Effective Date

3.1    Effective Date (Reference GCC Clause 1)

The Effective Date from which the Time for Completion of the Facilities shall be counted is the date when all of the following conditions have been fulfilled:

(a)    This Contract Agreement has been duly executed for and on behalf of the Employer and the Contractor;

(b)    The Contractor has submitted to the Employer the Performance Security and the advance payment guarantee;

(c)    The Employer has paid the Contractor the advance payment;

(f) Individual Letters from key personnel confirming availability

Each party shall use its best efforts to fulfill the above conditions for which it is responsible as soon as practicable.

3.2    If the conditions listed under 3.1 are not fulfilled within two (2) months from the date of this Contract notification because of reasons not attributable to the Contractor, the Parties shall discuss and agree on an equitable adjustment to the Contract Price and the Time for Completion and/or other relevant conditions of the Contract.

Article 4.  Communications

4.1    The address of the Employer for notice purposes, pursuant to GCC 4.1 is: ______________________.

    1. The address of the Contractor for notice purposes, pursuant to GCC 4.1 is: ________________________.

Article 5.  Appendices

5.1    The Appendices listed in the attached List of Appendices shall be deemed to form an integral part of this Contract Agreement.

    1. Reference in the Contract to any Appendix shall mean the Appendices attached hereto, and the Contract shall be read and construed accordingly.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Employer and the Contractor have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives the day and year first above written.

 

Signed by, for and on behalf of the Employer

 

 

                                                                                                                       

[Signature]

 

                                                                                                                       

[Title]

 

in the presence of                                                                                           

 

 

Signed by, for and on behalf of the Contractor

 

 

                                                                                                                       

[Signature]

 

                                                                                                                       

[Title]

 

in the presence of                                                                                           

 

 

APPENDICES

 

Appendix 1     Terms and Procedures of Payment

Appendix 2     Price Adjustment

Appendix 3     Insurance Requirements

Appendix 4     Time Schedule

Appendix 5     List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors

Appendix 6     Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer

Appendix 7     List of Documents for Approval or Review

Appendix 8     Functional Guarantees

 

 

 

Appendix 1.  Terms and Procedures of Payment

In accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 12 (Terms of Payment), the Employer shall pay the Contractor in the following manner and at the following times, on the basis of the Price Breakdown given in the section on Price Schedules.  Payments will be made in the currencies quoted by the Bidder unless otherwise agreed between the Parties.  Applications for payment in respect of part deliveries may be made by the Contractor as work proceeds.

 

TERMS OF PAYMENT

 

Schedule No. 1.  Plant and Equipment Supplied from Abroad

In respect of plant and equipment supplied from abroad, the following payments shall be made:

Ten percent (10%) of the total CIP amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer.  The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of the plant and equipment delivered to the site, as evidenced by shipping and delivery documents.

Eighty percent (80%) of the total or pro rata CIP amount upon Incoterm “CIP”, upon delivery to the site within forty-five (45) days after receipt of documents.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata CIP amount upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata CIP amount upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Schedule No. 2.  Plant and Equipment Supplied from within the Employer’s Country

In respect of plant and equipment supplied from within the Employer’s Country, the following payments shall be made:

Ten percent (10%) of the total EXW amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer.  The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of the plant and equipment delivered to the site, as evidenced by shipping and delivery documents.

Eighty percent (80%) of the total or pro rata EXW amount upon Incoterm “Ex-Works,” upon delivery to the site within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice and documents.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata EXW amount upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata EXW amount upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Schedule No. 3.  Design Services

In respect of design services for both the foreign currency and the local currency portions, the following payments shall be made:

Ten percent (10%) of the total design services amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer. 

Ninety percent (90%) of the total or pro rata design services amount upon acceptance of design in accordance with GCC Clause 20 by the Project Manager within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Schedule No. 4.  Installation Services

In respect of installation services for both the foreign and local currency portions, the following payments shall be made:

Ten percent (10%) of the total installation services amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer.  The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of work performed by the Contractor as evidenced by the invoices for installation services.

Eighty percent (80%) of the measured value of work performed by the Contractor, as identified in the said Program of Performance, during the preceding month, as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s application, will be made monthly within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata value of installation services performed by the Contractor as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s monthly applications, upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata value of installation services performed by the Contractor as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s monthly applications, upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

In the event that the Employer fails to make any payment on its respective due date, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor interest on the amount of such delayed payment at the rate of for local currency/CMA (lending Rate at Central Bank of Eswatini plus 1%) ÷12 and “for USD, the (Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) plus 1%) ÷12  ; for Euro,( EURIBOR plus 1%) ÷12; per month for period of delay until payment has been made in full.

 

PAYMENT PROCEDURES

 

The procedures to be followed in applying for certification and making payments shall be as follows:

The Contractor should submit invoice outlining the pay items covering the pro rata value of Supply/Work Done along with the submission of the following documents to the Project Manager:

      1. For Supply:
  2. Three (3) copies of Contractor’s invoice certified by the Employer showing contract no., description of goods, quantity, unit price and total amount.
  3. Payment Authorization as per the specified format duly signed by the authorized official (s), designated by the Employer to operate the Line of Credit.
  4. Original and Six (6) copies of negotiable, clean, on-board bill of lading marked freight prepaid / Lorry Receipt and 6 copies of non-negotiable bill of lading / Lorry Receipt.
  5. Three (3) copies of Detailed Packing list identifying contents of each package.
  6. Insurance Policy/Certificate.
  7. Manufacturer’s / Supplier’s Warranty Certificate.
  8. Dispatch authorization issued by the employer with the factory inspection report.
  9. Certificate of origin.
      1. For Design Services and Installation Services:
  1. All Payments for the works in part or full shall be based upon measurements or otherwise as per the Contract. After excavation before filling the trench/holes, the Contractor shall take and record measurements in presence of the authorized representatives of the Employer.
  2. The Value of work executed shall be determined by the Employer. The Value of work executed shall comprise the value of the quantities of the items in the Price Bid.
  3. The Contractor seeking any payment shall submit to the Employer an Invoice with bills with the relevant approved measurement certificates and other requisite documents, duly signed by the site representatives of the Employer. The Employer will then verify the bills and approve for release of payment.

 

 

 

Appendix 2.  Price Adjustment (Not Applicable)

The prices are to remain firm and fixed for the duration of the Contract.

 

 

Appendix 3.  Insurance Requirements

Insurances to be Taken Out by the Contractor

In accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 34, the Contractor shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect, or cause to be taken out and maintained in effect, during the performance of the Contract, the insurances set forth below in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified.  The identity of the insurers and the form of the policies shall be subject to the approval of the Employer, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

(a)    Cargo Insurance

Covering loss or damage occurring, while in transit from the supplier’s or manufacturer’s works or stores until arrival at the Site, to the Facilities (including spare parts therefor) and to the construction equipment to be provided by the Contractor or its Subcontractors.

Amount

Deductible limits

Parties Insured

From

To

110% of the Contract Price

NIL

Employer, Contractor

Manufacturer’s   Works

Site

 

(b)    Installation All Risks Insurance

Covering physical loss or damage to the Facilities at the Site, occurring prior to completion of the Facilities, with an extended maintenance coverage for the Contractor’s liability in respect of any loss or damage occurring during the defect liability period while the Contractor is on the Site for the purpose of performing its obligations during the defect liability period.

 

Amount

Deductible limits

Parties Insured

From

To

110% of the Contract Price

NIL

Employer, Contractor, and Subcontractor  (if any)

Receipt of site

Up to Defect Liability Period

 

(c)    Third Party Liability Insurance

Covering bodily injury or death suffered by third parties (including the Employer’s personnel) and loss of or damage to property (including the Employer’s property and any parts of the Facilities that have been accepted by the Employer) occurring in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities.

Amount

Deductible limits

Parties Insured

From

To

USD 100,000 per person per occasion

NIL

Employer, Contractor, and Subcontractor  (if any)

Commencement of work

Up to Defect Liability Period

USD 10,000

NIL

Third party personnel

Commencement of work

Up to Defect Liability Period

USD 50,000

NIL

Employer’s Property

Commencement of work

Up to Defect Liability Period

 

 

(d)    Automobile Liability Insurance

Covering use of all vehicles used by the Contractor or its Subcontractors (whether or not owned by them) in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities.  Comprehensive insurance in accordance with statutory requirements.

 

(e)    Workers’ Compensation

In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Facilities or any part thereof is executed.

 

(f)     Employer’s Liability

In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Facilities or any part thereof is executed.

 

(g)    Other Insurances

The Contractor is also required to take out and maintain at its own cost the following insurances:

Amount

Deductible limits

Parties Insured

From

To

To be indicated by the Contractor

NIL

Contractor, and Subcontractor  (if any)

Receipt of site

Up to Defect Liability Period

 

 

The Employer shall be named as co-insured under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Third Party Liability, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances, and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Cargo, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances.  All insurer’s rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies.

 

Insurances To Be Taken Out By The Employer

 

The Employer shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect during the performance of the Contract the following insurances.

 

Details:

NIL

 

 

Appendix 4.  Time Schedule

4.1 Description of Facilities:

Name of Facilities

Completion Time required by the Employer from the Effective Date

Completion date guaranteed by the Bidder from the effective date

Design, Supply and installation of 11kV auto-reclosers

 

 

Six (6) Months

 

 

 

4.2 The activities under the Contractor’s program for Project Completion shall be in the form of a master network (MNW) and shall identify the various activities like design, engineering, manufacturing, supply, installation, factory testing, transportation to site, site testing and commissioning, trial operation and taking over etc. of the facilities or specific part thereof (where specific parts are specified in PCC). The network shall conform to the above Project Completion Schedule. This master network will be discussed and agreed before Kick-off meeting in line with the above. The detailed network(s) and project implementation plans & programs shall preferably be prepared in Primavera or in MS Project or in the latest Project Management tool as convenient to the Employer and shall form part of the contract.

4.3 The Employer reserves the right to request minor changes in the work schedule at the time of Award of Contract to the successful Bidder.

 

 

Appendix 5.  List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors

A list of major items of Plant and Installation Services is provided below.

 

The following Subcontractors and/or manufacturers are approved for carrying out the items of the Facilities indicated below.  Where more than one Subcontractor is listed, the Contractor is free to choose between them, but it must notify the Employer of its choice in good time prior to appointing any selected Subcontractor.  In accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 19.1, the Contractor is free to submit proposals for Subcontractors for additional items from time to time.  No Subcontracts shall be placed with any such Subcontractors for additional items until the Subcontractors have been approved in writing by the Employer and their names have been added to this list of Approved Subcontractors.

 

 

Major Items of Plant and Installation Services

Approved Subcontractors/Manufacturers

Nationality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix 6.  Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer

The following personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided/supplied by the Employer, and the provisions of GCC Clauses 10, 21 and 24 shall apply as appropriate. All personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided by the Employer in good time so as not to delay the performance of the Contractor, in accordance with the approved Time Schedule and Program of Performance pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 18.2.

Unless otherwise indicated, all personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided free of charge to the Contractor.

Personnel

Charge to Contractor (if any)

  • Operational staff for witnessing works, arranging outages and supervision during network outages.

None

Facilities

Charge to Contractor (if any)

None

None

Works

Charge to Contractor (if any)

  • Dismantling of existing 11 kV infrastructure at all 13 sites
  • Dismantling of existing 11 kV infrastructure at all 13 sites                                            

None

Supplies

Charge to Contractor (if any)

  • 4 D10/11 poles per site and corresponding steel cross arms
  • 13 x 16KVA 11/0.23kV transformers and corresponding MV surge arrestors, LV MCB in pole mounted box
  • Supply of Camo earthing conductor, clamps, spikes, lugs and conductive cement for all 13 sites

 

None

 

 

 

Appendix 7.  List of Documents for Approval or Review

 

Pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.1, the Contractor shall prepare, or cause its Subcontractor to prepare, and present to the Project Manager in accordance with the requirements of GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 (Program of Performance), the following documents for

 

A.     Approval

 

B.     Review

 

 

Appendix 8.  Functional Guarantees

1.      General

This Appendix sets out

(a)    the functional guarantees referred to in GCC Clause 28 (Functional Guarantees)

(b)    the preconditions to the validity of the functional guarantees, either in production and/or consumption, set forth below

(c)    the minimum level of the functional guarantees

(d)    the formula for calculation of liquidated damages for failure to attain the functional guarantees.

2.      Preconditions

The Contractor gives the functional guarantees (specified herein) for the facilities, subject to the following preconditions being fully satisfied:

____________________________________________________________________________________

3.      Functional Guarantees

Subject to compliance with the foregoing preconditions, the Contractor guarantees as follows:

3.1    Production Capacity

_____________________________________________________________________________

and/or

3.2    Raw Materials and Utilities Consumption

____________________________________________________________________________

4.      Failure in Guarantees and Liquidated Damages

4.1    Failure to Attain Guaranteed Production Capacity

If the production capacity of the facilities attained in the guarantee test, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.2, is less than the guaranteed figure specified in para. 3.1 above, but the actual production capacity attained in the guarantee test is not less than the minimum level specified in para. 4.3 below, and the Contractor elects to pay liquidated damages to the Employer in lieu of making changes, modifications and/or additions to the Facilities, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, then the Contractor shall pay liquidated damages at the rate of ___________________ for every complete one percent (1%) of the deficiency in the production capacity of the Facilities, or at a proportionately reduced rate for any deficiency, or part thereof, of less than a complete one percent (1%).

4.2    Raw Materials and Utilities Consumption in Excess of Guaranteed Level

__________________________________________________________________

If the actual measured figure of specified raw materials and utilities consumed per unit (or their average total cost of consumption) exceeds the guaranteed figure specified in para. 3.2 above (or their specified average total cost of consumption), but the actual consumption attained in the guarantee test, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.2, is not more than the maximum level specified in para. 4.3 below, and the Contractor elects to pay liquidated damages to the Employer in lieu of making changes, modifications and/or additions to the Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, then the Contractor shall pay liquidated damages at the rate of [amount in the contract currency] for every complete one percent (1%) of the excess consumption of the Facilities, or part thereof, of less than a complete one percent (1%).

4.3    Minimum Levels

Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, if as a result of the guarantee test(s), the following minimum levels of performance guarantees (and consumption guarantees) are not attained by the Contractor, the Contractor shall at its own cost make good any deficiencies until the Facilities reach any of such minimum performance levels, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 28.2:

(a)    production capacity of the Facilities attained in the guarantee test:  ninety-five percent (95%) of the guaranteed production capacity (the values offered by the Contractor in its Bid for functional guarantees represents 100%).

and/or

(b)    average total cost of consumption of all the raw materials and utilities of the Facilities:  one hundred and five percent (105%) of the guaranteed figures (the figures offered by the Contractor in its Bid for functional guarantees represents 100%).

4.4    Limitation of Liability

Subject to para. 4.3 above, the Contractor’s aggregate liability to pay liquidated damages for failure to attain the functional guarantees shall not exceed ______ percent ( ___ %) of the Contract price.

 

 

 

Performance Security Form– Bank Guarantee[18]

[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]

Beneficiary:   [insert name and Address of Employer]

 

Date:   _ [Insert date of issue]

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE No.: ____[Insert guarantee reference number]

Guarantor:  [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]

We have been informed that ____________________ (hereinafter called “the Applicant”) has entered into Contract No. ________________dated ____________ with the Beneficiary, for the execution of ____________________________ (hereinafter called “the Contract”).

 

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, a performance guarantee is required.

At the request of the Applicant, we as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of _________________(___)[19],such sum being payable in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or in a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating that the Applicant is in breach of its obligation(s) under the Contract, without the Beneficiary needing to prove or to show grounds for your demand or the sum specified therein.

This guarantee shall be reduced by half upon our receipt of:

 

(a)        a copy of the Operational Acceptance Certificate; or

(b)       a registered letter from the Applicant (i) attaching a copy of its notice requesting issuance of the Operational Acceptance Certificate and (ii) stating that the Project Manager has failed to issue such Certificate within the time required or provide in writing justifiable reasons why such Certificate has not been issued, so that Operational Acceptance is deemed to have occurred.

 

This guarantee shall expire no later than the earlier of:[20]

(a)        twelve months after our receipt of either (a) or (b) above; or

(b)       eighteen months after our receipt of:

(i)        a copy of the Completion Certificate; or

(ii)       a registered letter from the Applicant, attaching a copy of the notice to the Project Manager that the Facilities are ready for commissioning, and stating that fourteen days have elapsed from receipt of such notice (or seven days have elapsed if the notice was a repeated notice) and the Project Manager has failed to issue a Completion Certificate or inform the Applicant in writing of any defects or deficiencies; or

(iii)      a registered letter from the Applicant stating that no Completion Certificate has been issued but the Employer is making use of the Facilities; or

 

(c)        the ____ day of _____, 2___.[21]

 

Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at this office on or before that date.

This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC Publication No. 758, except that the supporting statement under Article 15(a) is hereby excluded.

_____________________
[signature(s)]


 

Note:  All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.

 

Performance Security Form- Conditional Bank Guarantee

                                                                                                   Date:                                                                                                              

                                                                                  Loan/Credit No:                                                                                                              

                                                                                              RFB No:                                                                                                              

To: ___________________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,

We refer to the Contract Agreement (“the Contract”) signed on [date] between you and ____________________________ (“the Contractor”) concerning design, execution and completion of ____________________________.

By this letter we, the undersigned, [name of Bank], a Bank (or company) organized under the laws of _________________ and having its registered/principal office at _________________, do hereby jointly and severally with the Contractor irrevocably guarantee payment owed to you by the Contractor, pursuant to the Contract, up to the sum of ___________, equivalent to _______________ percent (%)  of the Contract Price until the date of the Operational Acceptance Certificate and thereafter up to a sum of ____________, equivalent to__________ percent (%)  of the Contract Price, until twelve (12) months after the date of Operational Acceptance, or eighteen (18) months after Completion of the Facilities, whichever comes first.

Where it is agreed between you and the Contractor that the Facilities are to be accepted in parts, and thus where there are separate Completion and Operational Acceptance Certificates for each part, this Letter of Guarantee shall be apportioned to the value of each such part and shall reduce or expire as provided above on or following Completion or Operational Acceptance of each part.

We shall only undertake to make payment under this Letter of Guarantee upon our receipt of a written demand signed by your duly authorized officer for a specified sum, where such demand sets out the reasons for your claim under this Letter of Guarantee and is accompanied by

(a)    a copy of the written notice sent by you to the Contractor before making the claim under this Guarantee, specifying the Contractor’s breach of contract and requesting the Contractor to remedy it

(b)    a letter signed by your duly authorized officer certifying that the Contractor has failed to remedy the default within the period allowed for remedial action

(c)    a copy of your written notice to the Contractor stating your intent to claim under this Letter of Guarantee because of the Contractor’s failure to remedy the default in accordance with the request referred to in para. (a) above.

Our liability under this Letter of Guarantee shall be to pay to you whichever is the lesser of the sum so requested or the amount then guaranteed hereunder in respect of any demand duly made hereunder prior to expiry of this Letter of Guarantee, without being entitled to inquire whether or not this payment is lawfully demanded.

This Letter of Guarantee shall be valid from the date of issue until the earlier of twelve (12) months after the date of Operational Acceptance or eighteen (18) months after the date of Completion of the Facilities or, where the Facilities are to be accepted in parts, twelve (12) months after the date of Operational Acceptance or eighteen (18) months after the date of Completion of the last part or [date], whichever comes first.

Except for the documents herein specified, no other documents or other action shall be required, notwithstanding any applicable law or regulation.

If the Defect Liability Period is extended with respect to any part of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract, you shall notify us, and the validity of this Letter of Guarantee shall be extended with respect to the percentage of the Contract Price stipulated in the notification until expiry of such extended Defect Liability Period.

Our liability under this Letter of Guarantee shall become null and void immediately upon its expiry, whether it is returned or not, and no claim may be made hereunder after such expiry or after the aggregate of the sums paid by us to you shall equal the sums guaranteed hereunder, whichever is the earlier.

All notices to be given hereunder shall be given by registered (airmail) post to the addressee at the address herein set out or as otherwise advised by and between the parties hereto.

We hereby agree that any part of the Contract may be amended, renewed, extended, modified, compromised, released or discharged by mutual agreement between you and the Contractor, and this security may be exchanged or surrendered without in any way impairing or affecting our liabilities hereunder without notice to us and without the necessity for any additional endorsement, consent or guarantee by us, provided, however, that the sum guaranteed shall not be increased or decreased.

No action, event or condition which by any applicable law should operate to discharge us from liability hereunder shall have any effect and we hereby waive any right we may have to apply such law, so that in all respects our liability hereunder shall be irrevocable and, except as stated herein, unconditional in all respects.

Yours truly,

 

                                                                                                                       

Authorized Signature

 

Advance Payment Security

Demand Guarantee

[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]

 

Beneficiary: ........................................................ Name and Address of Employer .....................................................

Date:[Insert date of issue].....................................................................................................................................................

Advance Payment Guarantee No.:[Insert guarantee reference number]

Guarantor:  [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]

............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

We have been informed that . . . . .. . . . .  (hereinafter called “the Applicant”) has entered into Contract No. . . . . .. . . . . dated . . . . . . ..with the Beneficiary, for the execution of, . . . . . .. . . . .  (hereinafter called “the Contract”).

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the Conditions of the Contract, an advance payment in the sum  . . . . .. . . . . . (. . . . .. . . . .  ) is to be made against an advance payment guarantee.

At the request of the Applicant, we as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of .
(. . . . .. . . . .  ) [22] upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand supported by the Beneficiary’s statement whether in the demand itself or in a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating either that the applicant:

      1. has used the advance payment for purposes other than the costs of mobilization in respect of the Facilities; or
      2.  has failed to repay the advance payment in accordance with the Contract conditions, specifying the amount which the Applicant has failed to repay.

A demand under this guarantee may be presented as from the presentation to the Guarantor of a certificate from the Beneficiary’s bank stating that the advance payment referred to above has been credited to the Applicant on its account number ___________ at _________________..

 

The maximum amount of this guarantee shall be progressively reduced by the amount of the advance payment repaid by the Applicant as indicated in copies of interim statements or payment certificates which shall be presented to us.  This guarantee shall expire, at the latest, upon our receipt of documentation indicating full repayment by the Applicant of the amount of the advance payment, or on the . . . day of . . . . . . . , . . . . .[23], whichever is earlier.  Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at this office on or before that date.

This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC Publication No. 758, except that the supporting statement under Article 15(a) is hereby excluded.

 

____________________ [signature(s)]


Note:  All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.

 

 

[1]   Nonperformance, as decided by the Employer, shall include all contracts where (a) nonperformance was not challenged by the contractor, including through referral to the dispute resolution mechanism under the respective contract, and (b) contracts that were so challenged but fully settled against the contractor. Nonperformance shall not include contracts where Employers decision was overruled by the dispute resolution mechanism. Nonperformance must be based on all information on fully settled disputes or litigation, i.e., dispute or litigation that has been resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution mechanism under the respective contract and where all appeal instances available to the Bidder have been exhausted.

[2]         This requirement also applies to contracts executed by the Bidder as JV member.

[3]      The Bidder shall provide accurate information on the related Letter of Bid about any litigation or arbitration resulting from contracts completed or ongoing under its execution over the last five years. A consistent history of awards against the Bidder or any member of a joint venture may result in failure of the Bid.

[4] The Employer may use this information to seek further information or clarifications in carrying out its due diligence. 

[5]    For contracts under which the Bidder participated as a joint venture member or sub-contractor, only the Bidder’s share, by value, shall be considered to meet this requirement

[6]      Substantial completion shall be based on 80% or more Plant and installation completed under the contract.

[7]      In the case of JV, the value of contracts completed by its members shall not be aggregated to determine whether the requirement of the minimum value of a single contract has been met. Instead, each contract performed by each member shall satisfy the minimum value of a single contract as required for single entity. In determining whether the JV meets the requirement of total number of contracts, only the number of contracts completed by all members each of value equal or more than the minimum value required shall be aggregated.

[8] In the case of JV, the value of contracts completed by its members shall not be aggregated to determine whether the requirement of the minimum value of a single contract has been met. Instead, each contract performed by each member shall satisfy the minimum value of a single contract as required for single entity. In determining whether the JV meets the requirement of total number of contracts, only the number of contracts completed by all members each of value equal or more than the minimum value required shall be aggregated.

[9]      For the avoidance of doubt, a sanctioned party’s ineligibility to be awarded a contract shall include, without limitation, (i) applying for pre-qualification, expressing interest in a consultancy, and bidding, either directly or as a nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider, in respect of such contract, and (ii) entering into an addendum or amendment introducing a material modification to any existing contract.

[10]        A nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider (different names are used depending on the particular bidding document) is one which has been: (i) included by the bidder in its pre-qualification application or bid because it brings specific and critical experience and know-how that allow the bidder to meet the qualification requirements for the particular bid; or (ii) appointed by the Borrower. 

[11]        Inspections in this context usually are investigative (i.e., forensic) in nature.  They involve fact-finding activities undertaken by the Bank or persons appointed by the Bank to address specific matters related to investigations/audits, such as evaluating the veracity of an allegation of possible Fraud and Corruption, through the appropriate mechanisms.  Such activity includes but is not limited to: accessing and examining a firm's or individual's financial records and information, and making copies thereof as relevant; accessing and examining any other documents, data and information (whether in hard copy or electronic format) deemed relevant for the investigation/audit, and making copies thereof as relevant; interviewing staff and other relevant individuals; performing physical inspections and site visits; and obtaining third party verification of information.

 

 

[13] Costs shall be in the currencies of the Contract.

[14] Costs shall be in the currencies of the Contract.

2 Specify where necessary.

[15]      For the avoidance of doubt, a sanctioned party’s ineligibility to be awarded a contract shall include, without limitation, (i) applying for pre-qualification, expressing interest in a consultancy, and bidding, either directly or as a nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider, in respect of such contract, and (ii) entering into an addendum or amendment introducing a material modification to any existing contract.

[16]        A nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider (different names are used depending on the particular bidding document) is one which has been: (i) included by the bidder in its pre-qualification application or bid because it brings specific and critical experience and know-how that allow the bidder to meet the qualification requirements for the particular bid; or (ii) appointed by the Borrower. 

[17]        Inspections in this context usually are investigative (i.e., forensic) in nature.  They involve fact-finding activities undertaken by the Bank or persons appointed by the Bank to address specific matters related to investigations/audits, such as evaluating the veracity of an allegation of possible Fraud and Corruption, through the appropriate mechanisms.  Such activity includes but is not limited to: accessing and examining a firm's or individual's financial records and information, and making copies thereof as relevant; accessing and examining any other documents, data and information (whether in hard copy or electronic format) deemed relevant for the investigation/audit, and making copies thereof as relevant; interviewing staff and other relevant individuals; performing physical inspections and site visits; and obtaining third party verification of information.

[18]      The Employer should insert either the Bank Guarantee or the Conditional Guarantee.

[19]      The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the percentage of the Contract Price specified in the Contract and denominated either in the currency(ies) of the Contract or a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer.

[20]      This text shall be revised as and where necessary to take into account (i) partial acceptance of the Facilities in accordance with Sub-Clause 25.4 of the GCC; and (ii) extension of the Performance Security when the Contractor is liable for an extended warranty obligation pursuant to Sub-Clause 27.10 of the GCC (although in this latter case the Employer might want to consider an extended warranty security in lieu of the extension of the Performance Security).

[21]      Insert the date twenty-eight days after the expected expiration date of the Defect Liability Period. The Employer should note that in the event of an extension of the time for completion of the Contract, the Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor. Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six months][one year], in response to the Employer’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”

 

[22]The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the amount of the advance payment and denominated either in the currency(ies) of the advance payment as specified in the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer.

[23]Insert the expected expiration date of the Time for Completion.  The Employer should note that in the event of an extension of the time for completion of the Contract, the Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor.  Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph:  “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six months][one year], in response to the Beneficiary’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”

"},{"id":"OP00461832","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"12-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-26T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"11:00","project_ctry_name":"Uganda","project_id":"P171305","project_name":"Uganda Digital Acceleration Project - GovNet","bid_reference_no":"UG-NITA-U-562756-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Consultancy services for the development of a National Digital Skills Framework","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Palm Courts, Plot 7A, \nRotary Avenue (Lugogo Bypass)\nP.O.Box 33151, \nKampala -Uganda","contact_ctry_name":"Uganda","contact_email":"steven.batte@nita.go.ug","contact_name":"Batte Steven Mukasa","contact_organization":"National Information and Technology Authority - Uganda","contact_phone_no":"+256783314320","submission_date":"2026-08-12T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

 REQUEST FOR EXPRESSION OF INTEREST

(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)

UGANDA

UGANDA DIGITAL ACCELERATION PROJECT – GOVERNMENT NETWORK (UDAP-GOVNET)

PROJECT ID-P171305

LOAN NUMBER: IDA-68980

REFERENCE NUMBER: NITA-UDAP/CONS/26-27/0004

ASSIGNMENT TITLE:  CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF A NATIONAL DIGITAL SKILLS AND COMPETENCE FRAMEWORK (NDSCF)

 

The Government of Uganda, represented by the National Information Technology Authority - Uganda (NITA-U), has received financing from the World Bank towards the cost of the Uganda Digital Acceleration Project - Government Network (UDAP-GOVNET) and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consultancy services for the development of a National Digital Skills and Competence Framework (NDSCF).

 

The consulting services (“the Services”) include consultancy services for the development of a National Digital Skills and Competence Framework (NDSCF).

 

The primary objective of this assignment is to develop a comprehensive, standardized, and future-oriented National Digital Skills and Competence Framework (NDSCF) for Uganda, serving as the foundation for all digital-skilling interventions under UDAP and beyond, aligned to national development priorities, responsive to labour-market demand, and inclusive of all population groups including those most at risk of exclusion from the digital economy.

 

The Implementation period of the assignment is six (6) Months from the date of signing the contract.

 

The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment are attached to this Expression of Interest.

 

The National Information Technology Authority - Uganda now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.

 

The Shortlisting Criteria for the firm’s capacity and experience are:

  1. A minimum of ten (10) years of core business as a consultant in undertaking ICT, education technology, research, or management consultancy.
  2. Submit the firm’s organogram to demonstrate the firm’s technical and managerial capability;
  3. The firm shall demonstrate completion of at least Five (5) assignments involving the design or implementation of a national digital-skills, ICT-competency, or digital-literacy framework, with documented adoption, validation, or endorsement by a government ministry, regulator, or statutory agency within the past seven (07) years.
  4. Presence of appropriate skills among staff; Team Leader / Framework Architect, Senior Digital Competency and Curriculum Specialist, AI and Emerging Technology Specialist, Assessment, Certification and Qualifications Specialist, Cybersecurity Specialist, Gender, Disability and Social Inclusion Specialist, Research and Data Science Specialist, EdTech, Instructional Design Specialist, Uganda Policy and Stakeholder Engagement Specialist, Monitoring and Evaluation Specialist. (please do not submit CVs and biodata of experts at this stage).

 

The attention of interested consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs 3.15 and 3.16, of the World Bank’s ‘Procurement in Investment Project Financing Goods, Works, Non-Consulting and Consulting Services, Seventh Edition September 2025 (Procurement in investment Project Financing; Goods, Works, Non-Consulting and Consulting Services), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.

 

Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications.

 

A consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the World Bank Procurement Regulations “Procurement in Investment Project Financing Goods, Works, Non-Consulting and Consulting Services, Seventh Edition September 2025”.

 

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours at the address below 08:00 to 17:00 hours from Monday to Friday at the address given below.

 

Expressions of Interest (One original plus two copies) must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person or by e-mail) on or before Wednesday, 26th August 2026

 at 11:00am Consultants not located in the Country may submit their REOIs through the provided email address.

 

The packages must be clearly marked as; “Expression of Interest for consultancy services for the development of a National Digital Skills and Competence Framework (NDSCF)”

 

The Procurement Officer,

National Information Technology Authority-Uganda Palm Courts, Plot 7A Rotary Avenue,1st Floor Kampala-Uganda,

Email: steven.batte@nita.go.ug

 

Any form of canvassing or lobbying for the tender shall lead to automatic disqualification.

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR.

 

"},{"id":"OP00445200","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"27-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-06-16T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"16:00","project_ctry_name":"Kosovo","project_id":"P179831","project_name":"KOMPAS - Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening","bid_reference_no":"XK-MOH-A1.03-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Consulting firm to provide technical assistance for the initial implementation of the Integrated Health Information System (IHIS)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Zagreb Street, Pristina 10000","contact_ctry_name":"Kosovo","contact_email":"fanol.duli@rks-gov.net","contact_name":"Fanol Duli","contact_organization":"Ministry of Health","contact_phone_no":"+38344505750","submission_date":"2026-07-27T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

Amendment – Request for Expressions of Interest (REOI)
The deadline for submission of Expressions of Interest for the assignment “Strategic Digital Health Partner (SDHP) for IHIS Implementation Oversight and Technical Advisory” (XK-MoH-A1.03-CS-QCBS) has been extended by seven (7) working days.
The new submission deadline is 16 June 2026 at 16:00 (local time).
All other terms and conditions of the REOI remain unchanged.

 

Request for Expression of Interest

 

 

Country: Kosovo                           

Project ID: P179831

World Bank Credit Name: Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening Project

Contract Identification No.: XK-MoH-A1.03-CS-QCBS

Issued on: 15 May 2026

 

Strategic Digital Health Partner (SDHP) for IHIS Implementation Oversight and Technical Advisory

 

Background

The Government of Kosovo (GoK), through the Ministry of Health (MoH), has received financing from the World Bank in the amount of EUR 20 million to support the Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening Project (KOMPAS). This project aims to strengthen governance, quality of care, and efficiency in the healthcare system of Kosovo, positioning digital health as a core pillar of reform. The Integrated Health Information System (IHIS) will play a central role in this transformation.

The Department for Health Information Systems (DSISH), under the Ministry of Health (MoH), is responsible for the implementation of IHIS. To ensure successful implementation and oversight of this large-scale transformation, a Strategic Digital Health Partner (SDHP) will be engaged. The SDHP will provide technical advisory, implementation oversight, quality assurance, and support in the development of technical documents and specifications for the systems required under the KOMPAS project.

For clarity, the SDHP is defined strictly as a technical advisory and oversight partner. The SDHP is NOT an implementation vendor and does NOT have decision-making authority for procurement processes.

Objective of the Assignment:

The primary objective of this engagement is to ensure the successful implementation of the IHIS and its components, including the establishment of core systems such as national registries, shared health records, interoperability layers, and advanced clinical applications. The SDHP will support the Ministry of Health and DSISH in ensuring that all components comply with international standards and that all deliverables are aligned with the Kosovo Digital Health Blueprint.

Key Tasks and Responsibilities

The SDHP will perform the following tasks:

Other specific tasks, scope of services, expected outputs/deliverables, time frames, and professional staff requirements are indicated under the full Terms of Reference (ToR) for this assignment.

The detailed Terms of Reference (ToR) for the assignment are attached to this Request for Expressions of Interest.

Qualification of the Consulting Firm

The selected consulting firm must demonstrate:

Selection Process

The consulting firm will be selected in accordance with the Quality- and Cost-Based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers, as amended from time to time.

Expressions of Interest will be evaluated based on the following criteria:

Detailed evaluation criteria and procedures will be provided in the Request for Proposals (RFP) to shortlisted firms.

Submission Details

Interested firms are invited to submit their Expression of Interest, including:

Key Experts’ CVs and detailed methodology are not required at the shortlisting stage.

Expression of Interest must be delivered electronically (by e-mail) to the address below no later than 5 June 2026 at 16:00 (local time). Late submissions will not be considered.

Kosovo Ministry of Health
KOMPAS Project Implementation Unit (PIU)
Attn.: Procurement Specialist, KOMPAS
Address: Ministry of Health (MoH)
10 000, Pristine, Republic of Kosovo
Email: blerim.cerkini@rks-gov.net

Cc: fanol.duli@rks-gov.net

 

TERMS OF REFERENCE

for Consultancy Services to

Strategic Digital Health Partner (SDHP) for IHIS Implementation Oversight and Technical Advisory

RFP No.:  XK-MoH-A1.03-CS-QCBS

 

1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY & BACKGROUND

1.1 Executive Summary

  1. This document sets out the Terms of Reference (ToR) for the engagement of a Strategic Digital Health Partner (SDHP) to support the Ministry of Health (MoH), the Department for Health Information Systems (DSISH) and Ministry of Digitalization and Public Administration (MDPA) in:
  1. The KOMPAS Project aims to strengthen governance, quality of care and efficiency of health services in Kosovo, positioning digital health as a core pillar of reform.
  2. IHIS will be built as a standards-based ecosystem, not as a monolithic system. It will:
  1. Within this context, the SDHP will provide independent international expertise to:
  1. The SDHP is defined as a technical advisory and oversight partner, not:

 

1.2 Background and Context

  1. The health system of Kosovo is undergoing a profound digital transformation driven by the Kosovo Digital Health Blueprint 2024–2030, which aims to create an integrated national health information ecosystem where public and private providers exchange data in a secure, standardized and certifiable manner.
  2. DSISH currently operates and maintains/governs several critical systems, including:
  1. These systems are essential for daily operations but suffer from:
  1. Component 2 of the KOMPAS Project seeks to address these issues by:
  1. Due to the technical and regulatory complexity of this transformation, MoH/DSISH and MDPA require an SDHP with:

2. OBJECTIVES, ALIGNMENT WITH BLUEPRINT & TECHNICAL RATIONALE

2.1 Objectives of the Assignment

11. The overall objective is to support MoH/DSISH/MDPA in the development, oversight and quality assurance of all IHIS components, in line with:

  1. Specific objectives are to:

2.2 Alignment with Kosovo IHIS Digital Health Blueprint (2024–2030)

  1. The SDHP shall ensure that all interventions and recommendations are fully aligned with the Blueprint, including:

2.3 Technical Rationale

  1. Implementing IHIS without specialized oversight entails risks of:
  1. The SDHP will provide independent expertise to:

3. SCOPE OF WORK

(20 sub-sections)

3.1 Comprehensive Assessment of Existing Systems

  1. Conduct a comprehensive assessment of BHIS, SMSF, MEDLIS, SMSN, systems at UCCK, regional hospitals and ASHI infrastructure to:

3.2 IHIS Architecture Validation

  1. Validate IHIS architecture against:
  1. Prepare an Architecture Validation Report with logical and physical models, data flows and concrete recommendations.

3.3 Development of Technical Specifications and ToRs

  1. Prepare ToRs with technical and functional specifications for at least the following:

3.4 Oversight of Vendor Implementations

  1. Provide technical oversight for all vendor implementations by:

3.5 SLA Monitoring and Enforcement

  1. Design the technical SLA model and support DSISH/MDPA in monitoring:

3.6 Quality Assurance (QA) Framework

  1. Develop a unified QA Framework covering:
  1. Prepare a QA Plan and support DSISH/MDPA in implementation.

3.7 Quality Control (QC) of Deliverables

  1. Perform QC on all vendor technical deliverables:
  1. Evaluate each delivery against agreed specifications and standards, and compliance with GoK strategies, policies and standards.

3.8 Interoperability Testing

  1. Design and support execution of interoperability tests based on FHIR and IHE, including:

3.9 Establishment of National Conformance Certification Mechanism

  1. Support DSISH/MDPA in establishing a national HIS/HIE conformance certification mechanism by designing:
  1. Responsibility for issuing certificates remains with MoH/DSISH/MDPA.

3.10 Data Governance and Standards Alignment

  1. In cooperation with DSISH/MDPA, draft rules and guidelines for data governance to ensure alignment of:

with international standards and national legislation (e.g. Law No. 06/L-082) and GoK data governance strategy and policy.

 

3.11 Cybersecurity Strengthening

  1. Assess existing security architecture and:

3.12 Support to PIU for World Bank Processes

  1. Support PIU in providing technical inputs and advisory support for World Bank processes, including:

3.13 Integration Strategy for Legacy Systems

  1. Develop an integration/migration strategy for existing systems towards IHIS, ensuring minimal  disruption to clinical and administrative operations, including:

 

3.14 Development of Change Management Strategy

  1. Develop a comprehensive change management strategy for IHIS, including:

3.16 Documentation Management

  1. Ensure full documentation of all technical products, including:

3.17 Deployment Oversight

  1. Provide technical oversight during deployment to test, pre-production and production environments by:

3.18 Risk Identification and Mitigation

  1. Support DSISH in identifying, analysing and monitoring technical, operational, governance and financial risks, maintaining an updated Risk Register with mitigation measures.

3.19 Performance Monitoring Framework

  1. Help develop a Performance Monitoring Framework for IHIS, including:

3.20 Continuous Improvement Recommendations

  1. On a quarterly and annual basis, prepare recommendations for continuous improvement of IHIS architecture, processes, standards, capacities and governance.

4. OVERSIGHT, QA/QC, SLA MONITORING, CHANGE REQUESTS, ACCEPTANCE

4.1 Technical Oversight Model

  1. The SDHP provides independent technical oversight for all IHIS components, including:
  1. The SDHP does not make procurement decisions and does not replace the role of PIU; it provides evidence-based technical support.

4.2 Quality Assurance (QA) Framework

  1. QA focuses on processes and methodologies for verifying quality throughout the lifecycle. The SDHP will:

4.3 Quality Control (QC) of Vendor Deliverables

  1. QC focuses on inspection and validation of vendor outputs, including:

4.4 SLA Monitoring

  1. SLA monitoring will include:

4.5 Change Request (CR) Management Process

  1. The standardized CR process includes:
  2. This ensures controlled, justified and documented changes, aligned with World Bank requirements and best practice.

4.6 Acceptance Procedures and Templates

  1. Technical acceptance requires:
  2. The SDHP will prepare templates for:
  3. PIU grants final acceptance following SDHP recommendation and DSISH/MDPA confirmation.

5. TEAM COMPOSITION, QUALIFICATIONS, WB COMPLIANCE

5.1 Required Team Composition

  1. The SDHP shall field a multidisciplinary team with strong expertise in:
  2. The team shall include at least:
  3. All experts must be independent from vendors that may bid for IHIS implementation contracts, and SDHP shall be responsible for ensuring that all its experts perform their duties professionally, with integrity, and without any conflict of interest in relation to any parties bidding or contracted for the IHIS implementation.

5.2 Role Descriptions and Minimum Qualifications

  1. Team Leader / Project Director
  1. Senior Digital Health Expert
  1. Enterprise Architect (OpenHIE/FHIR/IHE)
  1. FHIR/IHE Interoperability Specialist
  1. Terminology Coding Expert
  1. UX / Patient Experience Specialist
  1. Excellent communication and collaboration skills for cross-functional teams.Government DPI / Digital Infrastructure Specialist
  1. Information Systems Analyst & Designer
  1. Cybersecurity & Data Protection Specialist
  1. Local Technical Liaison / Project Manager

Support smooth implementation and integration of IHIS components at local level. 5.3 Compliance with World Bank Procurement Regulations

  1. The SDHP and its team must comply fully with World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers, including:

5.4 Conflict of Interest Safeguards

  1. To ensure integrity:

5.5 Replacement of Key Experts

  1. Replacement of key experts is allowed only in cases of:
  2. Replacement experts must:
  3. Any replacement is subject to approval by PIU and, where required, by the World Bank.

 

6. DELIVERABLES, REPORTING, GOVERNANCE MODEL, PAYMENT SCHEDULE

6.1 Deliverables

  1. Expected deliverables include, but are not limited to:

6.2 Reporting Requirements

  1. The SDHP will report regularly to MoH/DSISH, MDPA and PIU:
  2. All reports shall be provided in Word and PDF formats, according to PIU and World Bank requirements. Monthly Technical Oversight Reports constitute a mandatory reporting obligation under the Contract and are not linked to payments.

6.3 Governance Model

  1. Level 1 – PIU
    • Overall oversight and final decision on deliverables;
    • Communication with the World Bank;
    • Contract and financial management.
  2. Level 2 – DSISH / MoH and MDPA
    • Technical leadership and strategic coordination;
    • Approval of technical specifications;
    • Validation of architecture and standards;
    • Participation in testing and QA/QC.
  3. Level 3 – SDHP
    • Technical advisory;
    • Technical oversight of vendors;
    • QA/QC and interoperability testing support;
    • Drafting technical documents;
    • Training and capacity building.
  4. Level 4 – Implementation Vendors
    • Solution development;
    • Technical and functional testing;
    • Implementation of QA/QC recommendations.

6.4 Payment Schedule (Deliverable-Based)

A. General Provisions

(“Hire consulting company to guide initial implementation”) of the Project Appraisal Document (PAD).

6.5  Workplan & Timeline (34 months)

  1. The SDHP will follow a structured 34-month plan, including:
    1. Months 1–6: drafting of ToRs (can start immediately, based on feasibility study and blueprint); assessment and gap analysis; draft IGs
    2. Months 7–12: final specifications, QA Framework, SLA model, test environment set-up; (Months 13-18 Tendering process)
    3. Months 19–24: implementation and integration, intensive QA/QC, conformance testing;
    4. Months 25–34: stabilization, optimization, final documentation, training, sustainability planning.

 

 

B. Deliverables and Milestones

All deliverables under this Contract shall be measurable, clearly defined, and subject to formal written acceptance by the Client

Milestone 1 – Mobilization and Strategic Inception

PAD Reference:

Deliverables:

Payment:

Acceptance Criteria:

• Report must include a complete 34-month workplan aligned with PAD;

• Must include sequenced ToRs and Technical Specifications;

• Must define stakeholder coordination and governance structure;

• Must be formally accepted in writing by the Client.

 

Milestone 2 – Digital Health and Institutional Needs Assessment

PAD Reference:

Deliverables:

Payment:

Acceptance Criteria:

• Assessment Report is submitted in written form;

• Includes comprehensive analysis of the national digital health landscape;

• Includes review of existing health information systems and interoperability arrangements;

• Includes institutional and implementation readiness assessment;

• Includes a prioritized and actionable roadmap aligned with A1.03;

• Formally accepted in writing by the Client.

Milestone 3 – Draft Terms of Reference and Technical Specifications (Batch 1)

PAD Reference:

Deliverables:

Payment:

Acceptance Criteria:

• A minimum of three (3) Draft Terms of Reference and Technical Specifications are submitted;

• Each document clearly covers:

  - Core IHIS/HIMS components;

  - Interoperability and data-exchange mechanisms;

  - Master data and registry-related components;

• Documents are prepared in accordance with World Bank Standard Procurement Documents;

• Each document includes defined scope, technical requirements, and implementation approach;

• Documents are reviewed and receive technical acceptance by the Client in writing.

Milestone 4 – Final Terms of Reference and Technical Specifications (Batch 1)

PAD Reference:

Deliverables:

Payment:

Acceptance Criteria:

• Final Terms of Reference and Technical Specifications are fully updated and finalized;

• All Client and World Bank comments are properly incorporated and addressed;

• Documents are procurement-ready and fully aligned with World Bank Standard Procurement Documents;

• Submission for World Bank No-Objection is completed where required;

• Final approval is confirmed in writing by the Client and/or World Bank (as applicable).

Milestone 5 – Terms of Reference and Technical Specifications (Batch 2)

PAD Reference:

Deliverables:

Payment:

Acceptance Criteria:

• A minimum of two (2) ToRs and Technical Specifications are submitted for Batch 2;

• Documents clearly address additional IHIS-related systems and enabling components;

• Specifications are aligned with governance, quality-of-care, analytics, and reporting requirements;

• All documents are procurement-ready and compliant with World Bank Standard Procurement Documents;

• Documents are formally accepted in writing by the Client.

Milestone 6 – Capacity Building and Structured Training Program

PAD Reference:

Deliverables:

Payment:

Acceptance Criteria:

• Training needs assessment report is submitted and approved by the Client;

• At least three (3) training modules/curricula are developed;

• At least four (4) training sessions are delivered to designated stakeholders;

• Attendance lists for all training sessions are provided;

• Training materials (manuals, presentations, guides) are submitted;

• Training completion and evaluation report is submitted and approved by the Client.

Milestone 7 – Ongoing Strategic Advisory, Quality Assurance, and Procurement Support

PAD Reference:

Deliverables:

Payment:

Acceptance Criteria:

• Minimum six (6) periodic advisory reports are submitted during the implementation period;

• Written technical inputs/comments are provided for procurement documentation as requested by the Client;

• Participation in up to ten (10) coordination meetings is completed and documented (virtual or in-person);

• All quality assurance inputs are provided in written form (e.g. tracked changes, memos, or formal comments);

• Each advisory output is acknowledged in writing by the Client.

Milestone 8 – Final Advisory, Knowledge Transfer, and Contract Closure

PAD Reference:

Deliverables:

Payment:

Acceptance Criteria:

C. Summary of Payments

Milestone

Percentage

Milestone 1 – Inception

8%

Milestone 2 – Assessment

12%

Milestone 3 – Draft ToRs (Batch 1)

18%

Milestone 4 – Final ToRs (Batch 1)

15%

Milestone 5 – ToRs (Batch 2)

15%

Milestone 6 – Training

15%

Milestone 7 – Strategic Advisory & QA

12%

Milestone 8 – Closure & Knowledge Transfer

5%

Total

100%

7. ANNEXES

Rationale: Full Annex documents are not attached because they are already defined in the feasibility study, the 2024–2030 Blueprint, and other source materials. Bullet points summarize the key content for SDHP’s reference. All Annexes (A–E) are intended as reference/input documents for SDHP’s work and do not require separate deliverables.

7.1 Annex A – IHIS Architecture Overview

  1. Describes the proposed IHIS architecture based on OpenHIE and the 2024–2030 Blueprint, including:
  2. Presents data flows, FHIR/IHE standards and IL transaction flows, ensuring modularity, scalability and avoidance of vendor lock-in.

7.2 Annex B – Roles & Responsibilities Matrix

  1. Defines roles of:

7.3 Annex C – QA & QC Framework

  1. Details QA/QC standards and processes:

7.4 Annex D – Risk Matrix

  1. Provides a risk matrix covering:

7.5 Annex E – Deliverables Matrix / Acceptance Criteria

  1. For each deliverable, defines:

 

7.6 Annex F – Glossary

  1. Provides definitions for key terms such as:

 

 

 

"},{"id":"OP00458179","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"23-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-18T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:00","project_ctry_name":"Bangladesh","project_id":"P500727","project_name":"Inclusive Services and Opportunities for Host Communities and Displaced Rohingya Population","bid_reference_no":"SD-13","bid_description":"Selection of consulting firm for development of a Management Information System (MIS) of Rural Social Services (RSS) programs of DSS.","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Department of Social Services, Dhaka","contact_ctry_name":"Bangladesh","contact_email":"iso.dss.msw@gmail.com","contact_name":"Golam Mostofa","contact_organization":"Department of Social Services","contact_phone_no":"880 2222243305","submission_date":"2026-07-23T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh

Ministry of Social Welfare

Department of Social Services

ISO Component 05: Socio-economic Development of the Host

Community and FDMN through Capacity Enhancement Project

21/1 & 21/2 Bir Uttam A.N.M. Nuruzzaman Sarak,

Shyamoli Square (9th Floor), Shyamoli, Dhaka-1207.

 

Memo no. 41.01.0000.124.07.026.2026-915                                                               Date:  22 July, 2026

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST (REOI)

(SELECTION OF IT CONSULTANT FIRM)

Country: Bangladesh

Name of Project: ISO Component 05: Socio-economic Development of the Host Community and FDMN                                    through Capacity Enhancement Project, Credit No: IDA-7546-BD & E326-BD

Assignment Title: Selection of consulting firm for Design, Development & Implementation of RSS Digital Financial System (RSS-DFS) with Integrated Beneficiary Survey, Poverty Reduction Tracking & Behavioral Change Identification Module for Rural Social Services (RSS) programs of DSS.

Reference No.: SD-13

The Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the “Inclusive Services and Opportunities (ISO) for the Host Communities and Displaced Rohingya Populations project”. The Bangladesh Rural Social Service (RSS) Program, administered by DSS since the 1970s, manages an annual disbursement portfolio of approximately USD 3.8 billion, serves 8.5 million active borrowers across all 64 districts through a network of Union Social Woker (USWs), Upazila Social Service Officers (USSOs), and District Social Service Offices. Despite its remarkable scale and geographic reach, the Program continues to operate entirely on manual, paper-based processes generating severe systemic inefficiencies and fiduciary risks.

Governments across developing economies continue to rely on manual, paper-based financial management systems to administer social protection programs, public expenditure tracking, and beneficiary payment processes. These legacy systems are characterized by significant operational inefficiencies, including delayed payment processing, limited audit trails, high administrative overhead, susceptibility to fraud and data loss, and an inability to generate real-time financial intelligence for evidence-based decision-making.

The rapid proliferation of mobile technology across low- and middle-income countries has created an unprecedented opportunity to leapfrog traditional financial infrastructure. Mobile/Digital Financial Systems (DFS) offer a transformative pathway to digitize government financial operations, enabling secure, transparent, and cost-effective delivery of payments and services - particularly to vulnerable and hard-to-reach populations.

Beyond the digitization of financial transactions, there is a growing recognition among governments and development partners that social protection programs must move beyond simple cash transfer delivery toward a more holistic model of human capital development. This requires robust tools to track whether beneficiaries are graduating out of poverty, achieving economic self-sufficiency, and demonstrating measurable behavioral changes in areas such as health-seeking behavior, children's school attendance, savings culture, and productive asset accumulation.

In this context, the Government [hereinafter referred to as "the Client"] seeks to engage a qualified consulting firm to:

  1. This assignment is aligned with the Government's broader digital transformation agenda and its commitment to strengthening social protection delivery systems in accordance with international best practices. The World Bank, as a development partner, will provide technical oversight and quality assurance throughout the implementation process.
  2. Implementation period will be approximately 18 months, and expected start date of assignment may be July 1, 2027, to ensure full consistency with the TOR.
  3. Department of Social Services under Ministry of Social Welfare represented by the Project Director, The ISO Component 05: Socio-economic Development of the Host Community and FDMN through Capacity Enhancement Project, now invites eligible FIRMs (“FIRMs”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested FIRMs should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.
  4. The shortlisting criteria are:

(a) General experience of the FIRM(s);

(b) Experience in similar assignments of compatible size, complexity and technical specialty in the required area;

(c) Financial soundness, staffing and logistics of the FIRM;

        Specific Considerations

General Experience in Relevant Assignments

Technical and Regional Capacity

Specific Experience in Relevant Assignments

Firms are requested to submit the following supporting documents in support of the above-mentioned criteria:

  1. Up To Date Relevant Registration papers of the FIRM(s);
  2. JV agreement/letter of intent (if applicable) along with the proposed JV agreement;
  3. Brochure including staffing;
  4. Audited financial reports for last three years (including mentioning turnover, current asset & liability and fixed asset & liability);
  5. Work experience record of Last ten (10) years (including nature, total cost of Contract, total input in terms of man month, employer, location of work etc.)
  6. All other items necessary to substantiate satisfaction of the shortlisting criteria listed above and/or included in the TOR; However, Key Experts will not be evaluated at the short-listing stage;

5. The attention of interested Firm is drawn to Section VII, paragraphs 7.1 and 7.29 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers, September 2023” (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.

6. FIRMs may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications and capability, however, such association shall either be as a Joint Venture (i.e. all members of the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable) and/or Sub-consultants (i.e. the Consultant will be responsible, including for the services of the sub-consultant).  In case of an association, the Consultants must explain in the EOI submission (a) the rationale/ justification for the proposed inclusion of the JV members and/or sub-consultants in the association; and (b) the anticipated role and relevant qualifications of each member of the Joint Venture and/or of each sub-consultant for carrying out the assignment. Failure to provide the above explanation in the Expression of Interest may risk the association not being shortlisted for the assignment. However, the qualifications/ experience of sub-consultants will not be considered by the Client in the evaluation of Expressions of Interest for Shortlisting purpose. The total number of firms in an association will be maximum of 03 (Three).

7. A Firm will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.

8. Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours, i.e. 0900 to 1600 hours. The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment can be downloaded from https://iso.dss.gov.bd website or can be obtained upon request from the address below either by e-mail or in person during the office hours (Local Time: 09:00 to 16:00 hours).

9. Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail- procurement.iso.dss.msw@gmail.com ) by 18 August 2026 up to 1400 hours (UTC+ 6 hours).

10. The Procuring Entity (PE) reserves the right to accept or reject any or all EOIs without assigning any reason whatsoever.

 

    --Sd/-

(Golam Mostofa)

Project Director

ISO Component 05: Socio-economic Development of the Host

Community and FDMN through Capacity Enhancement Project

Email: procurement.iso.dss.msw@gmail.com

Phone: +880 2222243305

"},{"id":"OP00454957","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"22-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-07T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"04:30","project_ctry_name":"Caribbean","project_id":"P179210","project_name":"OECS- Skills and Innovation Project","bid_reference_no":"LC-OECS COMMISSION-558060-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Consultancy Services: Independent Technical Assurance (ITA)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"P.O. Box 179 \nMorne Fortune \nCastries \nSaint Lucia","contact_ctry_name":"St. Lucia","contact_email":"francillia.solomon@oecs.int","contact_name":"Francilia Solomon","contact_organization":"Organization of Eastern Caribbean States Commission","contact_phone_no":"758-455-6300","submission_date":"2026-07-22T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

ORGANISATION OF EASTERN CARIBBEAN STATES

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

NAME OF PROJECT - OECS SKILLS AND INNOVATION PROJECT (SKIP)

GRANT NO.: E286

Assignment Title: Consultancy Services for an Independent Technical Assurance (ITA)

Reference No. LC-OECS COMMISSION-558060-CS-QCBS

 

The Organisation of Eastern Caribbean States (OECS) has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the OECS Skills and Innovation Project (SKIP) and intends to apply part of the proceeds to Consultancy Services for an Independent Technical Assurance (ITA).

The objectives of the consulting services (“the Services) are to provide independent, evidencebased technical validation of the existing builds (KTIP and Virtual Campus) and of the sourced EMIS DPG and its adaptation, and to provide feedback to the SDT on how to bring each platform to a regionallydeployable standard through an iterative cycle of review, recommendations, remediation, and signoff.

 

The OECS now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The minimum required qualifications and experience are listed in section 8.0 of the TOR below.  The Qualifications and Experience of Key Experts shall not be included in the shortlisting criteria. Key Experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.

 

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” September 2023 and (‘Procurement Regulations’), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. 

To obtain the maximum degree of comparison among Expressions of Interest (EOIs) and facilitate the evaluation process, the EOI should be a maximum of 20 pages (including annexes) with the following information included below.  Any pages exceeding this limit will not be considered for evaluation or shortlisting.

 

 

Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should clearly indicate whether the association is a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all partners shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.

    

A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.

 

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours 08:30 a.m. – 4:30 p.m. (0830 to 1630 hours).

Organisation of Eastern Caribbean States

OECS Skills and Innovation Projects

P.O. Box 179
Morne Fortune
Castries
Saint Lucia
TEL: +1 758-455-6349/68

E-mail: procurement@oecs.int

An electronic copy of the Expressions of Interest must be sent by August 7, 2026, at 4:30 p.m. to:

Yasmine Anatole, Procurement Officer

At the following email address:

procurementbids@oecs.int

copied to: skip@oecs.int       

The email submissions should include the Firm's name and address and shall be clearly marked in the subject line as “Expression of Interest – Consultancy Services for an Independent Technical Assurance (ITA).”

The Terms of Reference for the Submission of Expressions of Interest for this consultancy are provided below.

 

 
  

 

 

 

 

 

TERMS OF REFERENCE

CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR AN INDEPENDENT TECHNICAL ASSURANCE (ITA) FOR THE OECS SKILLS AND INNOVATION PROJECT (SKIP)

    

Terms of Reference

Independent Technical Assurance (ITA)

Consultancy

Technical Assurance and Iterative Validation of the KTIP, OECS Virtual Campus, and Regionally-Interoperable Post-Secondary EMIS Architecture under the OECS Skills and Innovation Project (SKIP)

Revised draft v 6— 22 June 2026

1. Background and Project Context

The OECS Skills and Innovation Project (SKIP) is a World Bank–financed regional operation implemented by the Organisation of Eastern Caribbean States (OECS) Commission and the participating OECS Member States of Grenada and Saint Lucia. The Project’s Development Objective (PDO) is to enhance youth transversal and advanced technical skills, strengthen regional collaboration in post-secondary education, and foster collaborative innovation across the OECS Member States.

The OECS SKIP is structured around four components:

Component 1 is designed to generate regional platforms, standards, and systems that benefit all nine OECS Member States and create economies of scale that individual countries cannot efficiently achieve on their own. Key activities under Component 1 include: (i) development of a regional strategic framework for postsecondary education; (ii) common learning standards and assessment tools for priority skills; (iii) harmonised standards for postsecondary faculty and institutional leadership; (iv) the OECS Virtual Campus; (v) the Knowledge, Technology and Innovation Platform (KTIP); and (vi) a regionally interoperable postsecondary Education Management Information System (EMIS) architecture.

1.1 Current state of the three Component 1 platforms

The three platforms that fall within the scope of this assignment are at materially different stages and follow materially different delivery models. The Independent Technical Assurance (ITA) Consultancy’s engagement is calibrated to those differences.

 

 

Across all three platforms, a prior technical assessment confirmed the viability of the chosen delivery approach but identified material risks related to scalability and performance at the regional level; integration across heterogeneous systems; production readiness; data governance and crosscountry compliance; and capacity constraints and longterm sustainability.

To mitigate these risks, the OECS Commission will engage a suitably qualified firm to serve as an Independent Technical Assurance Consultancy (ITA), providing independent technical assurance and certification across the lifecycle stages relevant to each platform, operating under the iterative reviewandvalidation model set out in Section 4.

Independence is a foundational requirement. The credibility of the ITA’s findings depends on a firm distinction between the ITA’s assurance role and the SDT’s development role. The ITA reviews and validates; the SDT implements. The ITA’s recommendations should specify what must be remediated and to what standard, with the implementation approach reserved for the SDT. This distinction, set out in detail in Section 4.1, Section 7, and Section 10, is foundational to the assignment and is nonnegotiable.

2. Objective and Role of the ITA

The objective of this assignment is to provide independent, evidencebased technical validation of the existing builds (KTIP and Virtual Campus) and of the sourced EMIS DPG and its adaptation, and to provide feedback to the SDT on how to bring each platform to a regionallydeployable standard through an iterative cycle of review, recommendations, remediation, and signoff.

2.1 Consolidated role description

The ITA shall act as a technical assurance and function across the full lifecycle of the three Component 1 platforms. The role comprises six discrete functions, all of which are exercised iteratively across the validation gates set out in Section 4.2:

This role description is the single, limited-scope document detailing the ITA’s functions. Subsequent sections elaborate the operational mechanics (Section 4), the phased activities (Section 5), and the institutional arrangements that support the role (Section 7).

 

3. Scope of Work

3.1 Platforms covered

The ITA shall provide technical assurance across the three SKIP Component 1 platforms and their integrations:

3.2 Differentiated assurance pathway by platform

Given the different starting positions of the three platforms, the ITA shall apply a differentiated assurance pathway, agreed in the Inception Report (D1). The pathways are articulated below; while KTIP and the Virtual Campus follow the same gate sequence, the substantive content of the review at each gate differs due to their distinct architectures and codebases.

Platform

Starting Position

ITA Pathway

KTIP

Existing SDT build, ~80% complete.

Baseline audit of existing KTIP build → Recommendations → SDT remediation → ITA revalidation & signoff → Predeployment certification → GoLive → Postdeployment review.

Virtual Campus (LearnBoard)

Existing SDT build, ~80% complete.

Baseline audit of existing Virtual Campus build against the approved Mobile Specification and target architecture → Recommendations → SDT remediation → ITA revalidation & signoff → Predeployment certification → GoLive → Postdeployment review.

Regional EMIS

To be sourced as a Digital Public Good (DPG); adaptation by SDT and partners.

DPG suitability & compliance validation → Recommendations on adaptation scope → SDT adaptation → ITA revalidation & signoff → Predeployment certification → GoLive → Postdeployment review.

 

The ITA’s role is to validate existing or sourced builds and to certify that successive remediation cycles have brought the three platforms to the required standard.

3.3 Integration scope- to ensure proper scope integration across the platforms, the ITA will seek to:

3.4 Assessment Dimensions: The ITA will undertake relevant assessments as follows:

A. Platform-Level

B. Documentation

The ITA shall assess the completeness, accuracy, and usability of technical and operational documentation associated with each platform, including:

Documentation completeness is assessed at the G2 Build Completion gate (Section 4.2), not at predeployment, so that any gaps identified can be remediated alongside other build issues.

C. DPG-Specific (EMIS only)

For the regional interoperable EMIS, the ITA shall review and assess:

D. Ecosystem-Level (System-of-Systems)

4. Technical Assurance Framework

4.1 Iterative ReviewandValidation Cycle

The ITA shall operate under an iterative reviewandvalidation cycle, applied on a per-platform basis. Each cycle consists of four steps and is the unit on which RBF approval for expenditures for the next tranche of activities proposed by the RPIU is structured:

Step 1 — Review. The ITA reviews the existing build (KTIP, Virtual Campus) or the sourced DPG and its adaptation (EMIS) against the agreed criteria for the cycle.

Step 2 — Recommendations. The ITA issues written recommendations to the SDT. Recommendations shall be scoped at the level of what must be remediated and to what standard, with clear acceptance criteria.

Step 3 — SDT implementation and testing. The SDT implements the recommendations and conducts its own internal testing. The SDT shall submit to the ITA a remediation evidence pack documenting the changes made, the testing performed, and the results obtained.

Step 4 — Revalidation and signoff. The ITA revalidates the platform against the acceptance criteria stated in its recommendations. Where the criteria are met, the ITA issues a written signoff for the build phase, thereby triggering approval of expenditures for the corresponding RBF tranche of RPIU activities. Where criteria are not met, the cycle returns to Step 2 with revised or supplementary recommendations.

Cycles are platformspecific. KTIP, the Virtual Campus, and the EMIS may proceed through their cycles in parallel or in different sequences, as agreed in the Inception Report.

Decoupling ITA fees from SDT performance. The ITA’s entitlement to its own contractual fees is determined by the delivery of each ITA deliverable (Section 6), not by whether the SDT achieves a positive signoff in any given cycle. A Remediation Required determination represents a completed and payable piece of ITA work as much as a Validated determination does. This separation is critical to the integrity of the assignment: the ITA’s fees must not depend on the speed or quality of the SDT’s remediation, since such dependence would create a structural incentive to issue premature positive signoffs. RBF approval of expenditures for the tranche of activities is to the RPIU, on the strength of ITA signoff; the ITA itself is paid on the OECS Commission’s acceptance of its determinations and reports per Section 6.

4.2 Validation Gates

Each platform progresses through a sequence of validation gates. The gates are eventbased: a gate is triggered when the SDT submits the corresponding deliverable package, not on a fixed calendar date. A mapping of the milestones and key dates will be presented during the inception meeting. The gates and their applicability per platform are as follows:

 

 

Gate

Trigger

Deliverable from SDT

ITA Role

Outcome on Sign-off

G1 — Baseline / DPG Validation

 

 

SDT presents the current build status pack (KTIP, VC) or DPG suitability assessment and adaptation plan (EMIS) at the point of ITA engagement.

Build status pack documenting work completed to date (KTIP, VC); DPG suitability assessment and adaptation plan (EMIS).

Review and acknowledge the baseline; confirm that the scope, architecture, and DPG positioning are consistent with the SKIP requirements, as documented in the project documents; record any observations to inform subsequent gates.

Baseline of record established. Expenditures for Tranche 1 of activities proposed by the RPIU are approved.

G2 — Architecture Lock-in & Pilot Validation

SDT submits an integrated build with pilot deployment in selected institutions across lead Member States, supported by load-testing evidence and pilot monitoring data.

Integrated build with technical and operational documentation; architecture specification proposed for lock-in; security, performance and load-testing results against agreed thresholds; pilot deployment in selected institutions with monitoring data over an agreed observation window; user acceptance testing outcomes from pilot sites.

Review, recommend, re-validate. Confirm architecture is fit for regional deployment and may be locked in; verify load and performance behaviour under realistic institutional conditions; certify pilot outcomes against acceptance criteria.

Architecture locked in. Expenditures for  Tranche 2 of activities proposed by the RPIU are approved.

G3 — Regional Go-Live & Post-Deployment

SDT submits the regional innovations deployment plan and proceeds with rollout across Member States.

Regional deployment evidence across the nine Member States; post-deployment monitoring data; operational handover documentation; sustainability and support arrangements.

Validate regional innovation deployment, conduct a final audit, and issue sustainability recommendations.

Regional go-live certified. Expenditures for the final tranche of activities proposed by the RPIU are approved.

 

Within each gate, the fourstep iterative cycle (Section 4.1) may be repeated as many times as is necessary for the platform to meet the acceptance criteria. The ITA shall not artificially compress the cycle, but recommendations and revalidations shall be issued within the timeliness windows set out in Section 4.3.

ITA mobilisation timing. Given that KTIP and the Virtual Campus are at approximately 80% completion, ITA mobilisation must take place as soon as practicable following procurement, and shall not be deferred to align with the EMIS DPG sourcing timeline. The OECS Commission RPIU shall ensure that the procurement schedule supports mobilisation in time for the first G1 baseline audit of KTIP and the Virtual Campus. Where ITA mobilisation cannot be completed in time for an applicable gate, the OECS Commission RPIU shall document the gap and either (a) defer the affected gate or (b) authorise SDT continuation under a documented risk acceptance, with ITA retrospective review at the next gate.

 

4.3 Decision Authority and Timeliness

At each validation point within a gate, the ITA shall issue one of the following determinations:

Review turnaround. The ITA shall issue its determination within 10 working days of receipt of the complete deliverable package or remediation evidence pack from the SDT. Where the ITA requires further information, the 10workingday clock pauses upon issuance of a written information request and resumes upon receipt. The SDT shall respond to ITA information requests within 5 working days. The OECS Commission recognises that the SDT operates as a volunteer regional network, and prolonged review periods materially affect the SDT’s ability to maintain delivery momentum.

Recommendations specificity. Each recommendation issued by the ITA shall include: (i) a clear statement of the issue identified; (ii) the standard or criterion that is not met; (iii) the acceptance criteria that the SDT’s remediation must satisfy; and (iv) the evidence required from the SDT to support revalidation. The ITA shall not issue findings that are nonspecific, that prescribe a particular implementation approach, or that require openended further review.

Dispute resolution. Where the OECS Commission RPIU or the SDT documents a goodfaith technical disagreement with a Remediation Required or Critical Issues determination, the RPIU may, with World Bank concurrence, refer the matter to an independent technical panel for a binding second opinion. The panel shall comprise three subjectmatter experts who have not previously been engaged on the Project, jointly nominated by the OECS Commission and the World Bank. The cost of the panel shall be borne by the Project. This mechanism does not extend to findings issued under the Escalation Protocol (Sec. 7.5).

5. Phased Activities

5.1 Inception, Baseline Audits, and DPG Validation

On mobilisation, and applied per platform, the ITA shall:

5.2 Iterative Review and Remediation Oversight

During the buildcompletion and integration stages, the ITA shall, per platform:

5.3 Testing, Validation, and Quality Assurance

Minimum benchmarks (to be refined at inception):

5.4 Data Governance and DPI Readiness

5.5 PreDeployment Certification and GoLive

No deployment shall proceed without ITA certification.

5.6 PostDeployment and Scale Readiness

6. Deliverables and Payment Structure

Each substantive deliverable is delivered per platform: KTIP, OECS Virtual Campus, and Regional Post-Secondary EMIS. The payment share for D2 through D6 is split across the three platforms, so that the ITA’s entitlement under any deliverable is contingent on completion of that deliverable for each platform to which it applies. D1 (Inception) and D5 (Final Audit) are single combined deliverables across all three platforms.

The ITA is paid for delivering its own determinations and reports. The ITA is not paid contingent on the SDT achieving a Validated outcome: a properlyissued Remediation Required or Critical Issues determination is a delivered piece of ITA work and is payable on the same basis as a Validated (or Validated with Recommendations) determination. Conversely, approval of expenditures for the RBF tranche of activities proposed by the RPIU is contingent on the ITA’s Validated or Validated with Recommendations signoff for the corresponding gate.

 

Ref

Deliverable

Description

Per Platform Share

Total Share

D1

Inception Report and Workplan

Single combined report covering KTIP, Virtual Campus, and EMIS: audit framework, scope confirmation, per-platform pathway, pilot scope and load-testing thresholds for G2, risk register, review schedule.

—

10%

D2a

G1 Baseline Validation Report — KTIP

Baseline audit of the existing KTIP build with determination per Sec. 4.3 and recommendations register.

5%

—

D2b

G1 Baseline Validation Report — Virtual Campus

Baseline audit of the existing Virtual Campus build with determination per Sec. 4.3 and recommendations register.

5%

—

D2c

G1 DPG & Adaptation Validation Report — EMIS

Validation of the DPG suitability assessment and the proposed adaptation scope with determination and recommendations register.

5%

D2 sub-total: 15%

D3a

G2 Architecture Lock-in & Pilot Validation Report — KTIP

Per-cycle audit reports across the G2 review-and-validation cycle: architecture review, load and performance testing review, security and UAT outcomes, pilot deployment validation across selected institutions, recommendations register, SDT remediation responses, re-validation outcome, sign-off determination, and architecture lock-in certification. This triggers the approval of SDT KTIP expenditures for tranche 2 activities.

13.33%

—

D3b

G2 Architecture Lock-in & Pilot Validation Report — Virtual Campus

Per-cycle audit reports across the G2 review-and-validation cycle: architecture review, load and performance testing review, security and UAT outcomes, pilot deployment validation across selected institutions, recommendations register, SDT remediation responses, re-validation outcome, sign-off determination, and architecture lock-in certification. This triggers the approval of SDT Virtual Campus expenditures for tranche 2 activities.

 

13.33%

—

D3c

G2 Architecture Lock-in & Pilot Validation Report — EMIS

Per-cycle audit reports across the G2 review-and-validation cycle: architecture review, load and performance testing review, security and UAT outcomes, pilot deployment validation across selected institutions, recommendations register, SDT remediation responses, re-validation outcome, sign-off determination, and architecture lock-in certification. This triggers the approval of SDT EMIS expenditures for tranche 2 activities.

13.34%

D3 sub-total: 40%

D4a

G3 Regional Go-Live & Post-Deployment Report — KTIP

Go / Conditional Go / No-Go certification for regional rollout; post-deployment stability and adoption findings; sustainability recommendations for KTIP. This triggers the approval of SDT KTIP expenditures for the final tranche.

 

8.33%

—

D4b

G3 Regional Go-Live & Post-Deployment Report — Virtual Campus

Go / Conditional Go / No-Go certification for regional rollout; post-deployment stability and adoption findings; sustainability recommendations for Virtual Campus. This triggers the approval of SDT Virtual Campus expenditure for the final tranche.

 

8.33%

—

D4c

G3 Regional Go-Live & Post-Deployment Report — EMIS

Go / Conditional Go / No-Go certification for regional rollout; post-deployment stability and adoption findings; sustainability recommendations for EMIS. This triggers the approval of SDT EMIS expenditures for the final tranche.

 

8.34%

D4 sub-total: 25%

D5

Final Audit Report

Single combined report across KTIP, Virtual Campus, and EMIS: scale readiness and sustainability recommendations across the regional deployment.

—

10%

Total contract value: 100%, comprising D1 (10%) + D2 (15%) + D3 (40%) + D4 (25%) + D5 (10%). The per-platform structure ensures that the ITA's payments are tied to completion of work on each named platform, rather than to a single global completion event that could be dominated by the slowest platform.

All deliverables shall be submitted in English using both Word and PDF formats.

 

7. Reporting and Institutional Arrangements

7.1 Reporting Line: The ITA shall report to the OECS Commission through the reporting line confirmed by the OECS Commission prior to contract effectiveness. The reporting arrangement shall preserve the ITA’s independence from the SDT and from any other unit of the OECS Commission whose work is subject to audit. For daytoday coordination, the ITA shall liaise with the RPIU Project Manager and/or the relevant Technical Specialists. The ITA reports to the Director General or his designee, who shall be confirmed in writing by the OECS Commission prior to the issuance of the request for proposals.

7.2 Independence and NonInterference: The ITA operates as an independent function. OECS Commission leadership commits to ensuring the ITA’s independence is protected and that no impediment is placed on the ITA’s access or on the integrity of its findings.

7.3 Constructive Engagement with the SDT: The iterative reviewandvalidation model requires the ITA to engage constructively with the SDT throughout each cycle. The ITA shall: (i) issue recommendations that are clear, specific, and actionable; (ii) make itself available for technical clarification discussions on the meaning and scope of its recommendations, without prescribing implementation; (iii) share draft determinations with the SDT before finalising, to allow opportunity to respond to or clarify factual matters; and (iv) maintain a working relationship oriented toward bringing each platform to the required standard. This constructive engagement does not affect independence; final conclusions, recommendations, and signoff determinations remain the ITA’s sole determination.

7.4 World Bank Interface: The ITA’s deliverables shall be submitted simultaneously to the OECS Commission and to the World Bank task team. The ITA may be requested to participate in project implementation support missions, midterm reviews, or technical briefings organised by the World Bank. Coordination on such requests shall be managed through the RPIU.

7.5 Escalation Protocol: If the ITA identifies a finding that poses a significant risk to the Project, including serious technical failure, system instability, security breaches or vulnerability, material deviation from approved design, data integrity breaches or risks, or misuse of project resources, the ITA shall notify the senior officer to whom it reports (Sec. 7.1) in writing within 5 working days. The OECS Commission shall acknowledge and advise on next steps within 5 working days. The SDT lead shall be notified at the same time as the senior officer to enable a timely operational response. The World Bank shall be informed within the same 5workingday window, accompanied by a brief contextual note from the OECS Commission RPIU where the RPIU determines such context is necessary for accurate interpretation of the finding. The provision of an RPIU contextual note shall not delay World Bank notification beyond 5 working days.

7.6 Access and Cooperation: OECS Commission staff and consultants, including members of the inhouse development team (i.e. SDT), are required to cooperate fully with the ITA and to provide timely access to all documentation, source code, test environments, development records, and personnel reasonably requested. As far as practicable, the OECS Commission shall invite the ITA to relevant technical meetings specific to design reviews, sprint reviews, testing sessions, and demonstrations. The ITA shall be granted readonly access to the inhouse team’s source code repositories, architecture documentation, test environments and logs, deployment pipelines, project management tools, and documentation repositories. The Project Manager in the RPIU shall respond to ITA information requests within 5 working days.

 

8. Qualifications and Staffing

The assignment shall be delivered by a firm. Individual consultancy arrangements are not permitted, in line with World Bank requirements for the assignment. The firm shall mobilise the key expert team set out in Section 8.2 and shall meet the firmlevel experience requirements set out in Section 8.1.

 

8.1 Firm-level qualifications and experience

The firm or consortium shall demonstrate the following at the proposal stage:

8.2 Key experts required

The firm shall propose the following five key expert positions. Each position must be filled by a separate qualified individual. The Team Leader shall be clearly identified throughout the proposal as the firm’s single named accountable individual for the assignment.

Team Leader / Senior Technical Auditor

The Team Leader is the firm’s single named accountable individual for the assignment, the primary author of the Inception Report (D1), the Final Audit Report (D7), and all gate signoff determinations, and the principal interlocutor with the OECS Commission and the World Bank.

Systems Architect / Integration Specialist

Cybersecurity and Data Protection Specialist

Testing and Quality Assurance Specialist

 

Digital Public Goods and EMIS Specialist

9. Duration and Level of Effort

The assignment is expected to commence in Q3 2026, subject to confirmation of the procurement schedule prior to the issuance of the request for proposals. Given that KTIP and the Virtual Campus are at approximately 80% completion, the procurement and mobilisation schedule shall be designed to support ITA mobilisation in time for the first G1 baseline audit, and a target mobilisation date shall be confirmed by the OECS Commission RPIU when issuing the request for proposals.

Total assignment duration is estimated at approximately 18 months from contract effectiveness, covering the iterative cycles, predeployment certification, and postdeployment stabilisation across all three platforms. Engagement on KTIP and the Virtual Campus shall conclude as each completes its postdeployment stabilisation gate; engagement on EMIS shall continue through its DPG adaptation, pilot, and stabilisation gates.

Total estimated level of effort (LOE) is approximately 110 to 130 working days. “Level of effort” refers to the total number of professional working days, aggregated across the firm’s key experts, that the firm is expected to expend in delivering the assignment. The LOE is not continuous: engagement is concentrated around platformspecific gates, iterative review cycles, testing phases, and reporting dates. The indicative LOE distribution is as follows:

Component

Indicative LOE (days)

Basis

Inception, baseline audits (KTIP, VC), DPG validation (EMIS)

20–25

Three platforms: two baseline audits of existing builds and one DPG suitability validation

Iterative reviewandvalidation cycles

35–40

Multiple cycles per platform; expected 2 cycles per platform between G1 and G3

Testing, validation, and security clearance

20–25

All three platforms

Predeployment certification and golive

15–20

Perplatform Go / NoGo decisions

Postdeployment monitoring and final audit

20–20

Stabilisation review and scaling recommendations

 

A detailed work plan, with the Level of Effort broken down by platform, by gate, and by expected number of cycles, shall be finalised in the Inception Report (D1) within 10 working days of contract effectiveness.

10. Ethical Standards, Independence, and Confidentiality

The ITA shall at all times:

Conflict of Interest Declaration. All members of the ITA team must submit a signed conflictofinterest declaration before the contract takes effect. Any new conflict arising during the assignment must be disclosed within five (5) working days.

11. Intellectual Property

All reports, audit plans, assessment notes, tools, checklists, and other materials produced under this assignment shall be the exclusive property of the OECS Commission. The ITA shall deliver copies of all working documentation upon request and upon contract completion. The ITA shall not retain, publish, or use these materials without prior written consent from the OECS Commission.

 

 

"},{"id":"OP00456646","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"14-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-07-29T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:00","project_ctry_name":"Eastern and Southern Africa","project_id":"P180117","project_name":"Building Institutions And Systems to Harness And Realize Agenda 2063 Project","bid_reference_no":"ET-AUC-560866-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"CONSULTANCY SERVICES TO CONDUCT IT SECURITY ASSESSMENT FOR AFRICA UNION COMMISSION","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Africa Union HeadquartersP.O.BOX 3243Tel: 251-11-5-517700webmaster: webmaster@africa-union.orgAddis","contact_ctry_name":"Ethiopia","contact_email":"Chenga-Bwalyak@AfricanUnion.org","contact_name":"Kaputo Chenga -Bwalya","contact_organization":"Africa Union Commission","contact_phone_no":"+251982168552","submission_date":"2026-07-14T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRM SELECTION)

 

Country: Ethiopia

Name of Project: The Building Institutions and Systems to Harness and Realize Agenda (BIASHARA) 2063 Project

Grant No: P180117

Assignment Title: Consultancy Services to Conduct IT Security Assessment for Africa Union Commission

 

Reference No. ET-AUC-560866-CS-QCBS

 

The African Union Commission has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of The Building Institutions and Systems to Harness and Realize Agenda (BIASHARA) 2063 Project and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.

 

The consulting services (“the Services”) include conducting a comprehensive penetration testing assessment of the African Union Commission’s ICT infrastructure. The engagement is designed to rigorously evaluate technical controls, identify vulnerabilities, and simulate realistic cyberattack scenarios.

 

The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment are attached to this Request for Expressions of Interest.

 

The African Union Commission now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The shortlisting criteria are:

 

 

 

Key Experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.

 

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” July 2016, revised November 2020 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.

 

Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.

 

A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Consultants’ Quality and Cost-based Selection method set out in the Procurement Regulations.

 

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours 0900 to 1700 hours.

 

Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by 29 July 2026.

 

African Union Commission,

Head of Supply Chain Management Division

Building C, 3rd Floor,

P.O Box 3243, Roosevelt Street

Addis Ababa, Ethiopia

Tel: +251 (0) 11 551 7700 – Ext 4305

Fax: +251 (0) 11 551 0442; +251 11-551-0430

E-mail: Tender@africanunion.org

 


 

 

 

TERMS OF REFERENCE

 

CONSULTANCY SERVICES TO CONDUCT IT SECURITY ASSESSMENT FOR AFRICA UNION COMMISSION

 

REF: ET-AUC-560866-CS-QCBS

 

As the continental organization mandated to advance integration, peace, and sustainable development across Africa, the African Union Commission (AUC) increasingly relies on sophisticated Information and Communication Technology (ICT) systems to execute its mandate with efficiency, reliability, and accountability. The Commission’s ICT ecosystem, spanning headquarters and regional offices, integrates interconnected networks, mission-critical applications, and distributed services that are essential to achieving its operational and strategic priorities. While this digital transformation has significantly enhanced connectivity, efficiency, and service delivery, it has also introduced a complex and evolving landscape of cybersecurity risks.

In the current threat environment, cyber risks are not solely technical challenges; they carry strategic implications for institutional integrity, governance, and stakeholder trust. Safeguarding the AUC’s ICT assets is therefore a matter of organizational resilience, credibility, and confidence — core enablers for the Commission to effectively deliver its continental mandate.

 

The Management Information System Directorate (MISD), operating under the Cabinet of the Deputy Chairperson, is responsible for planning, deploying, and managing all ICT functions across the African Union.  In its commitment to strengthening institutional cyber resilience, MISD recognizes the need for an independent, evidence-based Security Assessment of its ICT environment. This assessment will identify vulnerabilities, evaluate the effectiveness of existing safeguards, and provide actionable guidance to reinforce ICT security across all operational fields.

Accordingly, the African Union Commission invites proposals from highly qualified cybersecurity firms to conduct a comprehensive Security Assessment, incorporating both external and internal penetration testing. The assessment will simulate realistic cyber-threat scenarios, evaluate technical and operational resilience, and deliver prioritized recommendations for remediation. The outcomes will provide the Commission with a clear, actionable, and strategic understanding of its cybersecurity posture, supporting informed decision-making, strengthened operational continuity, and sustained institutional trust.

The main objectives of this Security Assessment will result in:

 

 

The consultancy will develop a structured, actionable IT Security Remediation Plan based on the findings of a comprehensive penetration testing assessment of the African Union Commission’s ICT infrastructure. The plan will be multiannual, operational, and include prioritized initiatives with clearly assigned accountable owners, fully aligned with the Commission’s ICT governance framework and operational priorities. It will integrate targeted remediation measures, evidence-based recommendations, and a detailed implementation roadmap to strengthen the resilience and protection of critical ICT systems and services.

The firm will conduct a thorough penetration testing engagement, employing both external (black box) and internal (white box) methodologies. The assessment will systematically identify exploitable vulnerabilities, evaluate the effectiveness of existing technical controls, and simulate realistic threat scenarios across networks, servers, applications, and configurations. The outcomes will provide the Commission with actionable insights to guide the development and operationalization of a practical remediation plan.

The Security Assessment aims to deliver actionable insights that will:

  1. Identify exploitable vulnerabilities across ICT systems including networks, servers, applications, and configurations revealing weaknesses that could be leveraged by malicious actors.
  2. Simulate realistic cyberattack scenarios reflecting both external and insider threats, providing a clear understanding of the Commission’s security posture under operational conditions.
  3. Evaluate the effectiveness of existing technical security controls, including detection, prevention, and response mechanisms.
  4. Determine potential business and operational impacts of successful exploitation, enabling leadership to prioritize risk mitigation based on strategic and operational importance.
  5. Provide prioritized, actionable recommendations for remediation, mitigation, and risk reduction, fully aligned with internationally recognized cybersecurity standards and best practices.
  6. Support organizational resilience and continuous improvement, enabling MISD to enhance monitoring, governance, and long-term cybersecurity maturity.

 

 

Under the leadership of the MISD Director, the consultancy will conduct a comprehensive penetration testing assessment of the African Union Commission’s ICT infrastructure. The engagement is designed to rigorously evaluate technical controls, identify vulnerabilities, and simulate realistic cyberattack scenarios. The assessment will be tailored to the Commission’s operational context, system architecture, regulatory environment, and threat landscape. At a minimum, the firm will prepare and execute the following:

  1. Planning and Scoping Phase
  1. Situational Assessment

 

  1. Vulnerability and Risk Assessment

 

  1. Testing and Evaluation

 

  1. Recommendations and Remediation Roadmap

 

  1. Reporting and Stakeholder Engagement

 

 

The estimated duration of this assignment is approximately 5 months, covering 15 weeks at the African Union Commission Headquarters and 2 weeks and 2 days at each of the three remote AU regional offices (selected by the MIS Directorate). All deliverables shall be clear, well-structured, and actionable, supporting practical implementation and informed decision-making. Deliverables shall include visual elements such as vulnerability heat maps, dashboards, and executive summaries to enhance clarity and facilitate prioritization of mitigation measures. Each deliverable shall be submitted in both draft and final versions and presented in formats agreed with the African Union, including but not limited to Word and PowerPoint

 

The firm will provide the following deliverables:

 

Deliverables / reports

Content of reports

Timeline

Inception report

Detailed methodology, rules of engagement, testing windows, work plan, stakeholder map, communication plan, identification of dependencies, potential risks, and mitigation measures. Approved work plan will serve as the monitoring and coordination framework for the assignment.

Within the first 10 business days after the start of the consultancy

Penetration testing and risk assessment report

A structured report detailing the results of the penetration testing assessment (external black box and internal white box). Includes identification of vulnerabilities classified by severity, technical and systemic weaknesses, potential escalation paths, third-party risks, and potential business or operational impacts.

Within 30 business days after approval of the Inception Report

Threat landscape and technical evaluation report

Assessment of relevant cyber threats (external and insider risks), evaluation of existing technical controls, detection, prevention, and response capabilities, and identification of potential gaps affecting ICT resilience.

Within 30 business days after approval of the Inception Report

Draft remediation and action plan

Prioritized, actionable recommendations for remediation and risk mitigation. Includes detailed remediation roadmap, sequencing, dependencies, responsible owners, and indicative resource/budget estimates for critical corrective actions.

Within 25 business days after approval of the Penetration Testing and Risk Assessment Report

Final security assessment and remediation plan

Consolidated final report incorporating stakeholder feedback, including executive summary, detailed technical findings, and the finalized remediation RoadMap for operationalization.

Within 10 business days after approval of the Draft Remediation and Action Plan

Presentation to leadership / steering committee

Executive-level presentation of key findings, insights, risk implications, and proposed remediation roadmap. Facilitation of discussions and alignment with MISD and leadership teams.

After approval of the Final Security Assessment and Remediation Plan

Technical Handover and Final Reporting

Handover of all assessment outputs, including detailed technical findings, evidence of vulnerabilities, remediation recommendations, and practical guidance for the Commission’s ICT teams. Ensures the MISD can act on findings, monitor progress, and sustain improvements in ICT security posture.

Within 15 business days after approval of the Final Security Assessment and Remediation Plan

 

The African Union Commission (AUC) will provide the following support to facilitate the consultancy:

  1. Access to Relevant Documentation and Information
  2. Access to Key Personnel and Stakeholders
  1. Reporting Requirements

 

Report / Deliverable

Format

Number of Copies

Recipients

Inception Report

Word / PDF

2 Hard Copies + 1 Electronic

Senior Leadership,
MIS Director,
Cybersecurity Team

Interim Progress Reports

Word / PDF

1 Electronic

MIS Director,
Cybersecurity Team,
IT Governance Team

Penetration Testing and Risk Assessment Report

Word / PDF

1 Electronic for each report

MIS Director, Cybersecurity Team, IT Governance Team

Threat Landscape and Technical Evaluation Report

Word / PDF

1 Electronic

MIS Director, Cybersecurity Team, IT Governance Team

Draft Security Assessment and Remediation Plan

Word / PDF

1 Electronic

MIS Director,
Cybersecurity Team,
IT Governance Team

Final Security Assessment and Remediation Plan

Word / PDF

3 Hard Copies + 1 Electronic

Senior Leadership,
MIS Director,
Cybersecurity Team

Presentation of Findings

PowerPoint / PDF

1 Electronic

Senior Leadership,
MIS Director,
Cybersecurity Team,
Relevant Stakeholders

Knowledge Transfer and Handover Report

Word / PDF

1 Electronic

MIS Director,
Cybersecurity Team,
IT Governance Team

 

 

  1.  
  2. Consultant’s Qualifications, Experience Requirements and Consultant’s Team Composition with Estimate of Key Experts Input.

The successful consultancy firm must demonstrate a strong focus on cybersecurity strategy, risk management, and organizational value delivery, particularly within intergovernmental or large-scale institutional contexts.

Firm Requirements:

 

Consultancy Team Experience

 

  1. Client’s Assignment management arrangement:

 

  1. List Of Indicative Key Professional Positions Whose CVs And Experience Would Be Evaluated. 

S. No

Key Position

Area of Specific Expertise Required

Minimum Qualification and Professional Expérience

Indicative Key Staff Input (Person-Months)

1

Team Lead / Cybersecurity Assessment Expert

Overall leadership of security assessment, governance, quality assurance, and coordination of penetration testing activities

10+ years in cybersecurity, including at least 4 years leading penetration testing or security assessment engagements in complex environments

5 months

2

Lead Penetration Tester / Red Team Specialist

Advanced penetration testing, ethical hacking, exploitation techniques, attack simulation (external and internal)

7+ years in cybersecurity with at least 5 years of hands-on penetration testing experience across networks, systems, and applications

4–5 months (intensive during testing phases)

3

Cybersecurity Architect / Infrastructure Security Expert

Review of network, server, cloud, and application security architecture; evaluation of technical controls and attack surfaces

7+ years in cybersecurity with strong experience in infrastructure security assessment and secure architecture design

5 months

4

Vulnerability Management and Risk Analyst

Vulnerability identification, classification, risk scoring, exploitation impact analysis, and remediation prioritization

5+ years in vulnerability management, security assessment, or cyber risk analysis in enterprise environments

5 months

5

Project Manager / Engagement Coordinator

Project planning, coordination, stakeholder engagement, reporting, and delivery tracking

5+ years in project management, preferably in cybersecurity or IT security assessment engagements

5 months

6

Change Management / Knowledge Transfer Expert

Development of technical reports, remediation guidance, and knowledge transfer to ICT teams

5+ years in cybersecurity reporting, documentation, or technical advisory with experience in translating findings into actionable remediation plans

2–3 months

                                   

  1. Contract Type and Other Information:
  1. Contract Type - The contract will be Lumpsum with clearly defined deliverables and milestone-based payments. Firms will be expected to meet performance benchmarks, with payments linked to the successful completion of each project phase. 
  2. Expected Duration - The assignment is expected to last approximately 5 months (21 weeks and 6 days), including 15 weeks at African Union (AU) headquarters and 2 weeks plus 2 days at each of the three AU regional offices, to be selected by the MIS Directorate. Extensions may be considered if required.
  3. Assignment Location - The selected firm will primarily work remotely. On-site may be considered for critical assessment, workshops, subject to approval and adherence to security protocols. 
  4. Language - Fluency in English and/or French as well as a good working knowledge of the other working languages of the Africa Union is an advantage.
  5. Evaluation and award of the consultancy - Evaluation of the proposals and award of the contract (consultancy) will be based on educational background, peculiarity of required experience and technical competencies. African Union reserves the right to accept or reject any proposal received without offering any explanation.
  6. Intellectual Property Rights - Any reports, documents graphics, or other materials, prepared by the consultancy firm for this assignment shall belong to and remain the property of the African Union.

 

 

 

 

"},{"id":"OP00455762","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"09-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-07-09T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"00:00","project_ctry_name":"Bangladesh","project_id":"P506691","project_name":"Strengthening Institutions for Transparency and Accountability (SITA)","bid_reference_no":"PMIPSD/S-09N","bid_description":"Security Operation Center Analyst","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"BPPA Bhaban, Planning Commission Campus\nSher-e-Bangla Nagar, Dhaka-1207, Bangladesh","contact_ctry_name":"Bangladesh","contact_email":"ceo@bppa.gov.bd","contact_name":"S.M. Moin Uddin Ahmed","contact_organization":"Bangladesh Public Procurement Authority","contact_phone_no":"01715052811","contact_web_url":"https://www.bppa.gov.bd/","submission_date":"2026-07-09T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

Ref No: 21.00.0000.391.07.0136.26-138                                                                                 Date: 11 June 2026

 

Request for Expressions of Interest (REOI) for Individual Security Operation Center Analyst [Contract Package # PMIPSD/S-09N/S-09O/S-09P]

 

  1. The People’s Republic of Bangladesh has received financing from the World Bank under IDA Credit No. 7828-BD (Credit A) and Credit No. 7829-BD (Credit B) for the implementation of the “Procurement Modernization to Improve Public Service Delivery (PMIPSD)” by the Bangladesh Public Procurement Authority (BPPA) under the Strengthening Institutions for Transparency and Accountability (SITA) Project.

 

2. The key role and Responsibilities of the consultant would include, but not limited to, the following:

3. Educational Qualification, IT Certifications and Experience  

 

Experience

4. Bangladesh Public Procurement Authority (BPPA) now invites eligible Applicants to indicate their interest in providing the services. The Applicants are requested to submit their: (a) Curriculum Vitae (CV), which will indicate that they are qualified to perform the assignment; (b) expected remuneration and (c) submission letter as per prescribed format.
 

5. The duration of the Contract will be about Forty-Two (42) Staff Months from July 2026 to December 2029. The consultant shall be initially hired for 12 months and the contract will be extended based on performance.


6. The Security Operation Center Analyst will be selected in accordance with the "World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (September 2025)".

7. Expression of Interest (EoI) shall be submitted by June 25, 2026 up to 4:00 pm either in sealed envelope clearly marked "EOI for Security Operation Center Analyst or through email sent to Chief Executive Officer, BPPA. The Detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) and Format will be available upon request either through e-mail info@bppa.gov.bd or in person from the address provided below.

 

8. The BPPA reserves the right to accept or reject any or all EOI.

 

 

 

On behalf of Procuring Entity (PE)

 

 

(Md. Mutasimul Islam)

Director (Deputy Secretary)

Telephone: +88-02-48119378

e-Mail: bppadir1@bppa.gov.bd

"},{"id":"OP00455765","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"09-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-07-09T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"00:00","project_ctry_name":"Bangladesh","project_id":"P506691","project_name":"Strengthening Institutions for Transparency and Accountability (SITA)","bid_reference_no":"PMIPSD/S-09O","bid_description":"Security Operation Center Analyst","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"BPPA Bhaban, Planning Commission Campus\nSher-e-Bangla Nagar, Dhaka-1207, Bangladesh","contact_ctry_name":"Bangladesh","contact_email":"ceo@bppa.gov.bd","contact_name":"S.M. Moin Uddin Ahmed","contact_organization":"Bangladesh Public Procurement Authority","contact_phone_no":"01715052811","contact_web_url":"https://www.bppa.gov.bd/","submission_date":"2026-07-09T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

Ref No: 21.00.0000.391.07.0136.26-138                                                                                 Date: 11 June 2026

 

Request for Expressions of Interest (REOI) for Individual Security Operation Center Analyst [Contract Package # PMIPSD/S-09N/S-09O/S-09P]

 

  1. The People’s Republic of Bangladesh has received financing from the World Bank under IDA Credit No. 7828-BD (Credit A) and Credit No. 7829-BD (Credit B) for the implementation of the “Procurement Modernization to Improve Public Service Delivery (PMIPSD)” by the Bangladesh Public Procurement Authority (BPPA) under the Strengthening Institutions for Transparency and Accountability (SITA) Project.

 

2. The key role and Responsibilities of the consultant would include, but not limited to, the following:

3. Educational Qualification, IT Certifications and Experience  

 

Experience

4. Bangladesh Public Procurement Authority (BPPA) now invites eligible Applicants to indicate their interest in providing the services. The Applicants are requested to submit their: (a) Curriculum Vitae (CV), which will indicate that they are qualified to perform the assignment; (b) expected remuneration and (c) submission letter as per prescribed format.
 

5. The duration of the Contract will be about Forty-Two (42) Staff Months from July 2026 to December 2029. The consultant shall be initially hired for 12 months and the contract will be extended based on performance.


6. The Security Operation Center Analyst will be selected in accordance with the "World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (September 2025)".

7. Expression of Interest (EoI) shall be submitted by June 25, 2026 up to 4:00 pm either in sealed envelope clearly marked "EOI for Security Operation Center Analyst or through email sent to Chief Executive Officer, BPPA. The Detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) and Format will be available upon request either through e-mail info@bppa.gov.bd or in person from the address provided below.

 

8. The BPPA reserves the right to accept or reject any or all EOI.

 

 

 

On behalf of Procuring Entity (PE)

 

 

(Md. Mutasimul Islam)

Director (Deputy Secretary)

Telephone: +88-02-48119378

e-Mail: bppadir1@bppa.gov.bd

"},{"id":"OP00455769","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"09-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-07-09T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"00:00","project_ctry_name":"Bangladesh","project_id":"P506691","project_name":"Strengthening Institutions for Transparency and Accountability (SITA)","bid_reference_no":"PMIPSD/S-09P","bid_description":"Security Operation Center Analyst","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"BPPA Bhaban, Planning Commission Campus\nSher-e-Bangla Nagar, Dhaka-1207, Bangladesh","contact_ctry_name":"Bangladesh","contact_email":"ceo@bppa.gov.bd","contact_name":"S.M. Moin Uddin Ahmed","contact_organization":"Bangladesh Public Procurement Authority","contact_phone_no":"01715052811","contact_web_url":"https://www.bppa.gov.bd/","submission_date":"2026-07-09T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

Ref No: 21.00.0000.391.07.0136.26-138                                                                                 Date: 11 June 2026

 

Request for Expressions of Interest (REOI) for Individual Security Operation Center Analyst [Contract Package # PMIPSD/S-09N/S-09O/S-09P]

 

  1. The People’s Republic of Bangladesh has received financing from the World Bank under IDA Credit No. 7828-BD (Credit A) and Credit No. 7829-BD (Credit B) for the implementation of the “Procurement Modernization to Improve Public Service Delivery (PMIPSD)” by the Bangladesh Public Procurement Authority (BPPA) under the Strengthening Institutions for Transparency and Accountability (SITA) Project.

 

2. The key role and Responsibilities of the consultant would include, but not limited to, the following:

3. Educational Qualification, IT Certifications and Experience  

 

Experience

4. Bangladesh Public Procurement Authority (BPPA) now invites eligible Applicants to indicate their interest in providing the services. The Applicants are requested to submit their: (a) Curriculum Vitae (CV), which will indicate that they are qualified to perform the assignment; (b) expected remuneration and (c) submission letter as per prescribed format.
 

5. The duration of the Contract will be about Forty-Two (42) Staff Months from July 2026 to December 2029. The consultant shall be initially hired for 12 months and the contract will be extended based on performance.


6. The Security Operation Center Analyst will be selected in accordance with the "World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (September 2025)".

7. Expression of Interest (EoI) shall be submitted by June 25, 2026 up to 4:00 pm either in sealed envelope clearly marked "EOI for Security Operation Center Analyst or through email sent to Chief Executive Officer, BPPA. The Detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) and Format will be available upon request either through e-mail info@bppa.gov.bd or in person from the address provided below.

 

8. The BPPA reserves the right to accept or reject any or all EOI.

 

 

 

On behalf of Procuring Entity (PE)

 

 

(Md. Mutasimul Islam)

Director (Deputy Secretary)

Telephone: +88-02-48119378

e-Mail: bppadir1@bppa.gov.bd

"},{"id":"OP00454611","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"29-Jun-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-07-17T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"16:30","project_ctry_name":"Pacific 1","project_id":"P508550","project_name":"Pacific Healthy Islands Transformation Project","bid_reference_no":"TO-TON-MOH-534224-CS-INDV","bid_description":"3.2.05 ICT Officer","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"Tongan National Centre, Taufa'ahau Rd, Nuku'alofa, Tonga","contact_ctry_name":"Tonga","contact_email":"jyskwok@outlook.com","contact_name":"Jonathan Kwok","contact_organization":"Ministry of Health (Tonga)","contact_phone_no":"(676) 23045","submission_date":"2026-06-29T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

 

GOVERNMENT OF TONGA

MINISTRY OF HEALTH

 

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

(INDIVIDUAL CONSULTING SERVICES)

 

 

Country:                                  Tonga

Implementing Agency:           Ministry of Health

Project Title:                            Pacific Healthy Islands Transformation (PHIT) Project

Source of Funding:                 P508550 / IDA-E5270

Assignment Title:                    3.2.05 ICT Officer

Reference No.:                        TO-TON-MOH-534224-CS-INDV

Duration:                                 Initial contract for two (2) years, extendable annually upon mutual understanding and performance up to duration of project (5 years)

Probation:                                Six (6) months’ probation period may extend depending on candidate’s satisfactory performance. Annual performance review to determine, if contract would be extended.

Expected Start Date:               July-August 2026

The Kingdom of Tonga has received financing from the World Bank for an exciting project, the Pacific Healthy Islands Transformation (PHIT) Project to support the health sector development in Tonga.  The ICT Officer position will be part of the Project Management Unit (PMU) of the HEART Project in the Ministry of Health (MOH).

The position is a full-time contract for 2 years, with an annual extension based on mutual understanding and satisfactory performance up to duration of the project of 5 years. Contract staff will be required to provide hands-on support in this area of specialty, across a range of project activities.

The advertised position is now available and applications are sought from suitably qualified candidates based on the selection criteria expressed in the Terms of Reference (TOR) below.

The Implementation Agency now invites eligible individuals (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services (attach curriculum vitae with description of qualifications, experience in similar assignments, similar conditions, etc.).

The criteria for selecting the Consultant are:

EXPERTISE REQUIREMENTS (as per TOR):

Minimum Requirements (40 points):

Desirable Requirements (30 points):

Qualification/Education (20 points):

Knowledge and Skills (10 points):

Skills, Knowledge and Competencies:

  1. Strong technical troubleshooting and problem-solving skills across ICT infrastructure, systems, devices, and end-user support.
  2. Ability to manage multiple ICT support requests and prioritize operational issues effectively.
  3. Experience supporting telehealth systems, digital learning platforms, health information systems, or related  technologies is desirable.
  4. Knowledge of cybersecurity principles, endpoint protection, data privacy, backup procedures, and access control management.
  5. Ability to document technical procedures, SOPs, inventories, and operational reports accurately.
  6. Ability to communicate technical information clearly to both technical and non-technical users.
  7. Ability to deliver ICT user training and provide technical guidance to staff and stakeholders.
  8. Ability to work collaboratively in multi-agency and multicultural environments.
  9. Familiarity with networking, connectivity troubleshooting, cloud-based services, and user account administration.
  10. Basic knowledge of interoperability concepts, APIs, digital health-systems, AI-enabled tools, or health data system is an advantage.
  11. Competency in Microsoft office suite (Word, Excel, Access, etc.) and MS Program or similar planning/monitoring software.
  12. Ability to work independently, maintain confidentiality and demonstrate professionalism when handing sensitive information.
  13. Ability to write fluent, sequential, informative but concise and accurate activity reports in English.
  14. Excellent general written and oral communication skills in English.

 

 

Please note that an interview and test may be administered if required to top ranked candidate(s).

The remuneration package for this position is attractive and will be determined based on qualifications, experience, and previous remunerations for similar assignments.

Further information can be obtained at the email above during office hours 08:30 to 16:30 hours weekdays.

A firm is eligible to nominate an individual – however, note that only the experience and qualifications of the nominated individual shall be used in the selection process, and that (their) corporate experience shall not be considered. The firm, if proposing an individual, must specify whether the contract would be signed with the firm or the proposed individual.

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers, dated Feb.2025 (“the Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the above cited Procurement Regulations.

INSTRUCTION FOR SUBMISSION:

Expressions of interest must be submitted to the address below by e-mail no later than 16:30pm (Tongan Time) on Friday, 17th July 2026.

 

Subject:   Expression of Interest – ICT Officer

Attn:        Dr. Reynold ‘Ofanoa

Chief Executive Officer

Ministry of Health

Taufa’ahau Road

Nuku’alofa

Tonga

Email:     reynoldofanoa@gmail.com;

                 jyskwok@outlook.com;

                 s.akauola@outlook.com

Tel:          (676) 23-045

Documents that MUST be submitted:

  1. A cover Letter indicating your interest in this assignment (addressed to the CEO, Ministry of Health).
  2. Curriculum Vitae of the Applicant (must include at least two referees and their details).
  3. Statement addressing the Evaluation Criteria as stated in the Terms of Reference.
  4. Supporting Documents: Transcripts, certificates, supporting letter from referees, and any other document that may be of support to your application.

Please limit your CV to only 3-5 pages addressing each of the Selection Criteria with exact details.

"},{"id":"OP00453900","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"25-Jun-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-07-27T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"16:00","project_ctry_name":"Sierra Leone","project_id":"P177031","project_name":"Sierra Leone Land Administration Project","bid_reference_no":"SL-MLHCP-557139-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Hiring of an Individual Consultant for the Development of a Business and Sustainability Plan for the National GNSS CORS Network of Sierra Leone for the Sierra Leone Land Administration Project (SLLAP).","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"4th Floor, Youyi Building\nBrookfield's\nFreetown","contact_ctry_name":"Sierra Leone","contact_email":"alphajohcham@yahoo.com","contact_name":"Alphajoh Cham","contact_organization":"Ministry of Lands Housing and Country Planning","contact_phone_no":"+23276772662","contact_web_url":"https://www.facebook.com/molhcp","submission_date":"2026-06-25T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

 

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

(Consultant – Individual Selection)

Sierra Leone Land Administration Project (SLLAP)

Grant No.: E0600-SL

Project Id: P177031

Issue date: 26th June 2026

Assignment Title:  Hiring an Individual Consultant - Development of a Business and Sustainability Plan for the National GNSS CORS Network of Sierra Leone

Reference No: SL-MLHCP-557139-CS-INDV

The Government of Sierra Leone (GoSL), through the Ministry of Lands, Housing and Country Planning (MLHCP) and the National Land Commission (NLC), is implementing the Sierra Leone Land Administration Project (SLLAP) (Project No. P177031). The Project Development Objective is to establish an efficient, accessible, and sustainable land administration system.

Under Component 2 of SLLAP, the Government has established a modern national geodetic infrastructure, including a nationwide Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) Continuously Operating Reference Station (CORS) Network comprising thirteen (13) stations and a Network Control Centre (NCC).

The CORS Network has been constructed and is currently in technical operation. The CORS Contractor who designed and built the system is contractually obligated to provide technical operation and maintenance (O&M) services for a period of three (3) years from system commissioning. This arrangement provides a critical transition period during which the Government must establish a sustainable long-term business model, governance structure, and operational framework to ensure continuity of services beyond the contractor's O&M period.

A separate technical assessment of the CORS system is being conducted to evaluate system performance, document technical architecture, and establish operational baselines. The findings from that technical assessment will inform this Business and Sustainability Plan.

The GNSS CORS Network constitutes a Critical National Strategic Asset underpinning land administration, surveying and mapping, infrastructure development, agriculture, disaster risk management, aviation, maritime navigation, national security, and the digital economy. Ensuring its long-term operational, financial, and institutional sustainability is therefore a matter of national interest.

 Objective of the Assignment

The objective of this assignment is to prepare a comprehensive, bankable, and implementable Business and Sustainability Plan for the National GNSS CORS Network of Sierra Leone. The Plan shall define an optimal governance, operational, financial, and legal framework to ensure the Network's long-term sustainability, reliability, and strategic value beyond the initial three-year contractor-managed O&M period.

The Business Plan shall:

  1. Utilize the findings from the separate technical assessment of the CORS system.
  2. Leverage the existing operational system and the technical expertise of the CORS Contractor during the three-year O&M period.
  3. Define a transition strategy from contractor-managed operations to long-term sustainable operations.
  4. Explicitly assess and compare public, private, and hybrid (public-private partnership) governance and operating models.
  5. Safeguard the Network's status as a sovereign national geodetic infrastructure.
  6. Ensure knowledge transfer and capacity building during the contractor O&M period.
  7. Identify funding source for each business and operating model considered.

 Scope of Services

 Review of Technical Assessment Findings

Review and incorporate the findings from the separate Technical Assessment of the CORS Network, including:

  1. System architecture, performance metrics, and operational baseline data
  2. Technical standards, maintenance requirements, and operational costs
  3. Identified technical risks, vendor dependencies, and technology constraints
  4. Documentation quality and knowledge transfer readiness

The Business Plan shall be grounded in the technical realities documented in the Technical Assessment

 Organizational Structure, Governance and Internal Administration

Assess and recommend institutional and governance arrangements for the CORS Network, including fully public, semi-autonomous, and public-private partnership models. Define ownership, oversight, decision-making structures, inter-ministerial coordination mechanisms, and internal administrative procedures.

The analysis shall specifically:

  1. Consider options for extending or transitioning the CORS Contractor's role beyond the initial 3-year O&M period
  2. Evaluate governance models that leverage the Contractor's technical expertise while building Government capacity
  3. Define transition milestones and decision points during the 3-year O&M period
  4. Recommend phased knowledge transfer and capacity building arrangements
  5. Assess institutional capacity requirements and organisational placement options (within MLHCP, NLC, as autonomous agency, or PPP entity)
  6. Define roles and responsibilities for network oversight, operations, user services, and quality assurance

 Finance and Accounting

Prepare detailed multi-year (minimum 5-10 years) financial projections, including CAPEX, OPEX, asset replacement cycles, and lifecycle costing. Develop revenue models, pricing strategies, subsidy requirements, accounting, billing, audit, and financial control mechanisms.

Financial modeling shall:

  1. Use actual operational costs from the CORS Contractor and Technical Assessment as the baseline
  2. Project cost evolution under different governance and operating scenarios (direct Government operation, continued contractor management, hybrid PPP model)
  3. Account for technology refresh cycles based on actual equipment specifications and industry standards
  4. Model the financial implications of alternative transition strategies at the end of Year 3
  5. Assess the cost-effectiveness of various service delivery options
  6. Identify potential cost savings or efficiencies relative to the contractor-managed baseline
  7. Develop pricing models for different user categories (Government, commercial surveyors, academic, agriculture, telecommunications)
  8. Project revenue potential under different market penetration scenarios
  9. Calculate break-even analysis and identify subsidy requirements

 Marketing and Market Development

Identify and segment potential users across public and private sectors. Assess demand, willingness to pay, competitive environment, and partnership opportunities. Develop a marketing, outreach, and customer onboarding strategy consistent with the public-good nature of the infrastructure.

The market analysis shall:

  1. Document current user base and service uptake during the contractor-managed period
  2. Conduct demand assessment across key user sectors (surveying professionals, agriculture precision farming, construction and infrastructure, telecommunications network planning, academic research, government mapping agencies)
  3. Assess willingness to pay through stakeholder consultations and comparative pricing analysis
  4. Identify barriers to adoption (awareness, technical capacity, cost, accessibility) and strategies to overcome them
  5. Benchmark against CORS pricing models in comparable countries and regional contexts
  6. Develop marketing and outreach strategy, including awareness campaigns, demonstration projects, and user training programs
  7. Recommend strategies to grow the user base and revenue potential before the end of Year 3
  8. Identify potential anchor clients and partnership opportunities

 Technical Operations and Maintenance Strategy

Define a long-term technical operations and maintenance strategy that ensures continuity of high-quality GNSS services beyond the contractor O&M period, informed by the findings of the Technical Assessment.

The strategy shall:

  1. Adopt the technical standards, protocols, and service level requirements documented in the Technical Assessment
  2. Assess options for post-Year 3 technical support, including: continued contractor engagement (extended contract or retainer), in-house Government technical capacity, hybrid models with contractor backstopping, or third-party service provider arrangements
  3. Evaluate the operational feasibility and cost implications of each technical support option
  4. Define vendor management strategies to minimize technology lock-in and ensure competitive procurement
  5. Establish decision criteria for selecting the optimal technical operations model
  6. Recommend contractual frameworks for ongoing technical support arrangements

Knowledge Transfer and Capacity Building

Develop a comprehensive knowledge transfer and capacity building plan to enable sustainable Government management of the CORS Network.

The plan shall:

  1. Identify critical technical, operational, and administrative competencies required for long-term network management (informed by Technical Assessment findings)
  2. Define a phased training and knowledge transfer program to be implemented during the 3-year contractor O&M period
  3. Specify training modules, documentation requirements, and hands-on operational exposure for Government staff
  4. Recommend staffing levels, organizational placement, and reporting structures for the Government CORS operations team
  5. Establish benchmarks and milestones for measuring capacity development progress
  6. Propose mechanisms to retain institutional knowledge and prevent staff turnover
  7. Estimate training costs and recommend funding sources
  8. Define roles for the CORS Contractor in delivering training and mentoring

 Human Resources Management

Define required staffing structure, roles, qualifications, training needs, remuneration benchmarks, and succession planning arrangements necessary for sustainable operation after the transition from contractor management.

HR planning shall:

  1. Specify job descriptions and technical competency requirements for CORS operations staff
  2. Recommend organizational structure (technical operations, user services, administration, finance)
  3. Benchmark salaries against comparable technical positions in Sierra Leone public sector, telecommunications, and ICT industries
  4. Assess options for retaining key contractor technical staff or securing ongoing contractor advisory support
  5. Define recruitment strategy and timeline to ensure staff are in place before end of Year 3
  6. Propose staff development and retention strategies, including career progression and continuing professional development
  7. Establish succession planning protocols to mitigate key person risks

 Risk Assessment

Identify, analyse, and categorize technical, financial, institutional, legal, and security risks. Assess likelihood and impact, propose mitigation measures, and assign risk ownership.

Risk assessment shall explicitly address:

  1. Risks associated with transition from contractor to Government operation at the end of Year 3
  2. Financial risks if revenue generation does not meet projections or operating costs exceed budget
  3. Institutional risks related to governance failures, inter-agency coordination breakdowns, or political interference
  4. Market risks related to low user adoption or competition from alternative positioning technologies
  5. Legal and regulatory risks related to data security, liability, or fee collection authority
  6. Security risks related to critical infrastructure protection and cybersecurity threats
  7. Human resource risks related to staff recruitment, retention, and capacity gaps

The Technical Assessment will separately address technical and operational risks.

 Transition Planning and Implementation Roadmap

Develop a detailed transition plan and implementation roadmap covering the 3-year contractor O&M period and the subsequent 2-5 years.

The roadmap shall:

  1. Define decision points, milestones, and critical actions during each phase of the transition
  2. Specify roles and responsibilities of the CORS Contractor, Government entities, and other stakeholders
  3. Establish Year 1, Year 2, and Year 3 transition objectives and deliverables
  4. Identify quick-win revenue generation or market development activities that can be initiated during the contractor O&M period
  5. Propose institutional, legal, and financial preparations required before the end of Year 3
  6. Recommend governance and operational model to be adopted at end of Year 3, with decision criteria
  7. Define procurement actions needed for post-Year 3 technical support (if required)
  8. Propose contingency plans if transition readiness is not achieved on schedule
  9. Establish a phased implementation budget and funding plan

Performance Metrics and Monitoring

Define key performance indicators (KPIs) covering financial sustainability, administrative efficiency, market development, and governance effectiveness. Propose monitoring, reporting, and review mechanisms.

KPIs shall include metrics for:

  1. Financial performance: revenue generation, cost recovery ratio, subsidy requirements
  2. Market development: user growth, service uptake, customer satisfaction
  3. Operational efficiency: administrative costs as percentage of revenue, billing and collection efficiency
  4. Capacity building: training completion rates, staff competency assessments, knowledge transfer milestones
  5. Governance effectiveness: decision-making timeliness, stakeholder coordination, policy compliance
  6. Transition readiness: progress against transition roadmap milestones

Technical performance KPIs will be defined in the separate Technical Assessment.

 Legal and Regulatory Environment

Assess the legal and regulatory framework governing GNSS services, data ownership, fee collection, public finance, ICT, and national security. Identify required legal instruments, regulations, MoUs, and compliance measures.

Legal analysis shall address:

  1. Legal authority for CORS service provision and fee collection
  2. Data ownership, intellectual property rights, and licensing arrangements
  3. Compliance requirements for telecommunications, data security, and critical infrastructure protection
  4. Public finance and procurement regulations affecting CORS operations and revenue management
  5. Liability and insurance considerations for GNSS service provision
  6. Inter-agency MoUs required for coordination and data sharing
  7. Legal instruments required to establish a sustainable operating entity or service delivery framework (if recommending autonomous agency or PPP model)
  8. Contractual arrangements with the CORS Contractor, including post-O&M support obligations and IP rights

Deliverables

The Individual Consultant shall deliver the following:

  1. Inception Report (within 7 days of contract signature) - Outlining methodology, work plan, stakeholder engagement approach, preliminary observations, and coordination plan with the Technical Assessment consultant
  2. Situational and Diagnostic Assessment Report (within 20 days) - Analyzing the institutional, financial, legal, and market context for CORS sustainability, incorporating initial findings from the Technical Assessment
  3. Draft Business and Sustainability Plan (within 35 days) - Including governance model options, financial projections, transition strategy, citizen service delivery charter and implementation roadmap
  4. Validation Workshop (within 40 days) - Presentation to stakeholders and incorporation of feedback
  5. Final Business and Sustainability Plan (within 45 days) - Comprehensive document including:
    1. Executive Summary and Strategic Recommendations
    2. Governance and Operating Model (with comparative analysis of options)
    3. Multi-year Financial Model (Excel format with scenario analysis and sensitivity testing)
    4. Market Development and Revenue Strategy
    5. Transition Plan and Implementation Roadmap (Gantt chart and milestone schedule)
    6. Knowledge Transfer and Capacity Building Plan
    7. Risk Assessment Matrix and Mitigation Strategies
    8. KPI Framework and Monitoring Tools
    9. Human Resources Plan
    10. Legal and Regulatory Compliance Checklist
    11. Annexes (stakeholder consultation records, international benchmarks, financial model assumptions)

 

Develop a Citizen Services Delivery Charter with clear indication of the cost and timelines for the CORS Network services that will be delivered to members of the public

All reports shall be submitted in English, in Microsoft Word and PDF formats, with financial models in Excel format.

Consultation and Coordination Requirements

The Individual Consultant shall:

  1. Coordinate closely with the consultant conducting the separate Technical Assessment to ensure alignment and avoid duplication
  2. Review and incorporate technical findings into business planning and financial modeling
  3. Conduct consultations with the CORS Contractor to understand operational procedures, costs, and transition considerations
  4. Engage with MLHCP, NLC, SLLAP Project Coordination Unit, and other Government stakeholders throughout the assignment
  5. Consult with potential user communities (licensed surveyors, agriculture sector, infrastructure developers, telecommunications operators, academia) to assess demand and willingness to pay
  6. Engage with Ministry of Finance, Public Procurement Authority, and legal advisors on institutional and regulatory matters
  7. Review international best practices and comparable CORS business models in similar developing country contexts
  8. Present findings at validation workshop and incorporate stakeholder feedback

Reporting Arrangements

The Individual Consultant shall report to the Project Coordinator of SLLAP and work under the technical oversight of MLHCP and the National Land Commission. Regular coordination meetings shall be held with the Technical Assessment consultant to ensure integrated outputs.

Language of the Assignment

All reports and deliverables under this assignment are expected to be in English

The Project now invites eligible Individuals (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Firms should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.

The minimum qualifications for the Consultant for this assignment are:

Required Qualifications and Skills:

Consultant Qualifications

The assignment will be undertaken by an Individual Consultant with the following qualifications:

  1. Proven experience in infrastructure or utility business planning, preferably in telecommunications, geospatial services, or comparable technical infrastructure
  2. Demonstrated experience with GNSS CORS Network business models, feasibility studies, or comparable national geodetic infrastructure (essential)
  3. Strong financial modeling and analysis capabilities, including multi-year projections, scenario analysis, and revenue modeling
  4. Experience evaluating and structuring governance models for technical infrastructure (public, private, PPP)
  5. Experience in transition planning and capacity building for technical systems
  6. Familiarity with World Bank-financed projects and public-sector governance frameworks
  7. Knowledge of, or willingness to rapidly familiarize with, the Sierra Leone business, legal, and institutional environment

Preference shall be given to candidates with:

  1. Prior GNSS CORS Network business plan development or operational assessment experience
  2. Public-private partnership structuring experience for technical infrastructure
  3. Experience in Sub-Saharan African institutional contexts
  4. Knowledge of surveying and geospatial markets in developing countries

Duration and Level of Effort

The assignment is expected to be completed within forty-five (45) calendar days from contract signature.

The assignment will be carried out by an Individual Consultant, who shall propose a realistic and efficient work plan consistent with World Bank standards for consulting services. The level of effort is expected to be in the range of 45–60 working days over the assignment period, covering all tasks described in the Scope of Services.

SLLAP will provide vehicles and necessary support staff for field work, as well as office space and basic office facilities for the Consultant's use during the assignment.

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” July 2016 Revised November 2017, August 2018 and November 2020 and September 2023 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.

Interested Individual Consultant MUST request for the detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment via email request to sllapprocurement79@gmail.com.      

Further information can be obtained at the address below or via email request to sllapprocurement79@gmail.com / breemsbliss@gmail.com or +23276538383 during office hours 0900 to 1700 hours

Expressions of interest and Curriculum vitae (CV) can be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person):

Project Coordinating Unit

Sierra Leone Land Administration Project

3rd Floor -Youyi Building, Brookfields - Freetown.

Attn: Project Procurement Specialist

Tel: +23276 538383

OR

Via e-mail to: sllapprocurement79@gmail.com Cc alphajohcham@yahoo.com / breemsbliss@gmail.com

When submitting, please indicate clearly in the sealed envelope or email subject heading 'EOI consulting services to develop a Business and Sustainability Plan for the National GNSS CORS Network of Sierra Leone” on or before SUBMISSION DEADLINE is 27TH JULY 2026 AT 1600 HOURS GMT.

 

 

 

 

"},{"id":"OP00452604","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"21-Jun-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-06-23T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"09:00","project_ctry_name":"Philippines","project_id":"P172399","project_name":"Support to Parcelization of Lands for Individual Titling (SPLIT) Project","bid_reference_no":"SPLIT-REF-081","bid_description":"Cybersecurity Expert","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"Elliptical Road, Diliman, Quezon City","contact_ctry_name":"Philippines","contact_email":"usec.faspo@dar.gov.ph","contact_name":"Jesry T Palmares","contact_organization":"Department of Agrarian Reform","contact_phone_no":"0918-8000501","contact_web_url":"www.dar.gov.ph","submission_date":"2026-06-21T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

 

 

 

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

(INDIVIDUAL CONSULTANT SELECTION)

 

 

COUNTRY: PHILIPPINES

NAME OF PROJECT: Support to Parcelization of Land Individual Titling (SPLIT)

Loan No./Credit No./ Grant No.: 9141-PH

 

Assignment Title: Cybersecurity Expert

Reference No.: SPLIT-REF-081

 

The Government of the Republic of the Philippines, through the Department of Agrarian Reform (DAR), has received financing from the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD), a member of the World Bank Group, toward the cost of the Support to Parcelization of Lands for Individual Titling (SPLIT) Project and intends to apply a portion of the proceeds of the loan to payments for consulting services under this assignment.

 

The Department of Agrarian Reform (DAR) seeks to engage the services of a qualified Cybersecurity Expertwho shall provide specialized cybersecurity advisory and technical support services aimed at strengthening the overall cybersecurity posture and digital resilience of the Department. The Consultant shall undertake comprehensive cybersecurity assessments, including risk and vulnerability analyses of DAR’s information systems and digital infrastructure; develop and enhance cybersecurity policies, standards, and compliance mechanisms; recommend and support the implementation of secure system architectures and access control frameworks; establish incident response and cybersecurity management protocols; conduct cybersecurity awareness and capacity-building initiatives for personnel; and provide continuous monitoring, reporting, and strategic guidance on cybersecurity matters. The Consultant shall likewise facilitate coordination and knowledge-sharing with relevant government agencies, industry experts, and other stakeholders to ensure alignment with recognized international standards and best practices and to enhance DAR’s preparedness against emerging cyber threats.

 

The assignment shall be undertaken for a period of six (6) months, commencing on 01 July 2026.

 

The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment may be accessed through the DAR website at dar.gov.ph or obtained from the address indicated below.

 

The Department of Agrarian Reform now invites eligible Individual Consultants to express their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants must submit information demonstrating that they possess the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The criteria for shortlisting and evaluation shall include the following:

           

  1. Holder of a Bachelor's Degree in Computer Science, Information Security, Information Technology, Computer Engineering, or any related field;
  2. Possession of a Master's Degree in a related discipline shall be considered an advantage;
  3. Possession of industry-recognized professional certifications, such as Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP), Certified Information Security Manager (CISM), Certified Ethical Hacker (CEH), ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer, or equivalent certifications, shall be considered an advantage;
  4. At least five (5) years of professional experience in cybersecurity;
  5. Demonstrated experience in the design, implementation, and management of cybersecurity frameworks aligned with internationally recognized standards, such as ISO/IEC 27001, NIST Cybersecurity Framework, or equivalent;
  6. Demonstrated experience in the utilization of cybersecurity monitoring and threat detection tools, including Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) solutions, Intrusion Detection and Prevention Systems (IDS/IPS), vulnerability assessment tools, and related security technologies.

Interested Consultants are hereby informed that the provisions on conflict of interest under Section III, paragraphs 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (July 2016, revised November 2017 and August 2018) shall apply to this selection process.

 

A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Competitive Selection of Individual Consultants method set out in the Procurement Regulations.

 

Expressions of Interest, together with the Consultant’s Curriculum Vitae and supporting credentials, must be submitted in writing, either personally, by mail, courier service, or electronic mail, and must be received on or before 23 June 2026, at the address indicated below:

 

 

Attn: ATTY. MAYBELLE FAJILA

Head, BAC Secretariat

Procurement Division, Department of Agrarian Reform

G/F DAR Main Building, Elliptical Road

1100, Diliman, Quezon City, Philippines

Tel. Nos. (63-2) 89281011; +63-09067812052; +63-09683971669

Email address: darco.bacsecretariat.a@dar.gov.ph

 

 

 

 

 

ATTY. QUINTIN O. MAGSICO, JR.

Assistant Secretary, Finance, Information and

Procurement Management Office/

Chairperson, Bids and Awards Committee

 

 

 

 

 

 

"},{"id":"OP00451742","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"17-Jun-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-07-06T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"15:00","project_ctry_name":"Mauritius","project_id":"P180266","project_name":"Rodrigues Airport Project","bid_reference_no":"MU-AML-532993-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Technical Assistance for the Design and Supervision of Installation of Water Supply Telemetry Monitoring System at RPUC","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"Sir Seewoosagur Ramgoolam International Airport\nPlaine Magnien, 51520\nMAURITIUS","contact_ctry_name":"Mauritius","contact_email":"gail.leongkye@arl.aero","contact_name":"Gail Kye","contact_organization":"Airports of Mauritius Ltd","contact_phone_no":"23058756666","submission_date":"2026-06-17T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

Consulting Services – Individual Selection

Country: Republic of Mauritius 

Name of Project: Rodrigues Airport Project, New Runway and Associated Facilities Project (P180266) 

Loan No.: IBRD-95910 

Assignment Title: Technical Assistance for the Design and Supervision of Installation of Water Supply Telemetry Monitoring System at Rodrigues Public Utilities Corporation (RPUC)

Reference No.: MU-AML-532993-CS-INDV

 

 

  1. BACKGROUND 

 The Ministry of Finance has received financing from the World Bank and a grant from the European Union toward the cost of the Construction of a New Runway and Other facilities for Plaine Corail Airport, Rodrigues, and intends to apply part of the proceeds towards recruitment of Technical Assistance for the Design and Supervision of Installation of Water Supply Telemetry Monitoring System at Rodrigues Public Utilities Corporation (RPUC).

2,0 OBJECTIVE OF THE ASSIGNMENT

The overall objective of this assignment is to undertake a comprehensive study for developing a telemetry water supply monitoring and control system for Rodrigues Island.

The proposed telemetry system will provide the RPUC with a strategic tool for effective and efficiency monitoring and remote control of the water supply system across the entire island.

 

3.0 BRIEF SCOPE OF THE ASSIGNMENT

The consultant shall carry out a detailed assessment of the existing water supply infrastructure including the water production sites (surface water treatment plants, boreholes and desalination plants), water storage reservoirs, pumping stations and main water transmission pipelines, and prepare a report detailing their current operational status, capacities and their compatibility requirements for the proposed telemetry system

 

4.0 TERMS OF REFERENCE 

The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment can be obtained from the websites of Airports of Mauritius Co. Ltd and Airports of Rodrigues Ltd at the following link: https://aml.mru.aero/index.php/business/rap and Airport of Rodrigues Ltd. 

5.0 INVITATION TO EXPRESS INTEREST 

The Airports of Mauritius Co. Ltd now invites eligible candidates (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.

 

6.0 QUALIFICATIONS AND EXPERIENCE

The consultant should have the following minimum qualifications:

Qualifications

Master’s degree in civil engineering, water resources engineering, project management, information technology or any other related field;

Experience

 

7.0 CONFLIT OF INTEREST 

The attention of interested individual Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” dated July 2016, revised November 2017, August 2018, November, 2020, and September, 2023 setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. Please refer to paragraph 3.17 of the Procurement Regulations on conflict of interest related to this assignment which is available on the Bank’s website athttp://projects-beta.worldbank.org/en/projects- operations/products-and-services/brief/procurement-new-framework.   

8.0 CONSULTANTS SELECTION 

A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Individual Consultant Selection Method set out in the Procurement Regulations.

9.0 FURTHER INFORMATION 

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours 8:00 am to 5:00 pm on Mondays to Fridays. (Mauritius Time UTC+4)

10.0 DURATION OF THE ASSIGNMENT

The consultancy is expected to be completed within 12 months

11,0 EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

Expressions of interest (CV + Cover Letter + certificates + evidence of similar assignments previously undertaken+3 references) must be delivered in a written form to the address below by e-mail) by 6th July 2026, 15.00hrs. ((Mauritian Time; UTC+4)

The Expression of Interest should include sufficient information demonstrating the Consultant’s qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services, including: 

(i)  a Letter of Expression of Interest (motivation letter); 
(ii) an updated Curriculum Vitae; 
(iii) evidence of relevant assignments of similar nature and complexity; 
(iv) copies of relevant academic and professional qualifications;  

(v) three professional references; and 
(v)  full contact details of the Consultant

Chairman, PIU Tender Committee

Airports of Mauritius Co. Ltd (AML)

ARL Office, Plaine Corail Airport

Plaine Corail

Rodrigues

Email: piusec.tendercommittee@aml.aero

"},{"id":"OP00449696","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"08-Jun-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-06-08T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"16:00","project_ctry_name":"Sierra Leone","project_id":"P176789","project_name":"Productive Social Safety Nets and Youth Employment","bid_reference_no":"SL-NACSA-547305-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Hiring of a consultancy firm for the Deployment, Hosting, and Maintenance of the Climate Risk Analytics Management (CRAM) Platform","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"14-16 Charlotte Street Freetown Sierra Leone","contact_ctry_name":"Sierra Leone","contact_email":"silasmsesay08@gmail.com","contact_name":"SILAS MOMODU SESAY","contact_organization":"National Soacial Action Commission","contact_phone_no":"+23278677738","contact_web_url":"http://www.nacsa.gov.sl/","submission_date":"2026-06-08T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

 

GOVERNMENT OF SIERRA LEONE

NATIONAL COMMISSION FOR SOCIAL ACTION (NaCSA)

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

(CONSULTING SERVICES)

COUNTRY:  Sierra Leone

NAME OF PROJECT: Sierra Leone Productive Social Safety Net and Youth Employment Project (PSSNYE)

Project Code: P176789

Assignment Title: Development, Deployment, Hosting, and Maintenance of the Climate Risk Analytics Management (CRAM) Platform

Reference No. SL-NACSA-547305-CS-QCBS

Date Issued: 1st June 2026

The Government of Sierra Leone has received financing from the World Bank toward the Social Safety Net and Youth Employment Project (PSSNYE). The National Commission for Social Action (NaCSA), the project implementing agency, now intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services for Development, Deployment, Hosting, and Maintenance of the Climate Risk Analytics Management (CRAM) Platform under the Digital Public Works Subcomponent of the PSSNYE project.

 Background

The Freetown City Council (FCC) is implementing the Digital Public Works (DPW) Subcomponent 2C under the Productive Social Safety Net and Youth Employment Project (PSSNYE). The subcomponent aims to strengthen urban climate resilience and disaster preparedness through the use of digital technologies and data-driven decision-making.

Freetown faces increasing environmental risks including urban heat stress, seasonal flooding, and ecosystem degradation. Addressing these challenges requires integrated climate data systems capable of consolidating environmental datasets, analyzing climate risks, and supporting evidence-based planning and response.

To support this objective, FCC intends to establish a Climate Risk Analytics Management (CRAM) Platform, a web-based, GIS-enabled climate intelligence system that will integrate and analyze datasets related to heat exposure, flooding, tree planting interventions, and socio-economic vulnerability.

The CRAM Platform will function as a centralized monitoring and analytics dashboard capable of aggregating data from multiple government agencies and partner institutions, including Freetown City Council (FCC), National Commission for Social Action (NaCSA), National Disaster Management Agency (NDMA), Sierra Leone Meteorological Agency (SL-Met), Statistics Sierra Leone and Office of National Security (ONS). The system will support FCC’s broader Transform Freetown: Transforming Lives Agenda, which emphasizes environmental sustainability, climate resilience, and data-driven urban governance.

Objective of the Assignment

The objective of this assignment is to design and implement a secure, scalable, and data-driven Climate Risk Analytics Management (CRAM) Platform that supports monitoring, analysis, and communication of climate risks across Freetown. The platform will:

Scope of Work

The consulting firm will undertake the design, development, deployment, and operational support of the CRAM Platform. The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment can be obtained at the address given below. The National Commission for Social Action (NaCSA) now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.

Technology Stack

The proposed solution should adopt a modern, scalable, and preferably open-source GIS architecture to support flood and heat risk analysis as well as spatial visualization.

Minimum preferred technology stack:

The platform must support interoperability, scalability, role-based access control, and seamless integration with government and partner data systems.

Shortlisting Criteria

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” dated November 2020. (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.  A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality Cost Based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.

Duration of Assignment

The total contract duration will be 18 months, consisting of:

Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below or by e-mail by the 30th   of June 2026 at 1600 hours. Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours (09:00 – 16:00 hours).

Only shortlisted firms will be invited to submit proposals.

Senior Director, Support Services

National Commission for Social Action (NaCSA)

5th Floor, Room Number 5F7

NaCSA House14 -16 Charlotte Street

Freetown, Sierra Leone

Mobile No: +232-76-638-396/+23278677738

E-Mail: kofiaddai@nacsa.gov.sl

Copy: silassesay@nacsa.gov.sl / silasmsesay08@gmail.com

"},{"id":"OP00448969","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"03-Jun-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-06-25T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"05:00","project_ctry_name":"Eastern and Southern Africa","project_id":"P176181","project_name":"Eastern Africa Regional Digital Integration Project","bid_reference_no":"SS-MICT&PS-544329-CS-CQS","bid_description":"Consulting Service for Conducting National Digital Skills Assessment, Framework Development and Implementation Plan","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"Juba, Central Equatoria State, South Sudan","contact_ctry_name":"South Sudan","contact_email":"machjok2024@gmail.com","contact_name":"Mach Abraham JOk","contact_organization":"Ministry of Information, Communication Technologies and Postal Services","contact_phone_no":"+211920147849","submission_date":"2026-06-03T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

Request for Expression of Interest (REOI)

COUNTRY:                Republic of South Sudan

PROJECT:                  Eastern Africa Regional Digital Integration Project (EA-RDIP)

PROJECT ID:             P176181

GRANT No:                IDA-E180

CONSULTING SERVICES: Consultancy Service for Conducting National Digital Skills Assessment, Framework Development and Implementation Plan

DUTY STATION:                   MICT&PS Project Building, Juba- South Sudan

Ref No:  SS-MICT&PS-544329-CS-CQS

The Government of the Republic South Sudan (GoSS), through the Ministry of Information, Communication Technology and Postal Services (MICT&PS) has received a grant from the World Bank toward the cost of the Eastern Africa Regional Digital Integration Project (EA-RDIP), and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services. The project development objective is to address connectivity needs for countries in the Horn of Africa region. The project is structured around four main components: (i) Connectivity Market Development and Integration. This component will provide support to develop terrestrial cross-border connectivity and expand backbone and last-mile connectivity to rural and remote communities. (ii) Data Market Development and Integration. This component will provide support to the integration and development of the data market, to enable secure exchange, storage and processing of data across borders, including strengthening the environment for cybersecurity. (iii) Online Market Development and integration. This component will provide support to the integration and development of the online market, through targeted support for e-service enablers and digital skills. (iv) Project Management and implementation. This component will provide technical assistance and capacity support for project preparation and implementation.

MICT&PS is seeking to use a portion of the proceed of the funds the Consultancy Service for Conducting National Digital Skills Assessment, Framework Development and Implementation Plan

The consulting services (“Services”) is required to conduct a comprehensive national digital skills gap assessment focused on South Sudanese youth (ages 15-35), with the aim of identifying the current ("as-is") levels of foundational to advanced digital skills across regions and demographics, assessing the supply and demand for such skills in the labor market, and mapping existing training initiatives. The assignment will also include the selection and adaptation of a contextualized Digital Skills Competency Framework aligned with international standards, and a detailed, phased Implementation Plan that outlines institutional roles, delivery models, monitoring and evaluation mechanisms, and key performance indicators (KPIs). This work will guide the strategic rollout of digital skills programs in South Sudan, supporting the MICT&PS's mandate to empower youth through digital capacity building, fostering economic diversification and job creation as detailed in the terms of reference.

Duration: The assignment period is expected to take 6 calendar months from the date of contract signing.

The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment can be found at the following website: www.mictps.gov.ss/eardip-south-sudan or can be obtained at the address given below.

The Ministry of Telecommunications and Postal Services now invites eligible service providers (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.

The attention of interested consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs 3.14, 3.16 and 3.17 of the World Bank’s ‘Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers’ July 2016 revised November 2017, August 2018, November 2020 and September 2023 [Procurement in investment Project Financing; Goods, Works, Non-Consulting and Consulting Services], setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.

The best qualified firm to carry out the services will be selected in accordance with the Consultant’s Qualifications Based Selection (CQS) method set out in the Regulations and based on the following criteria:

  1. Minimum of 10 years of experience in conducting market studies, feasibility studies, labor market assessments, and developing local economic development plans, with a focus on entrepreneurship, employability, and skills development.
  2. Demonstrated expertise and a proven track record in managing sector studies, market assessments, and value chain analyses, specifically within the digital/ICT sector, including a focus on youth and women's economic empowerment.
  3. Strong understanding of TVET systems, private sector development dynamics, and international digital skills frameworks (e.g., DigComp, SFIA).
  4. Essential experience working in fragile and conflict-affected states (FCAS), with direct and demonstrable experience in South Sudan or the wider Horn of Africa region.
  5. The technical and managerial organization of the Consultant. (Provide only the structure of the organization, general qualifications, and number of key staff (Do not provide CV of staff). Key experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.

Consultants may associate with other consultants in the form of a joint venture or a sub consultancy to enhance their qualifications. The nature of association, whether it is a joint venture or a sub consultancy, should clearly be stated. In case of joint venture, the Consultant leading the joint venture should be mentioned.

A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Consultant’s Qualifications Based Selection (CQS) method set out in the Consultant Guidelines. Interested Consultant may obtain further information at the address below during office hours from 10:00 to 16:00 hours South Sudan on all working days.

Expressions of interest (EOI) must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by Jun 25, 2026, at 5.00 P.M (South Sudan Time) marked clearly as “Expression of Interest for Conducting National Digital Skills Assessment, Framework Development and Implementation Plan”

Attention:       Project Manager

                       Project Implementation Unit (PIU),

                       Ministry of Information, Communication Technology and Postal Services

                       Location: Juba, Opp. Bank of South Sudan

                      Republic of South Sudan

E-mail: procurement.eardip@gmail.com  with a copy to  eardippiu23@gmail.com

"},{"id":"OP00448807","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"03-Jun-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-06-18T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:00","project_ctry_name":"Lebanon","project_id":"P181954","project_name":"GFPP for Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project","bid_reference_no":"LB-OMSAR-537755-CS-CQS","bid_description":"E-signature Foundations: Roadmap/plan for implementation + Capacity Building","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"OMSAR, STARCO Building, Bloc A, 5th Floor\nOmar Daouk Street, Mina El Hosn Sector\nBeirut, Lebanon","contact_ctry_name":"Lebanon","contact_email":"mhammoud@omsar.gov.lb","contact_name":"Mirvat Hammoud","contact_organization":"Office of the Minister of State for Administrative Reform","contact_phone_no":"+961 (1) 371 505","submission_date":"2026-06-03T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

CONSULTANT’S QUALIFICATIONS BASED SELECTION (CQS)

 

E-Signature Foundations: Mapping, Roadmap, Legal Instrument Drafting and Capacity Building

 

Name of Project

GFPP for Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project (LDAP) - P181954

Loan No/Credit No/ Grand Number

TF-C8895

Assignment Title

E-signature Foundations: Mapping, Roadmap, Legal Instrument Drafting and Capacity Building

Procurement Plan Ref Number

LB-OMSAR-537755-CS-CQS

Country of Delivery

Lebanon

The Office of the Minister of State for Administrative Reform (OMSAR) has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Preparation Grant for the Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project (LDAP) and intends to apply part of the proceeds for the following consulting services.

The consulting services (“the Services”) include providing technical, legal, and advisory support to establish the practical foundations and pathways for the progressive use of electronic signatures in Lebanon. Running over an estimated implementation period of 15 weeks, the Services comprise three parallel workstreams:

The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment is attached to this REOI.

The Office of the Minister of State for Administrative Reform (OMSAR) now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.

The best qualified firm to carry out the services will be selected in accordance with the Consultant’s Qualifications Based Selection (CQS) method set out in the Regulations and based on the following shortlisting criteria:

Firm Specific Experience

Key Experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to paragraph 3.14, 3.16 and 3.17 of the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers dated September 2025 (“the Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.

Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours (09:00 AM to 04:00 PM Beirut Time).

Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by COB 18 June, 2026.

Office of the Minister of State for Administrative Reform (OMSAR)

Technical Unit – Preparation Grant for Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project

Attn: Ms. Mirvat Hammoud – Procurement Specialist

Address: STARCO Building, Bloc A, 5th Floor

Omar Daouk Street, Mina El Hosn Sector

Beirut, Lebanon

Tel: +961 (1) 371 505; ext. 160

E-mail: mhammoud@omsar.gov.lb

 

TERMS OF REFERENCE

PREPARATION GRANT FOR LEBANON DIGITAL ACCELERATION PROJECT (P181954)

E-Signature Foundations: Mapping, Roadmap, Legal Instrument Drafting and Capacity Building

Background

Lebanon is facing a protracted, multidimensional crisis that has impaired state institutions and public service delivery. Fragmented digital systems, reliance on paper-based processes, and limited trust in electronic transactions continue to hinder efficiency, transparency, and accountability across the public and private sectors. These challenges are compounded by gaps in digital governance, incomplete regulatory activation, and limited institutional capacity to operationalize key digital enablers.

To address these issues, a strategic investment to modernize Lebanon’s public sector through digital transformation, stimulate private sector growth, and accelerate the development of a robust digital economy is under preparation with World Bank support. The Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project (the “Project”) will establish secure, scalable, and resilient digital infrastructure including cloud services, data platforms, and cybersecurity systems that are essential for attracting investment and fostering innovation. By strengthening digital ID, e-signature capabilities, and the legal framework for digital transactions, the Project will improve the ease of doing business and enable trusted, efficient engagement between the public and private sectors. In parallel, the Project will advance key regulatory reforms in telecom, data protection, e-signature, and artificial intelligence (AI), while investing in Lebanon’s digital talent pool. Together, these measures will lay the foundation for a more competitive, dynamic, and inclusive economy.

The World Bank’s Grant Facility for Project Preparation (GFPP) has been extended to OMSAR to support Project preparation. The GFPP grant will be implemented by a Technical Unit (TU) housed within OMSAR.

An important enabler of digitalization is the electronic signature (e-signature), which represents data in electronic form logically associated with an electronic document or transaction and used by a signatory to indicate approval or intent. Under Lebanese Law No. 81 of 2018, electronic signatures and electronic writing, including those of official nature, are granted the same legal validity as paper-based ones subject to defined conditions related to integrity, identification, and evidentiary reliability. The law establishes a framework for trust services and assigns supervisory and accreditation responsibilities to the Lebanese Accreditation Council (COLIBAC), including defining accreditation requirements and procedures applicable to trust service providers and accreditors, and maintaining trusted lists of accredited entities.

While the legal framework is in place, COLIBAC is not yet fully operational and has been for a long period governed by a Board of Directors as an interim arrangement, composed of representatives from relevant ministries. In April 2026, as a recent important development, a Director General for COLIBAC has been appointed, and will ensure executive leadership, while of its governance and internal structures, remain in progress. A range of technical, institutional, and procedural measures and mechanisms will need to be put in place to further support the effective operationalization of COLIBAC, in line with its mandate. It is also noted that ongoing efforts to operationalize the e-signature framework, including work on the implementing decree, has been undertaken at the national level and shall be taken into consideration under this assignment to ensure continuity and avoid duplication.

It is also worth noting that OMSAR, in collaboration with OMSTAI and the World Bank, convened a multi-stakeholder workshop on February 12, 2026 to discuss the operationalization of electronic signatures in Lebanon and to build a shared understanding of the legal, technical, and institutional aspects of the existing e-signature ecosystem. The workshop convened representatives from key public institutions, including the Ministry of Justice, the Ministry of Industry, Banque du Liban, the Banking Control Commission of Lebanon, as well as legal and digital experts from the private sector. The discussions formulated a high-level roadmap that highlighted the need to establish the practical foundations and implementation pathways for the progressive use of electronic signatures under the current legal framework, including the importance of operationalizing COLIBAC by supporting the broader legal and governance arrangements needed to fulfil its mandate.

As a follow-up to the workshop, participants agreed on the establishment of an inter-institutional working group composed of representatives from the concerned ministries and institutions to support ongoing coordination, technical discussions, and the progressive operationalization of the electronic signature framework through the below phased approach:

Assignment and Objectives

The objectives of this assignment are to:

  1. Assess the current e-signature landscape (institutional, legal and regulatory, and governance foundations) of electronic signatures in Lebanon identifying gaps, ambiguities, and implementation challenges and benchmark it against international standards and best practices.
  2. Provide illustrative risk-based use cases in the public, private and financial sector.
  3. Produce a phased roadmap for reforming the institutional, legal and institutional landscape, and for scaling electronic signatures across the public sector, the financial sector and the private sector.
  4. Assess and strengthen COLIBAC’s institutional readiness and capacity needs to perform its mandate, including governance and decision-making processes, operational model accreditation/conformity assessments functions, requirements, evaluation criteria, and deliver capacity building to support effective operationalization.
  5. Draft and validate amendments to Decree 14115/2024 to enable flexible, risk-proportionate use of e-signatures.
  6. Facilitate coordination and alignment among key stakeholders, by engaging them at different points to validate findings and reach the above objectives.

Detailed Scope of Work and Deliverables

Workstream 1:  Legal, Regulatory, and Institutional Review, Diagnostic and Benchmark of Electronic Signatures and Phased Roadmap

It is to be noted that previous analyses have already been undertaken in this area, including the analysis of Law 81/2018. As such, the consultant will not duplicate existing work but shall, where applicable, draw on such analyses, which will be provided as an input. The consultant will focus on governance and institutional arrangements, and as such should extend the legal benchmarking beyond Law 81 itself to examine the broader legislative framework that confers mandates on the relevant institutions, including COLIBAC, in order to assess whether those mandates are sufficient and coherent and, where necessary, in need of adjustment.

Workstream 1 – Part 1:

Workstream 1 – Part 2:

The Consultant will develop a phased roadmap (short, medium and long term) and recommendations for wide roll-out of e-signature across the public sector, the financial sector and the private sector, building on the high-level roadmap produced during the February 2026 multi-stakeholder workshop and work conducted under this assignment.

The roadmap shall be formulated and shall propose recommended phasing, prioritization and tactical sequencing across several areas /elements, with an aim to ultimately align with best international practices and frameworks, to support a mature domestic trust services ecosystem The roadmap shall:

The national roadmap will be validated through engagement with key stakeholders before it is submitted in final form.

Deliverables:

Workstream 2: Amendment of e-signature Decree 14115/2024

Building on existing work and draft instruments developed in relation to the implementation of the e-signature framework, the consultant shall draft the necessary amendment to Decree 14115 to clarify provisions and provide practical implementation pathways for e-signature in the public sector, basing the drafting on the recommendations produced by the workshop on e-signature held on February 12, 2026 and work under this assignment, and shall closely coordinate with OMSAR, OMSTAI, and relevant national stakeholders including the Ministry of Justice, the Ministry of Industry, and other relevant entities.

Amendments to include the following:

The consultant shall closely engage throughout the assignment with key relevant stakeholders to develop, discuss and validate the proposed amendments (revision drafts to be iteratively proposed and validated) in order to have an issuance ready version of the amended decree).

Deliverables:

Workstream 3: Institutional Readiness and Capacity Building for COLIBAC

This workstream aims to build the capacity of COLIBAC in effectively establishing an operational model for accreditation and conformity assessments.

Deliverables:

Proposed Methodology and Work Plan

As part of the proposal, the service provider shall present a clear, coherent, and technically sound approach to fulfilling the 3 workstreams of the Scope of Work.

Cross Cutting Requirements

Vendor Neutrality and Future-Proofing

All designs, architectures, recommendations, and future implementation pathways produced under this assignment shall remain vendor-neutral, standards-based, and modular, avoiding proprietary technologies or exclusive reliance on any single solution provider.

Change Management and Adoption

The consultant shall identify key change management and adoption risks associated with future implementation and propose mitigation measures, including user onboarding, institutional capacity building, and communication considerations.

Qualifications

The Consultant shall be a qualified firm with demonstrated experience in delivering advisory, technical, and implementation support related to digital transformation, electronic transactions, or trusted digital services.

Firm Specific Experience

 

Team Composition

The team must have demonstrated success in similar projects in MENA or emerging markets.

Electronic Signature / Digital Trust Senior Specialist / Lead

The Consultant shall propose a senior-level expert (minimum 10–15 years of experience) with recognized expertise in digital trust frameworks demonstrating.

Senior Legal / Regulatory Expert

The consultant shall include a senior legal expert (minimum 10–12 years of experience) specialized in electronic / digital law and regulation, demonstrating:

Institutional Capacity-Building / Change Management Expert

The Consultant shall include a senior expert (minimum 10 years of experience) in institutional strengthening and public-sector reform demonstrating:

Team Technical Expertise: the proposed team shall collectively demonstrate expertise in:

Compliance Requirements

The Consultant shall perform all services in accordance with:

In addition, the consultant must comply with the following Environmental and Social (E&S) requirements aligned with the World Bank Environmental and Social Framework (ESF) and the Project commitments:

    1. Code of Conduct (CoC)

All personnel must sign and follow a CoC covering data confidentiality, respectful conduct, non-discrimination, and zero tolerance for SEA/SH.

    1. Labor and Working Conditions

The firm must ensure fair labor practices and safe working conditions and provide an internal worker grievance mechanism for its staff.

    1. Data Security, Privacy, and Cybersecurity

All data handled under this assignment must be securely stored, accessed only by authorized staff, and managed using privacy-by-design and cybersecurity best practices. Any data breach must be immediately reported.

    1. Stakeholder Engagement and Grievance Redress

Consultations must be inclusive and accessible, with all feedback documented. Stakeholders must be informed that complaints can also be submitted through the Project’s Grievance Mechanism that will be shared.

    1. SEA/SH Prevention

The firm must enforce zero tolerance for SEA/SH and ensure staff follow appropriate conduct and reporting procedures when engaging with stakeholders.

    1. Environmental Considerations for ICT (ESS3)

Any ICT equipment or data storage devices used must be managed responsibly, including secure data wiping and environmentally sound disposal.

Reporting, Deliverables, and Contract Management

Project Oversight and Management Structure

 A Technical Committee (TC) will be established to provide strategic direction, oversight, and effective management of the engagement. Chaired by the Grant Coordinator and composed of members from OMSAR, OMSTAI, Ministry of Industry, Ministry of Justice, and other involved ministries, as applicable, the TC serves as the primary governing body responsible for reviewing the firm’s progress and ensuring alignment with national digital transformation goals.

Reporting Obligations

The Consultant will report directly to the Grant Coordinator. In addition to the contractual deliverables, the Consultant shall submit summary progress reports on a monthly basis (at minimum), including at minimum:

The TC Approval Gate/ Grant Coordinator and Deliverable Acceptance

The Grant Coordinator, in consultation with the TC and relevant public entities, is the sole authority empowered to formally accept and approve project deliverables. The following administrative process applies to every milestone:

Payment Schedule and Invoicing

Payments will be made upon the satisfactory acceptance of the deliverables specified in the below Timeframe table. To initiate payment, the Consultant must submit an administrative package containing the Official Invoice, evidence of delivery, and the Acceptance Notice delivered by the TC Chairperson. In addition, for Workstream 3, signed attendance sheets of training participants must be provided as proof of capacity building.

Intellectual Property and Confidentiality

Timeframe and Payment Milestones

The engagement will be completed in approximately 15 weeks. The Consultant shall undertake the three workstreams in parallel, prioritizing tasks with minimal interdependencies to ensure efficient progress. Payments will be made upon formal written acceptance of the deliverables by the Chairperson of the Project Technical Committee (TC).

The following schedule outlines the expected submission timeline for each deliverable over the 15-week engagement period.

Table 1: Assignment Timeline and Deliverable Sequencing:

Workstreams

Deliverable Reference

Submission Deadline (from Start Date)

Workstream 1: Legal, Regulatory, and Institutional Review, Diagnostic and Benchmark of Electronic Signatures

D1.1: Legal, regulatory, and institutional assessment of electronic signatures in Lebanon, including gap analysis, international benchmarking, governance and institutional roles.

Week 4

D1.2: Recommended Target Model (Legal, Institutional and Regulatory) and Recommendations and Phased Plan for roll-out across the public, private and financial sector

Week 8

Workstream 2:  Amendment of e-signature Decree 14115/2024

D2.1: Initial Draft of the amended decree

Week 10

D2.2: Final Draft of the amended decree (after validation by the relevant stakeholders)

Week 14

Workstream 3: Institutional Readiness & Capacity Building for COLIBAC

 

D3.1: An assessment report on COLIBAC’s current institutional readiness, including governance, operational, and capacity aspects.

Week 4

D3.2:  Targeted capacity-building activities for the “core team” focusing on e-signature operating models including trust service governance models, accreditation and conformity assessments principles.

Week 8

D3.3: Proposed internal structure and operational model for COLIBAC covering accreditation requirements, evaluation and review procedures, decision-making processes and supervision mechanisms;

Week 10

D3.4: Proposed practical operational manuals, guidance materials and artifacts supporting the proposed structure and operational model, validated with Stakeholders;

Week 14

D3.5: Targeted Capacity Building on the D3.4 material to relevant stakeholders at COLIBAC and other concerned entities.

Week 15

 

Table 2: Payment Milestones:

Payment Milestone

Linked Deliverables

Required Approval

Payment (%of Total)

Milestone 1

D1.1 (Diagnostic & Benchmark)

Technical Committee

15%

Milestone 2

D1.2 (Roadmaps & Roll-out Plan)

Technical Committee

20%

Milestone 3

D3.1 & D3.2 (Assessment Report on COLIBAC and Core Team Training)

Technical Committee

15%

Milestone 4

 

D2.1 (Initial Decree Draft)

Technical Committee

10%

Milestone 5

D3.3 & D3.4 (Operational Model and Manuals)

Technical Committee

15%

Milestone 6

D2.2 (Final Validated Decree)

Technical Committee

10%

Milestone 7

D3.5 (Final Capacity Building)

15%

Technical Committee

15%

Total

 

 

100%

 

 

"},{"id":"OP00446094","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"20-May-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-06-10T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"05:00","project_ctry_name":"Sierra Leone","project_id":"P168608","project_name":"Resilient Urban Sierra Leone Project","bid_reference_no":"SL-MOF-550138-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"CONSULTING SERVICES FOR A FIRM TO ROLLOUT THE MUNICIPAL PROPERTY TAX SYSTEM (MPTS) IN BO AND KOIDU NEW SEMBEHUN CITY COUNCILS","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Treasury Building\nGeorge Street\nFreetown\n\nemail: info@mof.gov.sl","contact_ctry_name":"Sierra Leone","contact_email":"takoroma88@yahoo.co.uk","contact_name":"Anthony Koroma","contact_organization":"Ministry of Finance","contact_phone_no":"23276 692780","contact_web_url":"https://mof.gov.sl/","submission_date":"2026-05-20T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

 

\n\n

GOVERNMENT OF SIERRA LEONE

\n\n

 

\n\n

MINISTRY OF FINANCE

\n\n

 

\n\n

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

\n\n

(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

Country: Sierra Leone

\n\n

Name of Project: Resilient Urban Sierra Leone Project - RUSLP     

\n\n

Grant No.:      IDA-D8420

\n\n

 Project ID:   168608

\n\n

Date of Issue:  20th May 2026

\n\n

Assignment Title:  Consulting Services for a Firm to Rollout the Municipal Property Tax System (MPTS) in Bo and Koidu New Sembehun City Councils

\n\n

 

\n\n

Reference No.: SL-MOF-550138-CS-QCBS

\n\n

 

\n\n

I.0  BACKGROUND

\n\n

The Government of Sierra Leone, through the Ministry of Finance (MOF), is implementing the Resilient Urban Sierra Leone Project (RUSLP) to improve urban management, strengthen service delivery, and enhance disaster preparedness in key urban centers. The project is financed by a US$50 million IDA grant and US$6.73 million GEF co-financing. To ensure strong alignment with decentralization reforms, the Project Management Unit is housed within the Fiscal Decentralization Division (FDD).

\n\n

RUSLP supports the Western Area and all six secondary cities, as well as central government institutions responsible for land management, local governance, and environmental resilience.

\n\n

The project development objective (PDO) of the RUSLP is to “improve integrated urban management, service delivery, and disaster emergency management in Western Area and secondary cities of Sierra Leone”. The PDO will be achieved through the following three main components: (1) Institutional Capacity Development in Integrated Urban Management; (2) Resilient Municipal Infrastructure Investment and Urban Greening; and (3) Emergency Management Institutional and Capacity Development.

\n\n

Component 1 has the following two subcomponents:

\n\n

 

\n\n

a.         Strengthening Integrated Urban Planning and Spatial data Infrastructure; and

\n\n

b.         Upgrading Urban Property Tax Administration and System.

\n\n

A core element of the support under subcomponent 1b is the modernization of municipal property tax administration, which remains the most viable and predictable source of own-source revenue (OSR) for local councils and is essential for funding urban services.

\n\n

Historically, property tax administration relied on outdated cadastres, manual processes, and limited digital systems. To address these constraints, the World Bank, under the RUSLP, is supporting the Government in upgrading the Municipal Property Tax System (MPTS), an integrated platform combining:

\n\n\n\n

The first deployment of the upgraded system took place in Kenema City Council (KCC), where the pilot demonstrated clear gains in property discovery, valuation accuracy, billing efficiency, and digital payments. The experience confirmed the feasibility of scaling the system nationally.

\n\n

Building on this momentum, the Government now intends to roll out the integrated MPTS in Bo City Council (BCC) and Koidu New Sembehun City Council (KNSCC) as the next step in the national rollout. These councils are priority locations due to their rapid growth and readiness for reform. Successful deployment in Bo and Koidu will broaden the national tax base, strengthen fiscal autonomy, and improve service delivery while laying the foundation for extending the system to all 22 local councils.

\n\n

This assignment will be delivered by a Consulting Firm in fifteen months through a close collaboration with Baloosoft (the developers of MOPTAX and CGMRS), MOF (through its Fiscal Decentralisation Division – FDD), Ministry of Local Government and Community Affairs (MLGCA), the two beneficiary councils, and relevant ministries. The implementation will draw on lessons learnt by the World Bank, MOF, MLGCA, and Baloosoft from Kenema and earlier reforms in Freetown and Makeni. The rollout is central to achieving RUSLP’s development objective of improving integrated urban management and enhancing the ability of local governments to mobilize and manage their own revenues.

\n\n

2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE ASSIGNMENT

\n\n

2.1 Overall Objective

\n\n

The assignment aims to help MOF/FDD and the two beneficiary councils—Bo and Koidu—fully deploy, operationalize, and institutionalize the Municipal Property Tax System (MPTS). This includes supporting the full Property Tax Life Cycle (PTLC) so that each council has:

\n\n\n\n

The firm will guide both councils from readiness assessment through go-live and provide embedded post-deployment support to ensure sustainability.

\n\n

2.2 Specific Objectives

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Establish a reliable property information base – Build a complete, georeferenced property roll using RUSLP acquired LiDAR data, updated with satellite imagery where necessary, and field surveys.
    2. \n\t
  2. Strengthen valuation capacity – Apply a standardized point-based valuation model, conduct a rental survey, and produce council-approved valuation tables and a Rate Book.
    3. \n\t
  3. Deploy MOPTAX 2.0 – Configure, populate, test, and operationalize the system for discovery, assessment, billing, reporting, compliance, and reconciliation.
    4. \n\t
  4. Integrate with national digital systems – Ensure seamless data exchange between MOPTAX, CGMRS, and integration with the Government Service Bus (GSB).
    5. \n\t
  5. Modernize billing and delivery processes – Automate bill generation, create print-ready RDN files, and establish tracking systems and functioning customer service/appeals desks.
    6. \n\t
  6. Enable secure digital payments – Integrate at least one bank and one mobile money provider and support councils in reconciliation and public communication.
    7. \n\t
  7. Build sustainable in-house institutional capacity – Embed technical staff, provide hands-on training and Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs), and equip councils to manage all PTLC tasks independently.
    8. \n\t
  8. Strengthen long-term sustainability and governance – Support development of data governance policies, cybersecurity practices, update routines, and technical support mechanisms.
    9. \n
\n\n

3.0 SCOPE OF WORK AND METHODOLOGY

\n\n

The Consulting Firm will support the Ministry of Finance (FDD/DFMST) and the two beneficiary councils, Bo City Council (BCC) and Koidu New Sembehun City Council (KNSCC) to plan, deploy, operationalize, and sustain the Municipal Property Tax System (MPTS) across all stages of the Property Tax Life Cycle (PTLC). The rollout will be delivered in parallel in both councils, with continuous on-site presence and close coordination with Baloosoft, under arrangements defined by MOF.

\n\n

3.1 Guiding Principles

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. End-to-End PTLC Delivery: Support all stages—from mapping and discovery through valuation, billing, digital payments, and post-reform support.
    2. \n\t
  2. Parallel Rollout: Maintain simultaneous progress in Bo and Koidu using shared leadership and dedicated field teams.
    3. \n\t
  3. Evidence-Based Methods: All valuation and assessment decisions must be data-driven and validated with councils.
    4. \n\t
  4. Coordination with Baloosoft: Joint planning for configuration, API development, integration, and UAT.
    5. \n\t
  5. Capacity Transfer: Embed staff within councils and deliver structured on-the-job training and handover.
    6. \n\t
  6. Legal & Data Governance Compliance: delivery of the assignment must conform to the Local Government Act 2022, PFM Act 2016, and Property Tax Guidelines 2021, relevant sections of the National Country Planning Act 2025, and aligned with the goal and aspirations of the government’s Fiscal Decentralization Policy and Strategy 2025, and the emerging national interoperability standards, including the Government Service Bus (GSB).
    7. \n
\n\n

The Resilient Urban Sierra Leone Project Management Unit now invites eligible firms to indicate their interest in providing the above-mentioned package of service. The consulting firm/organization should be able to demonstrate the following qualifications, skills and competencies at the organizational level.

\n\n

 

\n\n

4.0. TEAM COMPOSITION & QUALIFICATIONS

\n\n

The firm must demonstrate strong experience in municipal taxation, data systems, and digital reform, with particular familiarity working with local councils in Sierra Leone; clear understanding of socioeconomic factors, culture, and local political dynamics.

\n\n

4.1    Specific Requirements of the Firm

\n\n\n\n

This Request for Expression of Interest will lead to the preparation of short list of consultants. The attention of interested consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” July 2016 Revised November 2017, August 2018, November 2020, September 2023, February 2025 and September 2025 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. The Consultant will be selected in accordance with Quality and Cost-Based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the Consultant Guidelines.

\n\n

Consultants should take note that the Expression of Interest must include the following information:

\n\n

i. Core Business and how it is relevant to the assignment;

\n\n

ii. Number of years in business, both as a registered business entity and in providing services in the sector(s) that are relevant to this assignment;

\n\n

iii. Management structure, number of directors and total number of staff - full-time, on contract and associates (however, Key Personnel and their specific experiences are not evaluated at this stage)

\n\n

iv. Financial performance (e.g. turnover and profitability) in the last five years;

\n\n

v. For each similar assignment undertaken by the firm, it is required to state whether it undertook the job solely, in partnership with other firms (name them and the role of your firm), and name of the client, the duration of the assignment, the number of staff/person-day(s) your firm engaged on the assignment, cost of the assignment (and cost of the project, if available), status of completeness as at time of expression of interest for this assignment, a brief scope of work for the assignment, etc.

\n\n

vi. Firms submitting a joint expression of interest must show information (especially on i to vi above) for each firm separate/distinct from the other(s) as, at this stage, each firm will be evaluated on its own individual merit based on the information submitted to determine its potential value addition to the partnership.

\n\n

 

\n\n

5. Interested consultants should request for the DETAILED TOR or any further information via email request to resilienturbanslp2019@gmail.com 

\n\n

 

\n\n

6.  Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person) with all supporting documents (Note: scan all relevant original documents)

\n\n

 

\n\n

Project Management Unit

\n\n

Resilient Urban Sierra Leone Project

\n\n

1st Floor -35 Percival Street

\n\n

Freetown

\n\n

Attn: Project Manager

\n\n

 

\n\n

OR   by e-mail to:   resilienturbanslp2019@gmail.com, procurement.pfmu@gmail.com  and COPY: sbarrie@mof.gov.sl

\n\n

 

\n\n

When submitting, please indicate clearly in the sealed envelope or email subject heading 'EOI Consulting Services for a Firm to Rollout the Municipal Property Tax System (MPTS) in Bo and Koidu New Sembehun City Councils” for this assignment by 10th June 2026 at 5:00pm SL TIME

\n\n

 

"},{"id":"OP00444146","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"13-May-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-05-25T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"16:00","project_ctry_name":"Bangladesh","project_id":"P506691","project_name":"Strengthening Institutions for Transparency and Accountability (SITA)","bid_reference_no":"SITA/ OCAG/ SD-02","bid_description":"Procurement Specialist","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"Audit Complex (11th Floor), Segunbagicha, Dhaka","contact_ctry_name":"Bangladesh","contact_email":"fatemamgcc@gmail.com","contact_name":"Fatema Begum","contact_organization":"Comptroller and Auditor General of Bangladesh","contact_phone_no":"880 1715-083392","contact_web_url":"www.cag.org.bd","submission_date":"2026-05-13T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Memo No: 82.00.0000.000.064.07.0003.26-15

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Date: 3rd May, 2026

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

Request for Expressions of Interest (REOI) for Selection of Senior Procurement Specialist

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

Country: Bangladesh

\n\n

Project: Strengthening Public Audit Through Digital Transformation and Capacity Enhancement (SPADTEC)

\n\n

Loan/Credit No.: IDA Credit No. 7828-BD & 7829-BD

\n\n

Assignment Title: Selection of Senior Procurement Specialist

\n\n

Reference No.: SITA/ OCAG/ SD-2

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

The Government of the People's Republic of Bangladesh has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Strengthening Public Audit Through Digital Transformation and Capacity Enhancement (SPADTEC) Project and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The consulting services (“the Services”) include engaging a Senior Procurement Specialist to support the Project Management Coordination Unit (PMCU) in ensuring efficient, transparent, and compliant procurement of goods, works, and consulting services under the project. The assignment includes procurement planning, preparation of procurement documents, bid/proposal management, evaluation support, contract management, and ensuring compliance with the Public Procurement Act (PPA) 2006, Public Procurement Rules (PPR) 2025, and World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers. The duration of the assignment will be 24 person-months, with an expected commencement date of 1 July 2026. Detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) and other relevant information will be available upon request from the address provided below, either through email or in person. The TOR will also be available on the OCAG website (www.cag.org.bd).

\n\n

 

\n\n

The Office of the Comptroller and Auditor General of Bangladesh now invites eligible Individual Consultants to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

During the term of the contract the consultant shall not be associated with any other Government agency, consulting firm or private business entities. Individuals who are currently working as procurement consultants on another World Bank-financed project may also compete in this selection process, but if they are selected they will be required before signing the proposed contract to provide documentary evidence of having satisfactorily complied with their existing contract’s requirements with respect to early termination of the contract by the consultant, including advance notice period, to avoid disruption in implementation of that project.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs 3.13, 3.15, and 3.16 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers”, Sixth Edition (February 2025), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.

\n\n

 

\n\n

A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Open Competitive Selection of Individual Consultants (ICS) method through comparison of CVs, as described in the Procurement Regulations.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours (0900 to 1600 hours).

\n\n

 

\n\n

REOI (e-GP ID No: 1266385) is invited in the National e-GP System Portal (eprocure.gov.bd) for the position of Procurement Specialist. This is an online EOI; only electronic submission through the e-GP portal will be accepted, and no offline or hard copies will be accepted. Interested applicants may visit the website to obtain details of the assignment. To submit an EOI, registration in the National e-GP System Portal (eprocure.gov.bd) is required. Further information and guidelines are available in the e-GP portal and from the e-GP Help Desk (helpdesk@eprocure.gov.bd). Interested consultants are invited to submit their EOI along with an updated Curriculum Vitae (CV) demonstrating their qualifications and experience relevant to the assignment through the e-GP portal (eprocure.gov.bd) by 04:00 PM (Bangladesh Standard Time), 25th  May 2026.

\n\n

 

"},{"id":"OP00444249","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"11-May-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-06-01T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"05:00","project_ctry_name":"Liberia","project_id":"P175263","project_name":"Liberia: Rural Economic Transformation Project","bid_reference_no":"LR-PMU-MOA-551322-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Consultancy Services for the Development of a Digital Tracking and Management System for Agricultural Machinery and Service Centers","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Somalia Drive\nGardnerville","contact_ctry_name":"Liberia","contact_email":"gtoto@moa.gov.lr","contact_name":"Galah S. Toto","contact_organization":"Program Management Unit- Ministry of Agriculture","contact_phone_no":"0777576980","submission_date":"2026-05-11T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

 

\n\n

WORLD BANK/IFAD PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION UNIT

\n\n

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE, REPUBLIC OF LIBERIA

\n\n

Rural Economic Transformation Project (RETRAP)

\n\n

1st Floor LIBSUCO Building Japan Freeway (Formerly Somalia Drive),

\n\n

Gardnersville – Monrovia, Liberia

\n\n

 

\n\n

LOAN #: P175263; IDA: 69000

\n\n

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSION OF INTEREST

\n\n

(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)

\n\n

 

\n\n

Assignment Title:  Consultancy Services for the Development of a Digital Tracking and Management System for Agricultural Machinery and Service Centers

\n\n

REOI Reference No:  LR-PMU-MOA-551322-CS-QCBS

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Background and Rationale
    2. \n
\n\n

 Agricultural mechanization is a cornerstone for transforming Liberia’s farming systems, enabling smallholder farmers to increase productivity and efficiency. However, the sector faces challenges including low equipment utilization, weak monitoring, and high fuel consumption. To address these, the Ministry of Agriculture (MoA), with World Bank support under the Rural Economic Transformation Project (RETRAP), is establishing Agricultural Mechanization Service Centers (AMSCs).

\n\n

This assignment involves the development of a Mechanization Management and Tracking System (MMTS) and Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs). The system is intended to function as a management and accountability platform, integrating with the RETRAP reporting database and the National Farmer Registry to ensure traceability, transparency, and economic sustainability of mechanization services delivered to smallholder farmers across Liberia.

\n\n

2. Objectives Primary Objective: To implement a nationally scalable mechanization management and accountability system that improves equipment utilization, performance tracking, cost recovery, and service delivery to smallholder farmers, thereby enhancing agricultural productivity and climate resilience.

\n\n

Specific Objectives

\n\n\n\n

3. Scope of Work: The Consultant will:

\n\n\n\n

The shortlisting criteria are:

\n\n

(a) Core Business and Number of Years in Business: The firm must have at least ten (10) years of proven experience in software development and ICT consultancy.

\n\n

 (b) Technical and Managerial Organization of the Firm: Evidence of technical capacity in cloud-based solutions, secure data management, and mobile application development.

\n\n

(c) Description of Similar Assignments: A minimum of seven (7) years of specialized experience in the design and deployment of fleet tracking solutions, management information systems (MIS), or similar national-level agricultural digital platforms.

\n\n

(d) Experience in Similar Conditions: Demonstrated experience deploying digital systems in rural environments with limited connectivity, preferably in West Africa.

\n\n

(e) Availability of Appropriate Skills among Staff (Project Manager, System Architect, Mechanization Specialist, Data Governance Expert, and GIS Analyst).

\n\n

Note: Key Experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.

\n\n

The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment can be found at the following websites: a) www.moa.gov.lr b)  Alternatively, it can be directly requested via email from dkulah@moa.gov.lr.

\n\n

The attention of interested firms is drawn to Section III, paragraphs 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers,” Seventh Edition, September 2025, setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. In addition, please refer to paragraph 3.17 of the Procurement Regulations on unfair competitive advantage related to this assignment. The Regulations are available on the Bank’s website at www.worldbank.org/procurement. A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost-based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.

\n\n

Expressions of interest must be submitted electronically in a format that cannot be altered (PDF format is preferred) to the email address below by 1st June 2026 @ 5:00 pm local time.

\n\n

Note: All expressions of interest MUST be submitted to the email address below:

\n\n

Galah Toto National Project Coordinator

\n\n

Project Implementation Unit (PIU),

\n\n

Ministry of Agriculture Rural Economic Transformation Project (RETRAP)

\n\n

2nd Floor LIBSUCO Building, Japanese Freeway (Formerly Somalia Drive), Gardnersville – Monrovia, Liberia Tel: +231-777576980 Email: retrapbids@moa.gov.lr with a copy to Email: gtoto@moa.gov.lr

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

TERMS OF REFERENCE

\n\n

Design, Development, and Implementation of the

\n\n

Agricultural Mechanization Tracking System (MMTS)

\n\n

Standard Operating Procedures and Operator Capacity Building Program

\n\n

 

\n\n

Ministry of Agriculture | Rural Economic Transformation Project (RETRAP)

\n\n

Republic of Liberia

\n\n

February 2026

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

1. Background

\n\n

Agricultural mechanization is a cornerstone for transforming Liberia's farming systems, enabling smallholder farmers and agri-enterprises to increase productivity, reduce reliance on manual labor, and improve efficiency across land preparation, cultivation, harvesting, and post-harvest operations. Despite its potential, mechanization in Liberia continues to face persistent challenges, including low equipment utilization, weak monitoring and supervision, high fuel consumption, poor maintenance tracking, and limited visibility of service delivery performance. These operational gaps are compounded by weak institutional capacity, resulting in fragmented oversight, inconsistent service standards, and limited accountability. Without strong governance structures, mechanization services risk becoming unreliable, unsustainable, and inaccessible to the farmers who need them most.

\n\n

To address these constraints, the Ministry of Agriculture (MoA), with technical and financial support from the World Bank under the Rural Economic Transformation Project (RETRAP), is establishing Agricultural Mechanization Service Centers (AMSCs). These centers will serve as centralized hubs providing modern mechanization services that enhance agricultural productivity, improve rural livelihoods, and promote sustainable farming practices. By aggregating demand and supply, AMSCs reduce costs, foster private sector participation, and ensure long-term sustainability of mechanization solutions. However, for these centers to succeed, institutional strengthening and organizational capacity building are essential to ensure that management systems, supervision frameworks, and accountability mechanisms are robust and responsive.

\n\n

The economic sustainability of each AMSC depends on a sound operational business model. This means that mechanization services must be priced to recover costs, service utilization rates must meet realistic targets, and maintenance reserves must be adequately funded. Beyond tracking equipment use, an effective management platform must help assess utilization rates against targets, calculate cost per hectare serviced, monitor fuel efficiency by equipment type and operator, measure revenue recovery against operational expenditure, and evaluate affordability for smallholder farmers. Without this economic visibility, there is a real risk that AMSCs become operational liabilities rather than sustainable service hubs. The Mechanization Management and Tracking System (MMTS) must therefore be designed not merely as an equipment register but as a management and accountability platform that improves the economic efficiency, sustainability, and transparency of mechanization services delivered to smallholder farmers across Liberia.

\n\n

The proposed MMTS, supported by standardized Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) and a structured supervision framework, is designed to directly address these institutional weaknesses. By embedding transparency, accountability, and evidence-based management into mechanization services, the MMTS will strengthen organizational oversight and harmonize national mechanization data. Building on proven digital agriculture infrastructure, the system will integrate with the RETRAP reporting database to ensure farmer linkage, traceability, and comprehensive monitoring of mechanization services. This intervention directly contributes to RETRAP's broader objectives of increasing productivity and market access for smallholder farmers and agri-enterprises, while advancing climate-smart agriculture, agribusiness development, and workforce training. Ultimately, the initiative seeks to reduce food insecurity, promote economic transformation, and build resilience in Liberia's rural communities.

\n\n

2. Purpose of the Assignment

\n\n

The purpose of this assignment is to procure a qualified firm to design, develop, and deploy a nationally scalable Mechanization Management and Tracking System, along with a comprehensive operational framework for the AMSCs. The work will proceed in clearly defined phases, with each phase subject to review and acceptance before the next phase begins. Specifically, the assignment seeks to:

\n\n\n\n

3. Overall Objective

\n\n

To implement a nationally scalable mechanization management and accountability system that improves equipment utilization, performance tracking, cost recovery, and service delivery to smallholder farmers, thereby enhancing agricultural productivity, economic efficiency, and climate resilience. The system must be fully owned and operable by the Government of Liberia upon handover, with no dependency on proprietary vendor platforms or ongoing vendor licensing.

\n\n

4. Specific Objectives

\n\n\n\n

5. Value Chain Linkages

\n\n

Liberia's priority agricultural value chains each have distinct mechanization needs. The MMTS must be designed to collect data that is relevant and useful for each value chain, without gathering information that has no practical application. The table below provides an indicative mapping of value chains to the mechanization services and system indicators that apply. The role of mechanization for poultry and piggery should be clarified with MoA during the inception phase, and excluded from system scope if it does not involve field mechanization relevant to the MMTS.

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Value Chain

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Primary Mechanization Services

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Key MMTS Indicators

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Rice

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Land clearing, ploughing, harrowing, transplanting, harvesting, threshing

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Hectares prepared, turnaround time per hectare, fuel per hectare, farmer satisfaction

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Cassava

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Land preparation, ridging, mechanized harvesting

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Hectares serviced, implement type used, service completion rate

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Rubber

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Land clearing, mechanized tapping support, transport logistics

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Equipment deployment frequency, area cleared, maintenance history

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Poultry and Piggery

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

To be clarified or excluded during inception

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

To be determined in consultation with MoA during Stage 1

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

6. Farmer Service Journey

\n\n

The MMTS must support and document the complete service journey from the moment a farmer requests assistance to the point of payment reconciliation and feedback collection. The system must be designed around this workflow, not as a separate afterthought. The standard service journey consists of the following steps:

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Request: A farmer or Farmer Based Organization (FBO) submits a service request through the MMTS, either via a mobile application, SMS, or through a registered AMSC agent.
    2. \n\t
  2. Demand Aggregation: Requests are aggregated by location, crop type, and season. The system assists AMSC managers in prioritizing and batching service delivery to reduce travel time and operational cost.
    3. \n\t
  3. Scheduling: The AMSC manager assigns equipment and an operator to the service request and the schedule is confirmed in the system with an estimated service date.
    4. \n\t
  4. Service Delivery: The operator records the actual service event in the field using the MMTS mobile module, capturing GPS location, duration, fuel consumed, implement used, and any issues encountered.
    5. \n\t
  5. Farmer Confirmation: Upon service completion, the farmer receives an SMS notification and is prompted to confirm that the service was delivered. This lightweight confirmation mechanism improves data integrity and provides an independent accountability check on operator records.
    6. \n\t
  6. Payment and Reconciliation: Any fee collected is recorded in the system against the service event and linked to the farmer and the AMSC revenue account. The system supports tracking of subsidized, full-cost, and waived payments.
    7. \n\t
  7. Feedback: The farmer is given an opportunity to rate the service and submit any concerns. This feedback is visible to AMSC managers and MoA supervisors through the monitoring dashboard.
    8. \n
\n\n

7. Scope of Work

\n\n

The assignment is organized into four implementation phases. Each phase concludes with a defined deliverable and a formal review by the Project Implementation Unit (PIU). The next phase will only commence upon written acceptance of the preceding phase deliverables. This phased structure is essential to manage the inherent complexity of integrating a national tracking system, to allow learning from the pilot before committing to full national rollout, and to protect the Government's investment.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Phase 1: Design and Readiness

\n\n

Estimated Duration: 10 to 14 weeks

\n\n

 

\n\n

Stage 1: Stakeholder Consultations and Requirements Gathering (Estimated 4 weeks)

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Stage 2: System Architecture and Data Design (Estimated 6 to 10 weeks)

\n\n

Given the complexity of the required integrations, the offline functionality requirements, the multi-role user management, and the open API specifications, the architecture and data design stage requires dedicated time and must not be compressed. This stage may run concurrently with the final weeks of stakeholder consultations to avoid unnecessary delays.

\n\n\n\n

Phase 2: Development, Testing, and Pilot

\n\n

Estimated Duration: 5 to 7 months

\n\n

 

\n\n

Stage 3: System Development and User Acceptance Testing (Estimated 3 to 4 months)

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Stage 4: Pilot Deployment and Learning (Estimated 2 to 3 months)

\n\n

The pilot is a learning phase. Its purpose is to test the operational model, validate data quality under field conditions, assess user adoption, and evaluate cost recovery before any commitment to national scale-up. Scale-up will not proceed unless the pilot meets clearly defined acceptance criteria.

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Phase 3: Capacity Building and Institutionalization

\n\n

Estimated Duration: 2 months, overlapping with the later stages of Phase 2

\n\n

Stage 5: SOP Finalization and Capacity Building

\n\n\n\n

Stage 6: Supervision and Performance Framework (Finalized during Phase 3)

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Phase 4: National Scale-Up and Sustainability

\n\n

Estimated Duration: Concurrent with Phase 3 planning; rollout commences only after formal PIU acceptance of the Pilot Learning Report

\n\n

Stage 7: National Rollout Planning and Execution

\n\n\n\n

8. Indicator Framework

\n\n

To support meaningful performance monitoring and avoid data overload, MMTS indicators are organized into four levels. Activity and output indicators inform operational management. Efficiency and outcome indicators inform strategic decision-making and program evaluation. The system must generate reports at each level for different user roles.

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Indicator Level

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Examples

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Activity

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Number of machines registered, number of operators trained and certified, number of service requests received, number of farmer confirmations sent

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Output

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Hectares serviced per AMSC per month, number of farmers served, number of services completed by private providers, percentage of requests fulfilled within scheduled timeframe

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Efficiency

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Cost per hectare serviced, fuel consumed per hectare by equipment type, revenue recovery rate as a percentage of operational cost, equipment utilization rate against target

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Outcome

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Reduction in average land preparation time compared to baseline, increase in cultivated area in target zones, farmer satisfaction score, percentage of smallholder farmers with access to mechanization services within a defined distance

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

9. Technology, Intellectual Property, and Data Governance Requirements

\n\n

9.1 Technology Neutrality and Government Transferability

\n\n

The MMTS must be built on open-source or vendor-neutral foundations. The use of proprietary frameworks that create ongoing licensing obligations, restrict government access to the source code, or prevent independent operation and maintenance is not permitted. Specifically:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

9.2 Intellectual Property

\n\n

All digital assets developed under this contract are the sole property of the Government of Liberia, represented by MoA and RETRAP, from the moment of their creation. This includes but is not limited to source code, databases, application interfaces, training materials, SOPs, design documents, and any other outputs produced during the performance of this contract. The Consultant retains no ownership rights over any deliverable. Any pre-existing intellectual property incorporated into the system must be disclosed at contract inception, and its use must not impose restrictions on government ownership or operation of the system.

\n\n

 

\n\n

9.3 Data Protection and Privacy

\n\n

The MMTS will hold personal data including farmer identity records, GPS location data, transaction history, and operator information. The Consultant must submit a Data Protection Compliance Plan as part of the inception report. This plan must cover:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

9.4 Agricultural Data Governance

\n\n

All farmer data, service data, equipment data, and operational data generated or held within the MMTS is the property of MoA and RETRAP. The Consultant may not use, analyze, monetize, share, or retain any data generated under this contract for any purpose beyond the performance of the contract itself. The system must support data portability, allowing MoA and RETRAP to export all data in open formats including at minimum CSV and JSON. Data classification and governance arrangements must be documented and agreed with MoA as part of the system design stage.

\n\n

9.5 Hosting Environment

\n\n

The Consultant must propose a hosting arrangement that supports long-term government ownership. A dedicated subdomain under the Ministry's official web domain, such as mmts.moa.gov.lr or an equivalent, is the preferred arrangement. The Consultant will be responsible for initial setup of the hosting environment. Long-term hosting costs and infrastructure management will be the responsibility of the Government of Liberia after handover. The Consultant must document all hosting configuration details and transfer them to MoA technical staff as part of the handover package.

\n\n

10. Duration of the Assignment

\n\n

The estimated duration of the full assignment is 14 to 16 months from contract signing, depending on the complexity of the registry integration findings and the pace of stakeholder consultations. A more compressed timeline carries significant risk given the scope of integration requirements, the offline functionality demands, the registry readiness uncertainties, and the learning objectives of the pilot. The Consultant will present a detailed implementation plan in the Inception Report, which must be approved by the PIU before work begins.

\n\n

The indicative phasing is as follows:

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Phase

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Stages

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Indicative Duration

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Phase 1: Design and Readiness

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Stages 1 and 2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

10 to 14 weeks

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Phase 2: Development, Testing, and Pilot

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Stages 3 and 4

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

5 to 7 months

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Phase 3: Capacity Building and Institutionalization

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Stages 5 and 6

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2 months (overlapping with Phase 2)

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Phase 4: National Scale-Up and Sustainability

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Stage 7

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Commences after Pilot Learning Report acceptance

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

11. Firm Qualification Requirements, Required Expertise, and Key Staff Skills

\n\n

The firm must demonstrate strong expertise in both general ICT services and specialized agricultural digital systems. It should have at least ten years of proven experience in software development, ICT consultancy, or digital transformation projects, reflecting its capacity to design and deliver complex technology solutions across diverse sectors. In addition, the firm must possess a minimum of seven years of specialized experience in digital technologies, particularly in the design and deployment of management information systems, fleet tracking solutions, or similar national-level agricultural platforms. This combination of broad ICT experience and focused agricultural digital expertise ensures that the selected firm is well positioned to develop and operationalize a robust MMTS tailored to Liberia's national mechanization needs.

\n\n

11.1 Minimum Criteria

\n\n

Digital Platform Development and Integration

\n\n\n\n

Geospatial and Data Analytics

\n\n\n\n

Agricultural Mechanization Operations

\n\n\n\n

Training and Capacity Building

\n\n\n\n

Field Implementation and Stakeholder Engagement

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

11.2 Key Staff Skills Required

\n\n

The personnel fielded by the selected firm must meet the following standards. Their roles, academic qualifications, and minimum experience are outlined below:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Role

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Academic Qualification

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum Experience

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Responsibilities

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Project Manager and Team Leader

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Master's in Agricultural Engineering, ICT for Development, or Project Management

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

10 or more years in agri-digital projects, mechanization service delivery, and institutional strengthening, with at least 5 years in a leadership role.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Overall project coordination, strategic guidance, stakeholder consultations, system design validation, quality assurance, and reporting to RETRAP and MoA.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

System Architect and ICT Specialist

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Bachelor's or Master's in Computer Science, Information Systems, or Software Engineering

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

7 or more years in national-level agri-digital platforms, API integration, GPS-enabled mobile modules, cloud infrastructure, and cybersecurity principles.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Design, develop, and deploy the MMTS; ensure robust integration with RETRAP database and MoA systems; manage technical infrastructure and open-source framework compliance.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Mechanization Specialist

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Bachelor's or Master's in Agricultural Engineering or Mechanical Engineering

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

8 or more years in tractor operations, implements calibration, post-harvest machinery, and mechanization services.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Develop equipment registry, operational workflows, maintenance protocols, and lifecycle management; provide technical input for system functionality related to mechanization.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Training and Capacity Building Specialist

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Bachelor's in Education, Agricultural Extension, or HR Development

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

5 or more years in operator training, Train the Trainer programs, and SOP documentation, preferably in rural agricultural settings.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Develop comprehensive training materials, user manuals, and job aids; deliver training programs; certify operators and supervisors; establish Train the Trainer program; and coordinate Knowledge Transfer and Transition Plan.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Data Governance and Monitoring Expert

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Master's in Data Science, Statistics, or Public Administration with ICT specialization

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

7 or more years in data governance, digital identity verification, dashboard development, data analytics, and data privacy regulations.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Configure dashboards and reporting tools; establish the supervision framework; ensure data quality, compliance, and risk monitoring; develop data classification and usage guidelines.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

GIS and Spatial Analyst

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Bachelor's or Master's in Geospatial Science, Agriculture, or Environmental Studies

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

5 or more years in GIS-enabled agricultural platforms, spatial analytics, farm mapping, remote sensing, and spatial database management.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Lead geospatial mapping of farms and service zones; integrate climate-smart agriculture indicators; provide spatial data analysis for service coverage and impact reporting.

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

12. Reporting Requirements

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

13. Key Deliverables

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

No.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Deliverable

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Description

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Inception Report with Registry Readiness Assessment

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Refined work plan, system design specifications, architecture overview, Registry Readiness Assessment with go-or-no-go decision, Data Protection Compliance Plan, and device procurement clarification.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Approved System Architecture and Data Design

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Full architecture documentation, data models, hosting plan, API specifications, security design, and governance protocols, accepted in writing by the PIU before development begins.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

MMTS Developed and UAT-Certified

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Fully functional system including all modules, dashboards, mobile field tools, farmer confirmation SMS mechanism, and staging environment. Accompanied by UAT manual, test results, and written PIU sign-off.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

4

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Pilot Deployment and Learning Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Live system operation in up to five AMSCs, with structured feedback, performance data, and a Pilot Learning Report containing a go-or-no-go recommendation for scale-up.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

5

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

SOP Manual

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Finalized, validated, and user-friendly manual for all mechanization center operations, refined based on pilot learning.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

6

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Supervision and Performance Management Framework

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Fully configured dashboards, supervisory reporting tools, risk and exception monitoring, and a documented governance mechanism for ongoing system management.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

7

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Knowledge Transfer and Transition Plan

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Operations manual, system administrator guide, troubleshooting guide, Train the Trainer session records, certified staff list by category, and post-handover support schedule.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

8

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

National Rollout Plan

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Strategic plan for expanding MMTS to all target AMSCs, including infrastructure, human resource, and financing requirements.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

9

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Service Level Agreement

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Agreed SLA covering a minimum 12-month post-handover support period with differentiated response commitments for critical and non-critical issues.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

10

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Final Implementation and Performance Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Comprehensive report on project execution, system performance, outcomes, challenges, and recommendations.

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

14. Payment Schedule

\n\n

The payment structure has been streamlined to four clearly defined milestones, each linked to specific deliverables and subject to formal PIU acceptance. Acceptance criteria for each milestone will be documented in the contract and agreed before signing. The following schedule applies:

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Milestone

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Deliverable Basis

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Payment

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Milestone 1: Inception and Architecture

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Acceptance of the Inception Report including the Registry Readiness Assessment and the approved System Architecture and Data Design.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

15%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Milestone 2: System Development and UAT

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

PIU written sign-off on UAT completion and system readiness for live pilot deployment.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

30%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Milestone 3: Pilot Completion, Capacity Building, and SOP

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Acceptance of the Pilot Learning Report, SOP Manual, Training Completion Report, and Knowledge Transfer and Transition Plan.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

35%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Milestone 4: National Rollout and Final Handover

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Acceptance of the National Rollout Plan, National Scale-Up execution, Final Implementation Report, Service Level Agreement, and full transfer of all source code and documentation to MoA and RETRAP.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

20%

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

Payments will only be made upon formal written acceptance of the relevant milestone deliverables by the PIU. The PIU will review and respond to submitted deliverables within 15 working days of receipt. Where deliverables do not meet agreed acceptance criteria, the Consultant will be given a defined period to revise and resubmit before payment is released.

\n\n

15. Submission Requirements

\n\n

Interested firms are invited to submit detailed information demonstrating their qualifications and relevant experience to deliver the required services. Submissions should include evidence of the firm's track record, technical expertise, equipment inventory, and understanding of the assignment, along with the proposed methodology and curriculum vitae of key staff to be engaged. Firms must also provide proof of demonstrable experience in developing monitoring and management systems that enhance equipment utilization, performance tracking, and service delivery to farmers through mechanization.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The assignment will be procured using the Quality and Cost-Based Selection (QCBS) method in accordance with World Bank Procurement Regulations. Only firms meeting the minimum criteria outlined in Section 11 will be considered for evaluation.

\n\n

 

\n\n

For further information, interested firms may contact:

\n\n

Mr. Galah Toto

\n\n

National Program Coordinator

\n\n

Tel: +231777576980/+231886576980

\n\n

Email: gtoto@moa.gov.lr

\n\n

Ministry of Agriculture, Republic of Liberia

\n\n

Rural Economic Transformation Project (RETRAP) Coordination Unit

\n\n

Monrovia, Liberia

\n\n

 

"},{"id":"OP00442928","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"05-May-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-05-16T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"16:00","project_ctry_name":"Eastern and Southern Africa","project_id":"P176517","project_name":"De-risking, inclusion and value enhancement of pastoral economies in the Horn of Africa","bid_reference_no":"SO-MOF-529702-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Information and Communication Technology (ICT) Advisor DRIVE Project","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"Shangani District - Mogadishu, Somalia","contact_ctry_name":"Somalia, Federal Republic of","contact_email":"abisosman@gmail.com","contact_name":"Abukar Osman","contact_organization":"Federal Government of Somalia Ministry of Finance","contact_phone_no":"+252 617635244","submission_date":"2026-05-05T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

FEDERAL GOVERNMENT OF SOMALIA

\n\n

MINISTRY OF FINANCE

\n\n

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSION OF INTEREST (REOI)

\n\n

COUNTRY:                 Federal Republic of Somalia (FGS)

\n\n

NAME OF PROJECT: De-Risking, Inclusion and Value Enhancement of pastoral economies in the Horn of Africa Project (DRIVE)

\n\n

 PROJECT ID:              P176517.

\n\n

Assignment Title:         ICT Advisor DRIVE Project.

\n\n

Individual/Firm:          Individual Consultant

\n\n

Deadline:                       16th May 2026

\n\n

Reference No.:              SO-MOF-529702-CS-INDV

\n\n

The Government of the Federal Republic of Somalia has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of De-Risking, Inclusion and Value Enhancement of pastoral economies in the Horn of Africa Project (DRIVE) and intends to apply part of the proceeds of the above project to finance the position of ICT Advisor DRIVE Project.

\n\n

To ensure the effective implementation and management of the  National Single Window System (NSWS) and the Trade Information Portal, the Project is seeking an experienced and qualified ICT Advisor to take on this critical role. The ICT Advisor will be responsible for overseeing the planning, development, implementation, and maintenance of these systems, ensuring their alignment with national policies, international standards, and best practices in trade facilitation.

\n\n

The ICT Advisor will work closely with various stakeholders within the ministry, including relevant departments, technical teams, and trade partners. Through their expertise and leadership, the ICT Advisor will drive the successful adoption and utilization of the National Single Window System (NSWS) and Trade Information Portal, transforming trade operations, promoting efficiency, and fostering economic growth in Somalia.

\n\n

As part of this initiative, the Project is committed to hiring an ICT Specialist with a strong background in systems development, project management, and trade facilitation. The incumbent should possess extensive knowledge of trade processes, customs regulations, and international standards, along with proven experience in delivering successful ICT projects. With a focus on innovation and collaboration, the ICT Specialist will shape the future of trade in Somalia, positioning the country as a regional leader in trade facilitation.

\n\n

The ICT Advisor will play a pivotal role in the successful implementation of the National Single Window System (NSWS) and Trade Information Portal for the Ministry of Commerce and Industry in Somalia. the ICT Specialist will be responsible for leading and managing all aspects of these systems, ensuring their seamless integration with existing trade processes and systems.

\n\n

The ICT Advisor will play also a fundemetal role on The Livestock Information and Traceability System (LITS) as it is a digital platform designed to register, monitor, and track livestock throughout the value chain. It enables accurate identification and movement tracing of animals from farms to markets and export points. By improving transparency and disease surveillance, LITS supports Somalia’s compliance with international livestock trade and health standards. Also The Livestock Market Information System (LMIS) which is a digital platform that collects, analyzes, and shares real-time market data for livestock across key markets and regions. It provides information on livestock prices, market volumes, demand trends, and trade flows to help producers, traders, exporters, and policymakers make informed decisions. And finally, the support given to the upcoming Integrated Management Information System (IMIS) is a digital platform used by national standards bodies to manage and automate their core functions, including standards development, metrology, conformity assessment, and certification services. It centralizes data, streamlines workflows, and improves traceability and access to services for businesses and regulators. For SOBS, IMIS enhances efficiency, transparency, and coordination across all quality infrastructure operations.

\n\n

Duration: The proposed duration for the assignment is Twelve Months (12) calendar months from starts date.

\n\n

The detailed Terms of Refence (TOR) for the assignment can be found at the following website:

\n\n

https://moci.gov.so/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/ICT-Adviser-ToR-DRIVE.pdf,  

\n\n

Key Tasks and Responsibility

\n\n

The ICT Advisor will be responsible for the following key activities and tasks in relation to the National Single Window System (NSWS), Trade Information Portal (STIP), Logistics Management Information System (LMIS), Integrated Market Information System (IMIS), and Legal/Regulatory Inform ation and Trade System (LITS):

\n\n

Conducting a thorough analysis of existing trade and information systems:

\n\n\n\n

Developing a detailed project plan and implementation strategy:

\n\n\n\n

Managing and coordinating the efforts of a project team:

\n\n\n\n

Overseeing the technical aspects of the project:

\n\n\n\n

Collaborating with internal and external stakeholders:

\n\n\n\n

Providing training and support to end-users:

\n\n\n\n

Monitoring the performance of the systems:

\n\n\n\n

Conducting regular evaluations:

\n\n\n\n

Keeping abreast of emerging technologies and industry trends:

\n\n\n\n

More specifically:

\n\n

 Livestock Identification and Traceability System (LITS)

\n\n\n\n

National Single Window (NSW) Integration Data exchange and interoperability:

\n\n\n\n

 Cross-cutting ICT Advisory

\n\n\n\n

The ICT Specialist will be accountable for delivering these responsibilities efficiently and effectively, ensuring the successful implementation, integration, and continuous improvement of NSWS, STIP, LMIS, IMIS, and LITS in alignment with the Ministry of Commerce and Industry's goals and objectives.

\n\n

Selection Criteria: The selection will be based on qualification, experience and skills of the candidate and followed by an interview. The qualifications, experience and competencies include:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

The Ministry of Ministry of Finance now invites eligible consulting (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the above-mentioned Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services and furnish the Curriculum Vitae (CV).

\n\n

Attention of interested Consultants is drawn to section III, para 3.14,3.16 & 3.17 of the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers: Procurement in Investment Projects Financing Goods, Works, Non -Consulting and Consulting Services dated in September 2023 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.  

\n\n

A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Individual Consultant method set out in the World Bank Procurement Regulations.

\n\n

Interested Consultant may obtain further information (in person or by e-mail) at the address below during office hours from 8.00 a.m.– 4.00 p.m. Saturday to Thursday except on public holidays.

\n\n

Deadline for submission: Expressions of interest should be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by e-mail: bid.drive@piu.mof.gov.so,  ) by 16th May  2026 4:00PM. local Time.

\n\n

Attention

\n\n

Project Coordinator,

\n\n

DRIVE Project,

\n\n

Ministry of Finance - Federal Government of Somalia

\n\n

Shangani District - Mogadishu, Somalia

\n\n

Email Address: bid.drive@piu.mof.gov.so,

"}]}